Twilio (NYSE:TWLO – Get Free Report) is expected to be posting its Q2 2026 results after the market closes on Thursday, August 6th. Analysts expect the company to announce earnings of $1.32 per share and revenue of $1.4310 billion for the quarter. Investors may review the information on the company’s upcoming Q2 2026 earning summary page for the latest details on the call scheduled for Thursday, August 6, 2026 at 5:00 PM ET.
Twilio Price Performance Shares of NYSE TWLO opened at $193.85 on Wednesday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.13, a quick ratio of 4.66 and a current ratio of 4.66. The firm has a fifty day moving average of $202.37 and a 200 day moving average of $160.04. The firm has a market cap of $29.42 billion, a PE ratio of 302.89, a PEG ratio of 3.91 and a beta of 1.37. Twilio has a one year low of $91.84 and a one year high of $238.48.
Analyst Ratings Changes Several research analysts recently weighed in on the stock. Morgan Stanley restated an “overweight” rating and set a $200.00 price target on shares of Twilio in a research report on Friday, May 1st. Oppenheimer increased their target price on Twilio from $200.00 to $235.00 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a report on Monday, May 18th. Bank of America raised Twilio from an “underperform” rating to a “buy” rating and lifted their price target for the stock from $110.00 to $190.00 in a research note on Wednesday, April 22nd. BTIG Research boosted their price target on Twilio from $215.00 to $245.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a research report on Tuesday, July 28th. Finally, Weiss Ratings upgraded Twilio from a “sell (d+)” rating to a “hold (c)” rating in a report on Wednesday, May 6th. Four equities research analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, nineteen have given a Buy rating, two have assigned a Hold rating and one has issued a Sell rating to the company. According to MarketBeat.com, the company currently has an average rating of “Buy” and an average price target of $220.59.
Get Our Latest Report on TWLO
Insider Buying and Selling In related news, CFO Aidan Viggiano sold 8,528 shares of the stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, July 2nd. The stock was sold at an average price of $205.43, for a total value of $1,751,907.04. Following the completion of the sale, the chief financial officer owned 109,724 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $22,540,601.32. This trade represents a 7.21% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which can be accessed through this link. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, Director Erika Rottenberg sold 2,000 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction on Monday, June 1st. The stock was sold at an average price of $199.01, for a total value of $398,020.00. Following the completion of the sale, the director directly owned 30,995 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $6,168,314.95. This trade represents a 6.06% decrease in their ownership of the stock. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Insiders have sold 1,802,480 shares of company stock valued at $341,620,487 over the last ninety days. 0.21% of the stock is currently owned by company insiders.
Institutional Investors Weigh In On Twilio A number of institutional investors have recently made changes to their positions in the stock. State Street Corp lifted its stake in Twilio by 47.8% during the third quarter. State Street Corp now owns 5,879,395 shares of the technology company’s stock worth $588,469,000 after purchasing an additional 1,900,551 shares in the last quarter. Invesco Ltd. boosted its holdings in Twilio by 56.9% during the 4th quarter. Invesco Ltd. now owns 3,151,546 shares of the technology company’s stock valued at $448,276,000 after acquiring an additional 1,142,309 shares during the period. Royal Bank of Canada grew its position in Twilio by 3.9% in the 4th quarter. Royal Bank of Canada now owns 2,944,377 shares of the technology company’s stock valued at $418,808,000 after acquiring an additional 110,941 shares in the last quarter. Alyeska Investment Group L.P. grew its position in Twilio by 39.7% in the 3rd quarter. Alyeska Investment Group L.P. now owns 2,643,859 shares of the technology company’s stock valued at $264,624,000 after acquiring an additional 750,951 shares in the last quarter. Finally, SRS Investment Management LLC purchased a new stake in Twilio during the fourth quarter worth about $257,494,000. 84.27% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
About Twilio (Get Free Report)
Twilio Inc (NYSE: TWLO) is a cloud communications platform-as-a-service (CPaaS) company that enables developers and enterprises to embed communications into web and mobile applications. Its core offering is a suite of programmable APIs that handle messaging (SMS, MMS, and chat), voice calling, video, and user authentication. Twilio’s platform is designed to help businesses build customer engagement and communication workflows without managing telecommunications infrastructure directly.
The company’s product portfolio includes programmable voice and messaging APIs, Twilio Video for real‑time video applications, and Twilio Authy for multi‑factor authentication.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than Twilio System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter
Receive News & Ratings for Twilio Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Twilio and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINESurrozen (SRZNW) Projected to Post Quarterly Earnings on Thursday
NEXT HEADLINE »Qt Group Oyj (QTGPF) Projected to Post Earnings on Thursday
Broadridge rozšiřuje svou platformu pro správu a řízení společnosti na xStocks od Payward Services, takže držitelé tokenizovaných akcií mohou hlasovat o záležitostech správy a řízení společnosti. Platforma pokryje i proxy voting a komunikaci s akcionáři.
Broadridge's unified governance platform enables xStocks holders to submit voting preferences for shares underpinning their tokenized equities, closing one of the clearest gaps between tokenized equities and traditional stock ownership
, /PRNewswire/ -- Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., (NYSE: BR), a global Fintech leader, today announced Broadridge's unified governance platform will support shareholder communications and proxy voting for eligible holders of xStocks, the industry-leading tokenized equities framework developed by Payward Services, the B2B infrastructure platform from Payward.
"The endgame for tokenization was never just building faster programmable capital markets. It's about giving people across the world everything that comes with owning a piece of a company, including a voice in how it's run," said Mark Greenberg, Payward's Chief Commercial Officer and Global Head of Payward Services. "Working with Broadridge is a step in that direction, unlocking opportunities for xStocks holders to participate in corporate governance, while closing the gap between tokenized equities and traditional shares."
"As tokenized securities continue to reshape global capital markets, investors should not have to choose between blockchain innovation and shareholder rights," said Doug DeSchutter, President of Broadridge's Investor Communication Solutions business. "By extending our governance platform to support xStocks, we are enabling eligible token holders to have a voice in corporate governance and extending our leadership in digital asset governance."
Payward Services continues to accelerate its tokenized assets offering at pace, with more than 500 tokenized assets now available across tokenized equities, ETFs and pre-IPO offerings, and with tokenized equities from several international markets slated to follow soon. xStocks is the most widely traded tokenized equities framework in the market by total transaction volume, and now represents the widest range of assets offered by any tokenized equities framework.
Eligible holders of supported tokenized securities available through Payward Services' xStocks tokenized asset framework will securely authenticate to ProxyVote.com using Web3 authentication, review proxy materials for the underlying securities, and submit their proxy voting preferences through a seamless digital experience. The experience brings established trusted governance capabilities investors expect from traditional capital markets into blockchain-native ecosystems while preserving the accessibility and efficiency of tokenized assets.
Key capabilities include:
Secure Web3 authentication to ProxyVote.com for eligible token holders. Digital delivery of proxy materials and shareholder communications. Proxy voting preference submission for supported tokenized securities, including Payward Services' xStocks offering. A consistent governance experience across traditional securities and all major tokenization models. Institutional-grade governance, reporting and auditability built on Broadridge's trusted proxy infrastructure. Today's announcement builds on Broadridge's continued investment in digital asset governance and reflects the company's vision of extending trusted shareholder communications and voting capabilities across the evolving tokenized securities landscape. Together with its recent initiatives supporting issuer-sponsored and custodial tokenized securities, this partnership demonstrates Broadridge's ability to deliver a unified governance solution spanning traditional markets and the full spectrum of blockchain-based securities.
About xStocks:
xStocks is the industry standard for tokenized securities, bringing publicly listed equities onchain through fully collateralized, 1:1-backed tokens. Powered by Payward's digital asset infrastructure, xStocks places traditional assets on blockchain rails, expanding access to global capital markets with extended availability, global reach, and digital-native settlement. Launched initially as tokenized US equities, xStocks will soon be expanding to tokenize equities from markets across the world, including the UK, Europe and Asia.
Designed for interoperability, xStocks move seamlessly between centralized exchanges, self-custodied wallets, and onchain applications, unlocking new utility across trading, collateralization, and decentralized finance. Since launching in June 2025, xStocks has grown to power billions of dollars in transaction volume across multiple blockchain ecosystems, anchoring a rapidly expanding global network shaping the future of tokenized markets.
For more information, visit https://xstocks.fi.
About Broadridge's Tokenization Solutions
Broadridge enables on-chain proxy voting and governance, digital asset infrastructure including post trade, wallets and custody, and the scaling of digital asset capabilities across multiple asset classes. Broadridge's governance platform serves all models of tokenized securities, including issuer-listed models, synthetic securities issued outside the United States, and third-party tokenized shares within the Unted States, helping ensure investors receive the same rights and protections regardless of how assets are structured or owned.
Broadridge's Distributed Ledger Repo (DLR) solution is the world's largest institutional platform for settling tokenized real assets, tokenizing approximately over $357 billion a day. As tokenization gains momentum across financial services, Broadridge is meeting the complexity of operating across traditional and digital ecosystems with established scale, critical market knowledge, and technological expertise.
About Payward Services:
Payward Services is the B2B infrastructure platform built on 15 years of operating Kraken, one of the world's largest crypto platforms. Through a single integration, eligible partners can access crypto and tokenized equity trading, fiat and stablecoin payments, yield, lending, prediction markets and derivatives. Fintechs, banks, brokerages, payment providers, exchanges, consumer tech platforms and asset managers can use Payward Services to offer digital assets to their clients without building the stack themselves.
Liquidity, custody, payments, compliance, risk and settlement are integrated by design, replacing fragmented multi-vendor stacks with a single regulated foundation. Partners build on the same infrastructure that powers Payward's family of products, deployed as modular services they can scale alongside their own.
For more information, visit https://www.payward.com/payward-services.
About Broadridge
Broadridge Financial Solutions (NYSE: BR) is a global technology leader with trusted expertise and transformative technology, helping clients and the financial services industry operate, innovate, and grow. We power investing, governance, and communications for our clients – driving operational resiliency, elevating business performance, and transforming investor experiences.
Our technology and operations platforms process and generate over 8 billion communications annually and underpin the daily average trading of over $18 trillion in tokenized and traditional securities globally. A certified Great Place to Work®, Broadridge is part of the S&P 500® Index, employing approximately 16,000 associates in 28 countries. For more information about us, please visit www.broadridge.com
For more information about us, please visit www.broadridge.com.
Broadridge Contacts:
Investors:
[email protected]
Media:
Gregg Rosenberg
Global Head of Corporate Communications
[email protected]
Payward Contacts
Lauren Post
[email protected]
xStocks are issued by Backed Assets (JE) Limited (a Jersey private limited company) and offered to eligible Kraken customers via Payward Digital Solutions Ltd. ("PDSL"), a company licensed to conduct digital asset business by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. In the European Union / European Economic Area, xStocks are offered to eligible customers via Payward Europe Digital Solutions (CY) Ltd. ("PEDLS-CY"), a Cyprus investment firm authorized and regulated under EU MiFID II.
* xStocks are not registered under the U.S. Securities Act and are not available in the United States or to U.S. persons. xStocks are also not currently available in the United Kingdom or in any other jurisdiction where their offer or distribution would be unlawful or would require regulatory authorization that has not been obtained.
Neither PDSL, Payward Europe Digital Solutions (CY) Ltd. ("PEDLS-CY"), nor their respective affiliates provide investment advice or recommendations, PDSL (Kraken) does not provide investment advice and/or recommendations, and no communication, through any Kraken App or website or otherwise, should be construed as such. Individual investors should make their own decisions or seek professional independent advice if they are unsure as to the suitability / appropriateness of any investment for their circumstances or needs, including potential tax treatment. Investing in xStocks involves an element of risk. The value of an investment may go down as well as up, and past performance is not a reliable indicator of future results. Geographic restrictions apply. Read Kraken's xStocks Risk Disclosure at kraken.com/legal/xstocks as well as the Base Prospectus and related Final Terms for xStocks at https://assets.backed.fi/legal-documentation to learn more.
Amundi reduced its holdings in Option Care Health, Inc. (NASDAQ:OPCH – Free Report) by 5.1% in the 1st quarter, according to its most recent disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The institutional investor owned 709,607 shares of the company’s stock after selling 38,525 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned 0.45% of Option Care Health worth $19,103,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
Several other institutional investors and hedge funds have also modified their holdings of OPCH. Durable Capital Partners LP boosted its stake in Option Care Health by 134.2% in the 2nd quarter. Durable Capital Partners LP now owns 8,237,577 shares of the company’s stock worth $267,557,000 after purchasing an additional 4,720,988 shares during the period. Fuller & Thaler Asset Management Inc. grew its holdings in shares of Option Care Health by 12.1% during the fourth quarter. Fuller & Thaler Asset Management Inc. now owns 6,958,800 shares of the company’s stock worth $221,707,000 after buying an additional 752,058 shares in the last quarter. Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership raised its position in Option Care Health by 6.2% in the 4th quarter. Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership now owns 4,248,425 shares of the company’s stock valued at $135,355,000 after buying an additional 247,118 shares during the last quarter. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP raised its position in Option Care Health by 0.9% in the 1st quarter. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP now owns 3,876,856 shares of the company’s stock valued at $104,368,000 after buying an additional 36,208 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Southpoint Capital Advisors LP lifted its stake in Option Care Health by 20.0% in the 1st quarter. Southpoint Capital Advisors LP now owns 3,600,000 shares of the company’s stock valued at $96,912,000 after acquiring an additional 600,000 shares in the last quarter. 98.05% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Insider Transactions at Option Care Health In other news, Director Timothy P. Sullivan bought 24,154 shares of the business’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, May 7th. The stock was acquired at an average cost of $20.69 per share, for a total transaction of $499,746.26. Following the purchase, the director owned 73,383 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $1,518,294.27. This trade represents a 49.06% increase in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which is accessible through this link. Company insiders own 1.70% of the company’s stock.
Wall Street Analyst Weigh In A number of research firms have weighed in on OPCH. Stephens reaffirmed an “equal weight” rating and set a $24.00 price target (down from $30.00) on shares of Option Care Health in a research report on Friday, July 17th. Barrington Research cut their price objective on shares of Option Care Health from $42.00 to $32.00 and set an “outperform” rating on the stock in a research report on Friday, May 1st. UBS Group restated a “buy” rating on shares of Option Care Health in a report on Tuesday, June 16th. Wall Street Zen raised shares of Option Care Health from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating in a research report on Saturday. Finally, TD Cowen cut their price target on shares of Option Care Health from $37.00 to $23.00 and set a “hold” rating on the stock in a research report on Friday, May 1st. Seven investment analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating, six have assigned a Hold rating and one has assigned a Sell rating to the stock. According to MarketBeat, the stock has an average rating of “Hold” and an average target price of $29.92.
Check Out Our Latest Research Report on OPCH
Option Care Health Price Performance NASDAQ:OPCH opened at $23.69 on Wednesday. The stock has a market capitalization of $3.55 billion, a PE ratio of 17.81, a P/E/G ratio of 1.41 and a beta of 0.65. Option Care Health, Inc. has a 1-year low of $18.01 and a 1-year high of $36.80. The firm has a fifty day simple moving average of $21.59 and a 200 day simple moving average of $26.60. The company has a current ratio of 1.47, a quick ratio of 0.98 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.91.
Option Care Health (NASDAQ:OPCH – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, July 29th. The company reported $0.45 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $0.43 by $0.02. Option Care Health had a net margin of 3.68% and a return on equity of 18.74%. The firm had revenue of $1.44 billion for the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $1.42 billion. During the same period in the prior year, the firm posted $0.41 earnings per share. The company’s quarterly revenue was up 1.9% compared to the same quarter last year. Option Care Health has set its FY 2026 guidance at 1.850-1.920 EPS. On average, research analysts expect that Option Care Health, Inc. will post 1.64 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Option Care Health Company Profile (Free Report)
Option Care Health (NASDAQ: OPCH) is a leading provider of home and alternate site infusion services in the United States. The company specializes in the administration of injectable therapies, including antibiotics, nutrition, hydration, immunoglobulin, pain management and specialty pharmaceuticals. Through its nationwide network of infusion pharmacies and nursing professionals, Option Care Health delivers customized care plans and in-home nursing visits to patients managing complex or chronic conditions outside of a hospital setting.
Option Care Health traces its current structure to the completion of its merger with BioScrip in early 2021, combining two of the industry’s most experienced home infusion businesses.
Featured Articles Five stocks we like better than Option Care Health System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter Want to see what other hedge funds are holding OPCH? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Option Care Health, Inc. (NASDAQ:OPCH – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Option Care Health Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Option Care Health and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEVirtual Reality Stocks To Consider – August 3rd
NEXT HEADLINE »Top Small Cap Stocks To Watch Now – August 3rd
Oaktree Specialty Lending ve 3. fiskálním čtvrtletí vykázala čistý investiční výnos 32,5 milionu USD a NAV na akcii 15,70 USD, téměř beze změny oproti předchozímu čtvrtletí. Zároveň snížila počet neakruálních investic na 6 z 10.
LOS ANGELES--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Oaktree Specialty Lending Corporation (NASDAQ: OCSL) (“Oaktree Specialty Lending” or the “Company”), a specialty finance company, today announced its financial results for the third fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2026.
Financial Highlights for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2026
Total investment income was $69.4 million ($0.79 per share) for the third fiscal quarter of 2026 as compared to $70.4 million ($0.80 per share) for the second fiscal quarter of 2026. Adjusted total investment income was $69.2 million ($0.79 per share) for the third fiscal quarter of 2026 as compared with $69.7 million ($0.79 per share) for the second fiscal quarter of 2026. The decrease was primarily driven by a lower average portfolio balance and a decrease in non-recurring income. This was partially offset by restoring one investment that was previously on non-accrual status to accrual status. GAAP net investment income was $32.5 million ($0.37 per share) for the third fiscal quarter of 2026 as compared with $34.4 million ($0.39 per share) for the second fiscal quarter of 2026. The decrease for the quarter was primarily driven by lower total investment income and higher income-based ("Part I") incentive fees (net of fees waived), partially offset by lower interest expense. Adjusted net investment income was $32.2 million ($0.37 per share) for the third fiscal quarter of 2026 as compared with $33.7 million ($0.38 per share) for the second fiscal quarter of 2026. The decrease for the quarter was primarily driven by lower total investment income and higher income-based ("Part I") incentive fees (net of fees waived), partially offset by lower interest expense. Net asset value ("NAV") per share was $15.70 as of June 30, 2026, compared with $15.69 as of March 31, 2026. Originated $206.4 million of new investment commitments and received $262.8 million of proceeds from prepayments, exits, other paydowns and sales during the quarter ended June 30, 2026. The weighted average yield on new debt investments was 10.0%. Total debt outstanding was $1,451.0 million as of June 30, 2026. The total debt to equity ratio was 1.05x, and the net debt to equity ratio was 1.02x, after adjusting for cash and cash equivalents. Liquidity as of June 30, 2026 was composed of $39.9 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $659.0 million of undrawn capacity under the Company's credit facility (subject to borrowing base and other limitations). Unfunded investment commitments were $235.4 million, or $208.3 million excluding unfunded commitments to the Company's joint ventures. Quarterly and supplemental cash distributions were declared of $0.30 per share and $0.03 per share, respectively, payable in cash on September 30, 2026 to stockholders of record on September 15, 2026. “We are pleased with the progress we made in reducing our non-accrual investments,” said Armen Panossian, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of Oaktree Specialty Lending. “Net asset value per share was stable relative to the prior quarter, and we maintained conservative leverage while continuing to selectively redeploy capital into credits that we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns.”
Distribution Declaration
The Board of Directors declared quarterly and supplemental cash distributions of $0.30 per share and $0.03 per share, respectively, payable in cash on September 30, 2026 to stockholders of record on September 15, 2026.
Distributions are paid primarily from distributable (taxable) income. To the extent taxable earnings for a fiscal taxable year fall below the total amount of distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a return of capital to the Company’s stockholders.
Results of Operations
For the three months ended
($ in thousands, except per share data)
June 30, 2026 (unaudited)
March 31, 2026 (unaudited)
June 30, 2025 (unaudited)
GAAP operating results:
Interest income
$
61,636
$
65,253
$
69,390
PIK interest income
5,209
3,455
5,070
Fee income
976
1,299
286
Dividend income
1,612
378
525
Total investment income
69,433
70,385
75,271
Net expenses
36,609
36,019
41,734
Net investment income before taxes
32,824
34,366
33,537
(Provision) benefit for taxes on net investment income
(303
)
(4
)
(56
)
Net investment income
32,521
34,362
33,481
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes
(1,581
)
(53,251
)
4,871
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
$
30,940
$
(18,889
)
$
38,352
Total investment income per common share
$
0.79
$
0.80
$
0.85
Net investment income per common share
$
0.37
$
0.39
$
0.38
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes per common share
$
(0.02
)
$
(0.60
)
$
0.06
Earnings (loss) per common share — basic and diluted
$
0.35
$
(0.21
)
$
0.44
Non-GAAP Financial Measures1:
Adjusted total investment income
$
69,152
$
69,744
$
74,297
Adjusted net investment income
$
32,240
$
33,721
$
32,507
Adjusted net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes
$
(2,058
)
$
(52,692
)
$
5,730
Adjusted earnings (loss)
$
30,182
$
(18,971
)
$
38,237
Adjusted total investment income per share
$
0.79
$
0.79
$
0.84
Adjusted net investment income per share
$
0.37
$
0.38
$
0.37
Adjusted net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes per share
$
(0.02
)
$
(0.60
)
$
0.07
Adjusted earnings (loss) per share
$
0.34
$
(0.22
)
$
0.43
As of
($ in thousands, except per share data and ratios)
June 30, 2026 (unaudited)
March 31, 2026 (unaudited)
June 30, 2025 (unaudited)
Select balance sheet and other data:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
39,921
$
51,261
$
79,799
Investment portfolio at fair value
2,741,814
2,766,367
2,809,377
Total debt outstanding (net of unamortized financing costs)
1,438,842
1,481,650
1,447,551
Net assets
1,383,055
1,382,064
1,476,469
Net asset value per share
15.70
15.69
16.76
Total debt to equity ratio
1.05x
1.08x
0.99x
Net debt to equity ratio
1.02x
1.04x
0.93x
Adjusted total investment income for the quarter ended June 30, 2026 was $69.2 million and included $61.4 million of interest income from portfolio investments, $5.2 million of PIK interest income, $1.0 million of fee income and $1.6 million of dividend income. The $0.6 million quarterly decrease in adjusted total investment income was primarily driven by a lower average portfolio balance and a decrease in non-recurring income. This was partially offset by restoring one investment that was previously on non-accrual status to accrual status.
Net expenses for the quarter ended June 30, 2026 totaled $36.6 million, increased by $0.6 million from the quarter ended March 31, 2026. The increase for the quarter was primarily driven by higher Part I incentive fees (net of fees waived), partially offset by lower interest expense due to lower average borrowings outstanding during the quarter.
Adjusted net investment income was $32.2 million ($0.37 per share) for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, which was down from $33.7 million ($0.38 per share) for the quarter ended March 31, 2026. The decrease of $1.5 million primarily reflected $0.6 million of lower adjusted total investment income and $0.6 million of higher net expenses.
Adjusted net realized and unrealized losses, net of taxes, were $2.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, primarily reflecting realized and unrealized losses on certain debt and equity investments.
Portfolio and Investment Activity
As of
($ in thousands)
June 30, 2026 (unaudited)
March 31, 2026 (unaudited)
June 30, 2025 (unaudited)
Investments at fair value
$
2,741,814
$
2,766,367
$
2,809,377
Number of portfolio companies
163
163
149
Average portfolio company debt size
$
17,585
$
17,544
$
19,400
Asset class:
First lien debt
81.5
%
83.7
%
81.1
%
Second lien debt
3.0
%
1.8
%
2.3
%
Unsecured debt
5.9
%
5.2
%
4.9
%
Equity
3.9
%
3.7
%
5.5
%
JV interests
5.6
%
5.6
%
6.2
%
Non-accrual debt investments:
Non-accrual investments at fair value
$
47,035
$
69,473
$
83,637
Non-accrual investments at cost
113,573
167,301
181,660
Non-accrual investments as a percentage of debt investments at fair value
1.8
%
2.6
%
3.2
%
Non-accrual investments as a percentage of debt investments at cost
4.2
%
5.9
%
6.6
%
Number of investments on non-accrual
6
10
10
Interest rate type:
Percentage floating-rate
91.4
%
91.0
%
90.9
%
Percentage fixed-rate
8.6
%
9.0
%
9.1
%
Yields:
Weighted average yield on debt investments1
9.3
%
9.3
%
10.1
%
Cash component of weighted average yield on debt investments
8.2
%
8.4
%
9.1
%
Weighted average yield on total portfolio investments2
9.1
%
9.0
%
9.6
%
Investment activity:
New investment commitments
$
206,400
$
204,100
$
147,200
New funded investment activity3
$
235,500
$
198,600
$
143,300
Proceeds from prepayments, exits, other paydowns and sales
$
262,800
$
334,100
$
249,400
Net new investments4
$
(27,300
)
$
(135,500
)
$
(106,100
)
Number of new investment commitments in new portfolio companies
7
10
5
Number of new investment commitments in existing portfolio companies
7
5
6
Number of portfolio company exits
7
15
8
As of June 30, 2026, the fair value of the investment portfolio was $2.7 billion and was composed of investments in 163 companies. These included debt investments in 141 companies, equity investments in 39 companies, and the Company's joint venture investments in Senior Loan Fund JV I, LLC ("SLF JV I") and OCSI Glick JV LLC ("Glick JV"). 20 of the equity investments were in companies in which the Company also had a debt investment.
As of June 30, 2026, 95.0% of the Company's portfolio at fair value consisted of debt investments, including 81.5% of first lien loans, 3.0% of second lien loans and 10.5% of unsecured debt investments, including the debt investments in SLF JV I and Glick JV. This compared to 83.7% of first lien loans, 1.8% of second lien loans and 10.8% of unsecured debt investments, including the debt investments in SLF JV I and Glick JV, as of March 31, 2026.
As of June 30, 2026, there were six investments on non-accrual status, which represented 4.2% and 1.8% of the debt portfolio at cost and fair value, respectively. As of March 31, 2026, there were ten investments on non-accrual status, which represented 5.9% and 2.6% of the debt portfolio at cost and fair value, respectively.
SLF JV I
The Company's investments in SLF JV I totaled $113.2 million at fair value as of June 30, 2026, increased by 0.4% from $112.8 million as of March 31, 2026. The increase was primarily driven by SLF JV I’s use of leverage and net unrealized appreciation in the underlying investment portfolio.
As of June 30, 2026, SLF JV I had $429.0 million in assets, including senior secured loans to 130 portfolio companies. This compared to $447.5 million in assets, including senior secured loans to 124 portfolio companies, as of March 31, 2026. SLF JV I generated cash interest income of $1.9 million for the Company during the quarter ended June 30, 2026, down from $3.0 million in the prior quarter. SLF JV I generated dividend income of $1.4 million for the Company during the quarter ended June 30, 2026, compared to no dividend income generated during the quarter ended March 31, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, SLF JV I had $17.5 million of undrawn capacity (subject to borrowing base and other limitations) on its $290 million senior revolving credit facility, and its debt to equity ratio was 2.1x.
Glick JV
The Company's investments in Glick JV totaled $41.3 million at fair value as of June 30, 2026, down 0.5% from $41.5 million as of March 31, 2026. The decrease was primarily driven by Glick JV’s use of leverage and net realized losses in the underlying investment portfolio.
As of June 30, 2026, Glick JV had $142.5 million in assets, including senior secured loans to 131 portfolio companies. This compared to $142.2 million in assets, including senior secured loans to 121 portfolio companies, as of March 31, 2026. Glick JV generated cash interest income of $1.0 million for the Company during the quarter ended June 30, 2026 down slightly from $1.2 million in the prior quarter. As of June 30, 2026, Glick JV had $30.0 million of undrawn capacity (subject to borrowing base and other limitations) on its $120 million senior revolving credit facility, and its debt to equity ratio was 1.9x.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of June 30, 2026, the Company had total principal value of debt outstanding of $1,451.0 million, including $501.0 million of outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility and $950.0 million of unsecured notes payable. The funding mix was composed of 35% secured and 65% unsecured borrowings as of June 30, 2026. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under its syndicated credit facility as of June 30, 2026.
As of June 30, 2026, the Company had $39.9 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $659.0 million of undrawn capacity on its credit facility (subject to borrowing base and other limitations). As of June 30, 2026, unfunded investment commitments were $235.4 million, or $208.3 million excluding unfunded commitments to the Company's joint ventures. The Company has analyzed cash and cash equivalents, availability under its credit facilities, the ability to rotate out of certain assets and amounts of unfunded commitments that could be drawn and believes its liquidity and capital resources are sufficient to invest in market opportunities as they arise.
As of June 30, 2026, the weighted average interest rate on debt outstanding, including the effect of the interest rate swap agreements was 5.9%, unchanged from the prior quarter.
The Company’s total debt to equity ratio was 1.05x and 1.08x as of June 30, 2026 and March 31, 2026, respectively. The Company's net debt to equity ratio was 1.02x and 1.04x as of June 30, 2026 and March 31, 2026, respectively.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
On a supplemental basis, the Company is disclosing certain adjusted financial measures, each of which is calculated and presented on a basis of methodology other than in accordance with GAAP (“non-GAAP”). The Company's management uses these non-GAAP financial measures internally to analyze and evaluate financial results and performance and believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors as an additional tool to evaluate ongoing results and trends for the Company and to review the Company’s performance without giving effect to non-cash income/gain/loss resulting from the OCSI Merger and the OSI2 Merger and in the case of adjusted net investment income, without giving effect to capital gains incentive fees. The presentation of the below non-GAAP measures is not intended to be a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered in isolation.
"Adjusted Total Investment Income" and "Adjusted Total Investment Income Per Share" – represents total investment income excluding any amortization or accretion of interest income resulting solely from the cost basis established by ASC 805 (see below) for the assets acquired in connection with the OCSI Merger and the OSI2 Merger. “Adjusted Net Investment Income” and “Adjusted Net Investment Income Per Share” – represents net investment income, excluding (i) any amortization or accretion of interest income resulting solely from the cost basis established by ASC 805 (see below) for the assets acquired in connection with the OCSI Merger and the OSI2 Merger and (ii) capital gains incentive fees ("Part II incentive fees"). “Adjusted Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses), Net of Taxes” and “Adjusted Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses), Net of Taxes Per Share” – represents net realized and unrealized gains (losses) net of taxes excluding any net realized and unrealized gains (losses) resulting solely from the cost basis established by ASC 805 (see below) for the assets acquired in connection with the OCSI Merger and the OSI2 Merger. “Adjusted Earnings (Loss)” and “Adjusted Earnings (Loss) Per Share” – represents the sum of (i) Adjusted Net Investment Income and (ii) Adjusted Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses), Net of Taxes and includes the impact of Part II incentive fees1, if any. The OCSI Merger and the OSI2 Merger (the "Mergers") were accounted for as asset acquisitions in accordance with the asset acquisition method of accounting as detailed in ASC 805-50, Business Combinations—Related Issues ("ASC 805"). The consideration paid to each of the stockholders of OCSI and OSI2 were allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the relative fair values of the net identifiable assets acquired other than "non-qualifying" assets, which established a new cost basis for the acquired investments under ASC 805 that, in aggregate, was different than the historical cost basis of the acquired investments prior to the OCSI Merger or the OSI2 Merger, as applicable. Additionally, immediately following the completion of the Mergers, the acquired investments were marked to their respective fair values under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, which resulted in unrealized appreciation/depreciation. The new cost basis established by ASC 805 on debt investments acquired will accrete/amortize over the life of each respective debt investment through interest income, with a corresponding adjustment recorded to unrealized appreciation/depreciation on such investment acquired through its ultimate disposition. The new cost basis established by ASC 805 on equity investments acquired will not accrete/amortize over the life of such investments through interest income and, assuming no subsequent change to the fair value of the equity investments acquired and disposition of such equity investments at fair value, the Company will recognize a realized gain/loss with a corresponding reversal of the unrealized appreciation/depreciation on disposition of such equity investments acquired.
The Company’s management uses the non-GAAP financial measures described above internally to analyze and evaluate financial results and performance and to compare its financial results with those of other business development companies that have not adjusted the cost basis of certain investments pursuant to ASC 805. The Company’s management believes "Adjusted Total Investment Income", "Adjusted Total Investment Income Per Share", "Adjusted Net Investment Income" and "Adjusted Net Investment Income Per Share" are useful to investors as an additional tool to evaluate ongoing results and trends for the Company without giving effect to the income resulting from the new cost basis of the investments acquired in the Mergers because these amounts do not impact the fees payable to Oaktree Fund Advisors, LLC (the "Adviser") under its investment advisory agreement (as amended and restated from time to time, the "A&R Advisory Agreement"), and specifically as its relates to "Adjusted Net Investment Income" and "Adjusted Net Investment Income Per Share", without giving effect to Part II incentive fees. In addition, the Company’s management believes that “Adjusted Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses), Net of Taxes”, “Adjusted Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses), Net of Taxes Per Share”, “Adjusted Earnings (Loss)” and “Adjusted Earnings (Loss) Per Share” are useful to investors as they exclude the non-cash income and gain/loss resulting from the Mergers and are used by management to evaluate the economic earnings of its investment portfolio. Moreover, these metrics more closely align the Company's key financial measures with the calculation of incentive fees payable to the Adviser under the A&R Advisory Agreement (i.e., excluding amounts resulting solely from the lower cost basis of the acquired investments established by ASC 805 that would have been to the benefit of the Adviser absent such exclusion).
The following table provides a reconciliation of total investment income (the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure) to adjusted total investment income for the periods presented:
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
GAAP total investment income
$
69,433
$
0.79
$
70,385
$
0.80
$
75,271
$
0.85
Interest income amortization (accretion) related to merger accounting adjustments
(281
)
—
(641
)
(0.01
)
(974
)
(0.01
)
Adjusted total investment income
$
69,152
$
0.79
$
69,744
$
0.79
$
74,297
$
0.84
The following table provides a reconciliation of net investment income (the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure) to adjusted net investment income for the periods presented:
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
GAAP net investment income
$
32,521
$
0.37
$
34,362
$
0.39
$
33,481
$
0.38
Interest income amortization (accretion) related to merger accounting adjustments
(281
)
—
(641
)
(0.01
)
(974
)
(0.01
)
Part II incentive fee
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted net investment income
$
32,240
$
0.37
$
33,721
$
0.38
$
32,507
$
0.37
The following table provides a reconciliation of net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes (the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure) to adjusted net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes for the periods presented:
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
GAAP net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes
$
(1,581
)
$
(0.02
)
$
(53,251
)
$
(0.60
)
$
4,871
$
0.06
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to merger accounting adjustments
(477
)
(0.01
)
559
0.01
859
0.01
Adjusted net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes
$
(2,058
)
$
(0.02
)
$
(52,692
)
$
(0.60
)
$
5,730
$
0.07
The following table provides a reconciliation of net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations (the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure) to adjusted earnings (loss) for the periods presented:
For the three months ended
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
$
30,940
$
0.35
$
(18,889
)
$
(0.21
)
$
38,352
$
0.44
Interest income amortization (accretion) related to merger accounting adjustments
(281
)
—
(641
)
(0.01
)
(974
)
(0.01
)
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to merger accounting adjustments
(477
)
(0.01
)
559
0.01
859
0.01
Adjusted earnings (loss)
$
30,182
$
0.34
$
(18,971
)
$
(0.22
)
$
38,237
$
0.43
Conference Call Information
Oaktree Specialty Lending will host a conference call to discuss its third fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2026 results at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time / 8:00 a.m. Pacific Time on August 5, 2026. The conference call may be accessed by dialing (833) 461-5787 (U.S. callers). All callers will need to provide the meeting ID, 843 537 670, and reference “Oaktree Specialty Lending” once connected with the operator. Alternatively, a live webcast of the conference call can be accessed through the Investors section of Oaktree Specialty Lending’s website, www.oaktreespecialtylending.com. During the conference call, the Company intends to refer to an investor presentation that will be available on the Investors section of its website.
For those individuals unable to listen to the live broadcast of the conference call, a replay will be available on Oaktree Specialty Lending’s website, beginning approximately one hour after the broadcast.
About Oaktree Specialty Lending Corporation
Oaktree Specialty Lending Corporation (NASDAQ:OCSL) is a specialty finance company dedicated to providing customized one-stop credit solutions to companies with limited access to public or syndicated capital markets. The Company's investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by providing companies with flexible and innovative financing solutions, including first and second lien loans, unsecured and mezzanine loans, bonds and preferred and common equity, including equity co-investments. The Company is regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is externally managed by Oaktree Fund Advisors, LLC, an affiliate of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. For additional information, please visit Oaktree Specialty Lending's website at www.oaktreespecialtylending.com.
Forward-Looking Statements
Some of the statements in this press release constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events, future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements may include statements as to: future operating results of the Company and distribution projections; business prospects of the Company and the prospects of its portfolio companies; and the impact of the investments that the Company expects to make. In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “seek,” “plan,” “should,” “estimate,” “project” and “intend” indicate forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release involve risks and uncertainties. Certain factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected, including the uncertainties associated with (i) changes or potential disruptions in the Company’s operations, the economy, financial markets or political environment, including those caused by tariffs and trade disputes with other countries, inflation and an elevated interest rate environment; (ii) risks associated with possible disruption in the operations of the Company, the operations of its portfolio companies or the economy generally due to terrorism, war or other geopolitical conflict, natural disasters, pandemics or cybersecurity incidents; (iii) future changes in laws or regulations (including the interpretation of these laws and regulations by regulatory authorities) and conditions in the Company’s operating areas, particularly with respect to business development companies or regulated investment companies; and (iv) other considerations that may be disclosed from time to time in the Company’s publicly disseminated documents and filings. The Company has based the forward-looking statements included in this press release on information available to it on the date of this press release, and the Company assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that it may make directly to you or through reports that the Company in the future may file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.
Oaktree Specialty Lending Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
September 30,
2025
ASSETS
Investments at fair value:
Control investments (cost June 30, 2026: $343,242; cost March 31, 2026: $378,041; cost September 30, 2025: $377,709)
$
199,896
$
210,855
$
227,748
Affiliate investments (cost June 30, 2026: $43,826; cost March 31, 2026: $78,141; cost September 30, 2025: $58,344)
39,872
73,337
54,999
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments (cost June 30, 2026: $2,609,629; cost March 31, 2026: $2,611,720; cost September 30, 2025: $2,639,069)
2,502,046
2,482,175
2,565,035
Total investments at fair value (cost June 30, 2026: $2,996,697; cost March 31, 2026: $3,067,902; cost September 30, 2025: $3,075,122)
2,741,814
2,766,367
2,847,782
Cash and cash equivalents
39,921
51,261
79,630
Interest, dividends and fees receivable
22,965
22,886
31,868
Due from portfolio companies
237
297
3,186
Receivables from unsettled transactions
36,627
20,515
4,949
Due from broker
1,750
15,550
15,550
Deferred financing costs
8,023
8,558
9,675
Deferred offering costs
43
43
143
Derivative assets at fair value
5,815
7,859
8,713
Other assets
997
1,081
1,495
Total assets
$
2,858,192
$
2,894,417
$
3,002,991
LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS
Liabilities:
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
$
2,629
$
1,852
$
1,538
Base management fee and incentive fee payable
9,419
7,107
12,515
Due to affiliate
1,957
2,113
1,569
Interest payable
10,584
10,346
12,067
Payables from unsettled transactions
4,943
3,260
15,011
Derivative liabilities at fair value
6,699
5,733
7,329
Deferred tax liability
64
292
269
Credit facilities payable
501,000
540,000
545,000
Unsecured notes payable (net of $4,954, $5,490 and $6,561 of unamortized financing costs as of June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026 and September 30, 2025 respectively)
937,842
941,650
941,880
Total liabilities
1,475,137
1,512,353
1,537,178
Commitments and contingencies
Net assets:
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 250,000 shares authorized; 88,086 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026 and September 30, 2025, respectively
881
881
881
Additional paid-in-capital
2,350,075
2,350,075
2,350,075
Accumulated overdistributed earnings
(967,901
)
(968,892
)
(885,143
)
Total net assets (equivalent to $15.70, $15.69 and $16.64 per common share as of June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026 and September 30, 2025, respectively)
1,383,055
1,382,064
1,465,813
Total liabilities and net assets
$
2,858,192
$
2,894,417
$
3,002,991
Oaktree Specialty Lending Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Three months ended
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
Three months ended
March 31, 2026
(unaudited)
Three months ended
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
Nine months ended
June 30, 2026
(unaudited)
Nine months ended
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
Interest income:
Control investments
$
3,271
$
4,794
$
5,165
$
12,963
$
15,275
Affiliate investments
1,475
848
277
2,863
602
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments
56,032
58,566
62,441
175,155
198,165
Interest on cash and cash equivalents
858
1,045
1,507
2,831
4,293
Total interest income
61,636
65,253
69,390
193,812
218,335
PIK interest income:
Control investments
—
—
—
—
830
Affiliate investments
217
281
28
945
83
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments
4,992
3,174
5,042
11,567
14,416
Total PIK interest income
5,209
3,455
5,070
12,512
15,329
Fee income:
Affiliate investments
—
—
—
4
—
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments
976
1,299
286
5,243
3,707
Total fee income
976
1,299
286
5,247
3,707
Dividend income:
Control investments
1,400
—
525
1,925
1,925
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments
27
23
—
50
190
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments - PIK
185
355
—
1,368
—
Total dividend income
1,612
378
525
3,343
2,115
Total investment income
69,433
70,385
75,271
214,914
239,486
Expenses:
Base management fee
7,046
7,107
7,195
21,697
22,854
Part I incentive fee
2,373
—
5,767
3,561
20,413
Professional fees
1,627
1,288
1,388
4,329
3,682
Directors fees
160
160
160
480
480
Interest expense
24,139
25,626
31,061
76,424
89,814
Administrator expense
623
663
525
1,856
1,350
General and administrative expenses
641
1,175
997
2,657
2,860
Total expenses
36,609
36,019
47,093
111,004
141,453
Management fees waived
—
—
—
—
(933
)
Part I incentive fees waived
—
—
(5,359
)
—
(18,469
)
Net expenses
36,609
36,019
41,734
111,004
122,051
Net investment income before taxes
32,824
34,366
33,537
103,910
117,435
(Provision) benefit for taxes on net investment income
(303
)
(4
)
(56
)
(324
)
(597
)
Net investment income
32,521
34,362
33,481
103,586
116,838
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Control investments
23,840
(8,265
)
(2,024
)
6,615
(62,940
)
Affiliate investments
850
(663
)
(246
)
1,145
(568
)
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments
21,987
(32,736
)
18,905
(35,283
)
(17,268
)
Foreign currency forward contracts
1,533
2,326
1,937
3,977
(2,289
)
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
48,210
(39,338
)
18,572
(23,546
)
(83,065
)
Realized gains (losses):
Control investments
(24,337
)
—
—
(24,337
)
13
Affiliate investments
4,849
169
145
5,070
190
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments
(30,544
)
(17,393
)
1,705
(47,861
)
(16,898
)
Foreign currency forward contracts
493
3,614
(15,282
)
5,321
(7,342
)
Net realized gains (losses)
(49,539
)
(13,610
)
(13,432
)
(61,807
)
(24,037
)
(Provision) benefit for taxes on realized and unrealized gains (losses)
(252
)
(303
)
(269
)
(574
)
(394
)
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes
(1,581
)
(53,251
)
4,871
(85,927
)
(107,496
)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
$
30,940
$
(18,889
)
$
38,352
$
17,659
$
9,342
Net investment income per common share — basic and diluted
$
0.37
$
0.39
$
0.38
$
1.18
$
1.37
Earnings (loss) per common share — basic and diluted
$
0.35
$
(0.21
)
$
0.44
$
0.20
$
0.11
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted
SharkNinja ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby o 22,2 % na 1,77 mld. USD a upravený zisk na akcii na 1,26 USD. Zároveň zvedla celoroční výhled tržeb i upraveného EBITDA na 1,357 až 1,369 mld. USD.
Raises Fiscal Year 2026 Outlook Across Key Metrics on Strong Operational Performance
NEEDHAM, Mass.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--SharkNinja, Inc. (“SharkNinja” or the “Company”) (NYSE: SN), a global product design and technology company, today announced its financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
Highlights for the Second Quarter 2026 as compared to the Second Quarter 2025
Net sales increased 22.2% to $1,765.5 million. Gross margin and Adjusted Gross Margin decreased 30 and 70 basis points, respectively. Net income decreased 7.0% to $129.8 million. Adjusted Net Income increased 29.3% to $178.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA increased 18.6% to $264.9 million, or 15.0% of net sales. Mark Barrocas, Chief Executive Officer, commented: “Q2 was a standout performance for SharkNinja, with net sales growth accelerating to 22.2%, our fastest pace since 2024, powered by broad-based strength across our categories, geographies, and channels. This quarter was a clear demonstration of the size and durability of our core business, an area we believe is often underestimated. Our largest, most established franchises like Cleaning and Blending continue to grow through diversification and relentless innovation, and our International business delivered 36.6% growth, accelerating yet again with strong results across the UK, Europe, and Latin America.
That strength carried through to our bottom line, with Adjusted EBITDA up 18.6% and Adjusted Net Income Per Share up 29.9% year-over-year. Our steadfast commitment to solving consumer problems is resonating across the globe, and we believe the number of problems left to address is endless. We head into the second half of the year with real momentum and increasing confidence in our ability to deliver strong, profitable growth over the long term.”
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
Net sales increased 22.2% to $1,765.5 million, compared to $1,444.9 million during the same period last year, or 21.6% on a constant currency basis. The increase in net sales resulted from growth in Cooking and Beverage Appliances, Beauty and Home Environment Appliances, Food Preparation Appliances and Cleaning Appliances.
Cleaning Appliances net sales increased by $20.6 million, or 4.1%, to $522.0 million, compared to $501.5 million in the prior year quarter, driven by the carpet extractor and cordless vacuums sub-categories. Cooking and Beverage Appliances net sales increased by $133.3 million, or 36.5%, to $499.0 million, compared to $365.7 million in the prior year quarter, driven by sales of our Ninja Luxe Café espresso machine and the strength of the Ninja Crispi. Food Preparation Appliances net sales increased by $53.8 million, or 13.3%, to $458.6 million, compared to $404.8 million in the prior year quarter, driven by strong growth in our blending sub-category. Beauty and Home Environment Appliances net sales increased by $112.9 million, or 65.3%, to $285.8 million, compared to $172.9 million in the prior year quarter, driven by continued strength of our skincare and fan product portfolios. Geographically, Domestic net sales increased by $153.4 million, or 15.5%, for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2025. This increase was driven by growth within existing categories and the success of new product categories. International net sales increased by $167.2 million, or 36.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2025. This increase was driven by continued success within core categories into new international markets and consistent growth in our key international countries.
Gross profit increased 21.5% to $860.3 million, or 48.7% of net sales, compared to $708.2 million, or 49.0% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. Adjusted Gross Profit increased 20.4% to $860.3 million, or 48.7% of net sales, compared to $714.4 million, or 49.4% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. The decrease in gross margin and Adjusted Gross Margin of 30 and 70 basis points, respectively, was primarily driven by the cost pressures related to tariffs in the U.S. market, unfavorable foreign currency, and increased retailer activations, partially offset by cost optimization efforts, favorable shifts in our categories and channels, and a decline in the amounts owed under a contractual sourcing service fee paid to JS Global for supply chain services, which ended July 31, 2025.
Research and development expenses increased 22.3% to $109.3 million, or 6.2% of net sales, compared to $89.4 million, or 6.2% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $13.2 million in personnel-related expenses reflecting increased headcount to support new product categories and new market expansion, and an increase of $3.5 million in prototypes and testing costs.
Sales and marketing expenses increased 23.4% to $441.5 million, or 25.0% of net sales, compared to $357.7 million, or 24.8% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. This increase was primarily attributable to increases of $26.2 million in delivery and distribution costs, driven by higher volumes, changes in product mix and higher fuel costs, $20.7 million in advertising-related expenses, $19.9 million in personnel-related expenses to support new product launches and expansion into new markets, $8.8 million in credit card processing and merchant fees, and $2.6 million in product sample costs to support marketing and social commerce initiatives.
General and administrative expenses increased 40.8% to $130.1 million, or 7.4% of net sales, compared to $92.4 million, or 6.4% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. This increase was driven by an increase of $30.3 million in personnel-related expenses, primarily due to a $22.6 million increase in share-based compensation, as well as an increase of $5.1 million in professional and consulting fees.
Operating income increased 6.4% to $179.4 million, or 10.1% of net sales, compared to $168.6 million, or 11.6% of net sales, during the prior year quarter. Adjusted Operating Income increased 19.6% to $231.5 million, or 13.1% of net sales, compared to $193.5 million, or 13.4% of net sales, in the prior year quarter.
Net income decreased 7.0% to $129.8 million, or 7.4% of net sales, compared to $139.6 million, or 9.7% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. Net income per diluted share decreased 6.1% to $0.92, compared to $0.98 in the prior year quarter.
Adjusted Net Income increased 29.3% to $178.2 million, or 10.1% of net sales, compared to $137.8 million, or 9.5% of net sales, in the prior year quarter. Adjusted Net Income per diluted share increased 29.9% to $1.26, compared to $0.97 in the prior year quarter.
Adjusted EBITDA increased 18.6% to $264.9 million, or 15.0% of net sales, compared to $223.4 million, or 15.5% of net sales, in the prior year quarter.
Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Highlights
As of June 30, 2026, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $779.8 million and available capacity under its revolving credit facility of $489.8 million. Total debt, excluding unamortized deferred financing costs, was $718.9 million.
Inventories as of June 30, 2026 increased 14.1% to $1,143.6 million, compared to $1,002.2 million as of December 31, 2025.
During the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company repurchased 815,233 and 1,008,368 ordinary shares, respectively, under its $750.0 million share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors on February 11, 2026 (the “Repurchase Program”) at an aggregate cost of $99.7 million and $119.7 million, respectively, at an average price of $122.29 and $118.71 per share, respectively.
Fiscal 2026 Outlook
For fiscal year 2026, SharkNinja expects:
Net sales to increase 16.0% to 17.0% compared to the prior year (above the prior expectation of 11.5% to 12.5%). Adjusted Net Income per diluted share between $6.45 and $6.55, reflecting a 22.2% to 24.1% increase compared to the prior year (above the prior expectation of between $6.00 and $6.10, reflecting a 13.6% to 15.5% increase). Of the $0.45 increase, approximately $0.15 is associated with the expected net tariff refund benefit. Adjusted EBITDA between $1,357 million and $1,369 million, reflecting a 19.5% to 20.5% increase compared to the prior year (above the prior expectation of between $1,290 million and $1,300 million, reflecting a 13.5% to 14.5% increase). Of the $67 million to $69 million increase, approximately $30 million is associated with the expected net tariff refund benefit. A GAAP effective tax rate of approximately 22.0% to 23.0%. Diluted weighted average shares outstanding of approximately 142.5 million. Capital expenditures in the range of $190 million to $210 million primarily to support investments in new product launches and technology. The Company’s updated outlook reflects stronger underlying operating performance complemented by the expected net benefit from tariff refunds. In Q3 2026, SharkNinja submitted refund claims of approximately $247.1 million through the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) refund process, and the CBP accepted those claims. As a result, the Company expects to recognize a benefit of approximately $247.1 million as a reduction of cost of sales, with a corresponding receivable, in the third quarter of 2026. The underlying duties subject to refund are expected to be split approximately evenly between amounts previously expensed in fiscal 2025 and in the first half of 2026. We have treated the refunds consistently with the period in which the underlying tariff costs were recognized. Refunds associated with tariffs expensed in 2025 will benefit our GAAP results and cash flow, but will be excluded from Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income per diluted share in our Fiscal 2026 Outlook. Refunds associated with tariffs incurred in 2026 will be reflected in these same Adjusted metrics as part of our revised full year outlook, consistent with the treatment of the original expense, and inclusive of the Company’s current intention to reinvest back into the business to support long-term growth. Areas of reinvestment may include retail activation, media, technology and AI capabilities, and mitigation of ongoing updated tariff and input-cost pressures. The Company’s updated outlook also reflects current tariff levels, including minimum rates of 10% for Indonesia, Malaysia, and Cambodia, and 12.5% for China, Vietnam, and Thailand, assumed to persist for the remainder of 2026.
Conference Call Details
A conference call to discuss the second quarter 2026 financial results is scheduled for today, August 5, 2026, at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time. A live audio webcast of the conference call will be available online at ir.sharkninja.com. Investors and analysts interested in participating in the live call are invited to dial 1-833-461-5787 or 1-585-542-9983 and enter confirmation code 253944025. The webcast will be archived and available for replay.
About SharkNinja
SharkNinja is a global product design and technology company, with a diversified portfolio of 5-star rated lifestyle solutions that positively impact people’s lives in homes around the world. Powered by two trusted, global brands, Shark and Ninja, the company has a proven track record of bringing disruptive innovation to market and developing one consumer product after another has allowed SharkNinja to enter multiple product categories, driving significant growth and market share gains. Headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts with more than 4,100 associates, the company’s products are sold at key retailers, online and offline, and through distributors around the world. For more information, please visit sharkninja.com and follow @SharkNinja.
Forward-looking statements
This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and fiscal 2026 outlook. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or phrases or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not statements of historical fact, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry as well as certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which you should consider and read carefully, including but not limited to risks related to: our ability to maintain and strengthen our brands to generate and maintain ongoing demand for our products; our ability to commercialize a continuing stream of new products and line extensions; our ability to manage our future growth effectively; the level of consumer spending on our products; our ability to penetrate and expand into new markets; our ability to maintain product safety, quality and performance; highly competitive markets; our reliance on suppliers; our ability to timely and effectively obtain shipments of products from our suppliers and deliver products to our retailers, consumers and distributors; our ability to maintain existing consumers and attract new consumers; our ability to expand our DTC sales channel; our significant international operations; our ability to accurately forecast demand and manage product inventory; inflation, changes in the cost or availability of raw materials, energy, transportation and other necessary supplies and services; our reliance on our retailers and distributors; use of social media and influencers; financial difficulties; operational risks; our products being counterfeited or imitated in the market; payment-related risks; the failure of any bank in which we deposit our funds; seasonal and quarterly variations; conflicts with our retailers; our ability to generate anticipated cost savings, successfully implement our strategies or efficiently manage our supply chain and manufacturing processes; potential acquisitions of or investments in other companies; our ability to meet demand and store inventory; our dependence on highly skilled personnel; intellectual property, information technology and data privacy; our legal, tax, and regulatory environment, including significant changes to U.S. trade policies that restrict imports or increase import tariffs; our indebtedness; changes in credit markets and decisions made by credit providers; currency exchange rate fluctuations; our dependence on cash generated from our operations to support our growth; future financing activities; our critical accounting policies; our goodwill, other intangible assets or fixed assets; divestitures and product category exits; our status as a holding company; the separation and distribution from JS Global; the active trading market for our ordinary shares; substantial shares of our ordinary shares; our limited history as a stand-alone public company; the requirements of being a public company; our internal control over financial reporting; our transition to a U.S. domestic reporting company; our significant shareholder Mr. Wang; the limited experience of our management team in managing a U.S. public company; risks related to our Memorandum and Articles of Association; risks under the laws of the Cayman Islands; claims for indemnification; and dividends on our ordinary shares.
This list of factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with those described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other filings we make with the SEC. We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for us to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this press release, and our future levels of activity and performance, may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those described or implied in the forward-looking statements. As a result, you should not regard any of these forward-looking statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person or place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. In addition, statements that contain “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this press release. While we believe that this information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, this information may be limited or incomplete. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by the cautionary statements contained in this press release.
SHARKNINJA, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
As of
June 30, 2026
December 31, 2025
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
779,832
$
777,289
Accounts receivable, net
1,582,067
1,667,143
Inventories
1,143,597
1,002,205
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
257,388
164,628
Total current assets
3,762,884
3,611,265
Property and equipment, net
251,255
232,226
Operating lease right-of-use assets
193,213
142,487
Intangible assets, net
446,891
451,137
Goodwill
834,781
834,781
Deferred tax assets
33,905
10,706
Other assets, noncurrent
69,227
66,832
Total assets
$
5,592,156
$
5,349,434
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$
760,812
$
679,534
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
979,219
1,016,645
Tax payable
29,876
38,092
Debt, current
39,344
39,344
Total current liabilities
1,809,251
1,773,615
Debt, noncurrent
677,123
696,795
Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent
196,549
140,981
Deferred tax liabilities
13,153
16,252
Other liabilities, noncurrent
52,709
45,580
Total liabilities
2,748,785
2,673,223
Shareholders’ equity:
Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 141,925,758 shares issued and 140,917,390 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2026; 141,158,026 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025
14
14
Additional paid-in capital
1,082,451
1,045,504
Treasury shares, at cost; 1,008,368 shares and 0 shares as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively
(119,705
)
—
Retained earnings
1,861,676
1,610,398
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
18,935
20,295
Total shareholders’ equity
2,843,371
2,676,211
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
5,592,156
$
5,349,434
SHARKNINJA, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales(1)(2)
$
1,765,476
$
1,444,876
$
3,178,282
$
2,667,514
Cost of sales
905,139
736,709
1,622,977
1,356,121
Gross profit
860,337
708,167
1,555,305
1,311,393
Operating expenses:
Research and development
109,334
89,409
208,217
177,012
Sales and marketing
441,510
357,720
756,848
633,457
General and administrative
130,113
92,391
246,335
187,331
Total operating expenses
680,957
539,520
1,211,400
997,800
Operating income
179,380
168,647
343,905
313,593
Interest expense, net
(7,890
)
(13,765
)
(14,497
)
(26,394
)
Other (expense) income, net
(7,797
)
26,003
(18,133
)
39,219
Income before income taxes
163,693
180,885
311,275
326,418
Provision for income taxes
33,877
41,287
59,997
68,985
Net income
$
129,816
$
139,598
$
251,278
$
257,433
Net income per share, basic
$
0.92
$
0.99
$
1.78
$
1.83
Net income per share, diluted
$
0.92
$
0.98
$
1.77
$
1.81
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net income per share, basic
141,384,805
141,044,315
141,390,616
140,834,338
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net income per share, diluted
141,507,017
141,871,399
142,056,803
142,031,280
(1) Net sales in our product categories were as follows:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Cleaning Appliances
$
522,046
$
501,479
$
1,038,596
$
942,903
Cooking and Beverage Appliances
499,033
365,718
913,623
711,655
Food Preparation Appliances
458,614
404,787
746,145
702,179
Beauty and Home Environment Appliances
285,783
172,892
479,918
310,777
Total net sales
$
1,765,476
$
1,444,876
$
3,178,282
$
2,667,514
(2) Net sales by region, based on the billing address of customers, were as follows:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Domestic(a)
$
1,141,897
$
988,453
$
2,057,888
$
1,833,541
International(b)
623,579
456,423
1,120,394
833,973
Total net sales
$
1,765,476
$
1,444,876
$
3,178,282
$
2,667,514
SHARKNINJA, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$
251,278
$
257,433
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
78,439
67,017
Share-based compensation
77,523
22,478
Provision for credit losses
572
3,382
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory
(5,213
)
7,364
Non-cash lease expense
11,055
9,918
Deferred income taxes, net
(26,298
)
(21,324
)
Other
2,804
2,074
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
73,700
(8,837
)
Inventories
(141,343
)
(124,722
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
(92,760
)
(111,098
)
Accounts payable
88,564
(61,222
)
Tax payable
(8,216
)
(6,556
)
Operating lease liabilities
(10,792
)
(5,300
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(23,814
)
(94,545
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
275,499
(63,938
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment
(83,056
)
(60,093
)
Purchase of intangible asset
(8,266
)
(3,007
)
Capitalized internal-use software development
—
(1,315
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(91,322
)
(64,415
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayment of debt
(20,250
)
(20,250
)
Payment of employee tax withholdings on vesting of equity awards
(48,675
)
(49,237
)
Proceeds from shares issued under employee share purchase plan
8,099
7,425
Repurchase of ordinary shares
(119,176
)
—
Net cash used in financing activities
(180,002
)
(62,062
)
Effect of exchange rates changes on cash
(1,632
)
14,975
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
2,543
(175,440
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
777,289
363,669
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
779,832
$
188,229
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to the measures presented in our condensed consolidated financial statements, we regularly review other financial measures, defined as non-GAAP financial measures by the SEC, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends, prepare financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
The key non-GAAP financial measures we consider are Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Operating Expenses, Adjusted Research and Development Expenses, Adjusted Sales and Marketing Expenses, Adjusted General and Administrative Expenses, Adjusted Operating Income, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Net Income Per Share, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and Adjusted Effective Tax Rate. These non-GAAP financial measures are used by both management and our Board, together with comparable GAAP information, in evaluating our current performance and planning our future business activities. These non-GAAP financial measures provide supplemental information regarding our operating performance on a non-GAAP basis that excludes certain gains, losses and charges of a non-cash nature or which occur relatively infrequently and/or which management considers to be unrelated to our core operations, as well as the cost of sales from (i) inventory markups that are being eliminated as a result of the transition of certain product procurement functions from a subsidiary of JS Global to SharkNinja concurrently with the separation and (ii) costs related to the transitional Sourcing Services Agreement with JS Global that was entered into in connection with the separation (collectively, the “Product Procurement Adjustment”). Management believes that tracking and presenting these non-GAAP financial measures provides management and the investment community with valuable insight into our ongoing core operations, our ability to generate cash and the underlying business trends that are affecting our performance. We believe that these non-GAAP measures, when used in conjunction with our GAAP financial information, also allow investors to better evaluate our financial performance in comparison to other periods and to other companies in our industry and to better understand and interpret the results of the ongoing business following the separation and distribution. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed as a substitute for our financial results calculated in accordance with GAAP and you are cautioned that other companies may define these non-GAAP financial measures differently.
SharkNinja does not provide a reconciliation of forward-looking Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net income because such reconciliations are not available without unreasonable efforts. This is due to the inherent difficulty in forecasting with reasonable certainty certain amounts that are necessary for such reconciliations, including, in particular, the realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses reported within other expense. For the same reasons, we are unable to forecast with reasonable certainty all deductions and additions needed in order to provide forward-looking GAAP net income at this time. The amount of these deductions and additions may be material, and, therefore, could result in forward-looking GAAP net income being materially different or less than forward-looking Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA. See “Forward-looking statements” above.
We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit as adjusted to exclude (i) certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance following the separation, including the cost of sales from the Product Procurement Adjustment and (ii) the impact of a voluntary product recall. We define Adjusted Gross Margin as Adjusted Gross Profit divided by net sales. We believe that Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin are appropriate measures of our operating performance because each eliminates certain other adjustments that do not relate to the ongoing performance of our business.
The following table reconciles Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin to the most comparable GAAP measure, gross profit and gross margin, respectively, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands, except %)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
$
1,765,476
$
1,444,876
$
3,178,282
$
2,667,514
Cost of sales
(905,139
)
(736,709
)
(1,622,977
)
(1,356,121
)
Gross profit
860,337
708,167
1,555,305
1,311,393
Gross margin
48.7
%
49.0
%
48.9
%
49.2
%
Product Procurement Adjustment(1)
—
5,279
—
11,820
Product recall(2)
—
929
579
4,532
Adjusted Gross Profit
$
860,337
$
714,375
$
1,555,884
$
1,327,745
Adjusted Gross Margin
48.7
%
49.4
%
49.0
%
49.8
%
We define Adjusted Operating Expenses as operating expenses excluding (i) share-based compensation, (ii) certain litigation costs, (iii) amortization of certain acquired intangible assets, (iv) certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance following the separation, including cost of sales from our Product Procurement Adjustment, and (v) the impact of a voluntary product recall.
The following table reconciles Adjusted Operating Expenses to the most comparable GAAP measure, operating expenses, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Operating expenses
$
680,957
$
539,520
$
1,211,400
$
997,800
Share-based compensation(1)
(47,214
)
(10,928
)
(77,523
)
(22,478
)
Litigation costs(2)
—
—
—
(827
)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets(3)
(4,897
)
(4,897
)
(9,794
)
(9,794
)
Product recall(4)
—
(2,865
)
(543
)
(3,549
)
Adjusted Operating Expenses
$
628,846
$
520,830
$
1,123,540
$
961,152
(1)
Represents non-cash expense related to awards issued from the SharkNinja equity incentive plan.
(2)
Represents litigation costs incurred and related settlements for certain patent infringement claims, false advertising claims, and any related settlement costs and recoveries, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses.
(3)
Represents amortization of acquired intangible assets that we do not consider normal recurring operating expenses, as the intangible assets relate to JS Global’s acquisition of our business. We exclude amortization charges for these acquisition-related intangible assets for purposes of calculating Adjusted Operating Expenses, although revenue is generated, in part, by these intangible assets, to eliminate the impact of these non-cash charges that are significantly impacted by the timing and valuation of JS Global’s acquisition of our business, as well as the inherent subjective nature of purchase price allocations.
(4)
Adjusted for operating expenses impact from a voluntary product recall that was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.
We define Adjusted Research and Development Expenses as research and development expenses excluding (i) share-based compensation and (ii) amortization of certain acquired intangible assets.
The following table reconciles Adjusted Research and Development Expenses to the most comparable GAAP measure, research and development expenses, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Research and development
$
109,334
$
89,409
$
208,217
$
177,012
Share-based compensation(1)
(7,590
)
(1,867
)
(11,956
)
(4,776
)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets(2)
(922
)
(922
)
(1,845
)
(1,845
)
Adjusted Research and Development Expenses
$
100,822
$
86,620
$
194,416
$
170,391
We define Adjusted Sales and Marketing Expenses as sales and marketing expenses excluding (i) share-based compensation, (ii) amortization of certain acquired intangible assets and (iii) the impact of a voluntary product recall.
The following table reconciles Adjusted Sales and Marketing Expenses to the most comparable GAAP measure, sales and marketing expenses, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Sales and marketing
$
441,510
$
357,720
$
756,848
$
633,457
Share-based compensation(1)
(12,597
)
(4,634
)
(19,268
)
(7,172
)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets(2)
(3,975
)
(3,975
)
(7,949
)
(7,949
)
Product recall(3)
—
(1,678
)
(482
)
(1,678
)
Adjusted Sales and Marketing Expenses
$
424,938
$
347,433
$
729,149
$
616,658
We define Adjusted General and Administrative Expenses as general and administrative expenses excluding (i) share-based compensation, (ii) certain litigation costs and (iii) the impact of a voluntary product recall.
The following table reconciles Adjusted General and Administrative Expenses to the most comparable GAAP measure, general and administrative expenses, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
General and administrative
$
130,113
$
92,391
$
246,335
$
187,331
Share-based compensation(1)
(27,027
)
(4,427
)
(46,299
)
(10,530
)
Litigation costs(2)
—
—
—
(827
)
Product recall(3)
—
(1,187
)
(61
)
(1,871
)
Adjusted General and Administrative Expenses
$
103,086
$
86,777
$
199,975
$
174,103
We define Adjusted Operating Income as operating income excluding (i) share-based compensation, (ii) certain litigation costs, (iii) amortization of certain acquired intangible assets, (iv) certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance following the separation, including cost of sales from our Product Procurement Adjustment, and (v) the impact of a voluntary product recall.
The following table reconciles Adjusted Operating Income to the most comparable GAAP measure, operating income, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Operating income
$
179,380
$
168,647
$
343,905
$
313,593
Share-based compensation(1)
47,214
10,928
77,523
22,478
Litigation costs(2)
—
—
—
827
Amortization of acquired intangible assets(3)
4,897
4,897
9,794
9,794
Product Procurement Adjustment(4)
—
5,279
—
11,820
Product recall(5)
—
3,794
1,122
8,081
Adjusted Operating Income
$
231,491
$
193,545
$
432,344
$
366,593
(1)
Represents non-cash expense related to awards issued from the SharkNinja equity incentive plan.
(2)
Represents litigation costs incurred and related settlements for certain patent infringement claims, false advertising claims, and any related settlement costs and recoveries, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses.
(3)
Represents amortization of acquired intangible assets that we do not consider normal recurring operating expenses, as the intangible assets relate to JS Global’s acquisition of our business. We exclude amortization charges for these acquisition-related intangible assets for purposes of calculating Adjusted Operating Income, although revenue is generated, in part, by these intangible assets, to eliminate the impact of these non-cash charges that are significantly impacted by the timing and valuation of JS Global’s acquisition of our business, as well as the inherent subjective nature of purchase price allocations.
(4)
Represents cost of sales incurred related to the Product Procurement Adjustment. As a result of the separation, we purchase 100% of our inventory from one of our subsidiaries, SNHK, and no longer purchase inventory from a purchasing office wholly owned by JS Global. Thus, the markup on all inventory purchased subsequent to the separation is completely eliminated in consolidation. In connection with the separation, we paid JS Global a sourcing service fee to provide value-added sourcing services on a transitional basis under a Sourcing Services Agreement, which ended on July 31, 2025.
(5)
Adjusted for operating income impact from a voluntary product recall that was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.
We define Adjusted Net Income as net income excluding (i) share-based compensation, (ii) certain litigation costs, (iii) foreign currency gains and losses, net, (iv) amortization of certain acquired intangible assets, (v) certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance following the separation, including cost of sales from our Product Procurement Adjustment, (vi) the impact of a voluntary product recall, and (vii) the tax impact of the adjusted items.
Adjusted Net Income Per Share is defined as Adjusted Net Income divided by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares.
The following table reconciles Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income Per Share to the most comparable GAAP measures, net income and net income per share, diluted, respectively, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income
$
129,816
$
139,598
$
251,278
$
257,433
Share-based compensation(1)
47,214
10,928
77,523
22,478
Litigation costs(2)
—
—
—
827
Foreign currency losses (gains), net(3)
6,100
(26,362
)
17,389
(39,313
)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets(4)
4,897
4,897
9,794
9,794
Product Procurement Adjustment(5)
—
5,279
—
11,820
Product recall(6)
—
3,794
1,122
8,081
Tax impact of adjusting items(7)
(9,779
)
(291
)
(24,059
)
(9,501
)
Adjusted Net Income
$
178,248
$
137,843
$
333,047
$
261,619
Net income per share, diluted
$
0.92
$
0.98
$
1.77
$
1.81
Adjusted Net Income Per Share
$
1.26
$
0.97
$
2.34
$
1.84
Diluted weighted-average number of shares used in computing net income per share and Adjusted Net Income Per Share
141,507,017
141,871,399
142,056,803
142,031,280
(1)
Represents non-cash expense related to awards issued from the SharkNinja equity incentive plan.
(2)
Represents litigation costs incurred and related settlements for certain patent infringement claims, false advertising claims, and any related settlement costs and recoveries, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses.
(3)
Represents foreign currency transaction gains and losses recognized from the remeasurement of transactions that were not denominated in the local functional currency, including gains and losses related to foreign currency derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
(4)
Represents amortization of acquired intangible assets that we do not consider normal recurring operating expenses, as the intangible assets relate to JS Global’s acquisition of our business. We exclude amortization charges for these acquisition-related intangible assets for purposes of calculating Adjusted Net Income, although revenue is generated, in part, by these intangible assets, to eliminate the impact of these non-cash charges that are significantly impacted by the timing and valuation of JS Global’s acquisition of our business, as well as the inherent subjective nature of purchase price allocations.
(5)
Represents cost of sales incurred related to the Product Procurement Adjustment. As a result of the separation, we purchase 100% of our inventory from one of our subsidiaries, SNHK, and no longer purchase inventory from a purchasing office wholly owned by JS Global. Thus, the markup on all inventory purchased subsequent to the separation is completely eliminated in consolidation. In connection with the separation, we paid JS Global a sourcing service fee to provide value-added sourcing services on a transitional basis under a Sourcing Services Agreement, which ended on July 31, 2025.
(6)
Adjusted for net income impact from a voluntary product recall that was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.
(7)
Represents the income tax effects of the adjustments included in the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income determined using the tax rate of 22.4% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 23.3% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively, which approximates our effective tax rate, excluding certain share-based compensation costs and separation and distribution-related costs that are not tax deductible.
We define EBITDA as net income excluding: (i) interest expense, net, (ii) provision for income taxes and (iii) depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding (i) share-based compensation cost, (ii) certain litigation costs, (iii) foreign currency gains and losses, net, (iv) certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance following the separation, including cost of sales from our Product Procurement Adjustment, and (v) the impact of a voluntary product recall. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. We believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are appropriate measures because they facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period to period that, when viewed in combination with our results according to GAAP, we believe provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone.
The following table reconciles EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to the most comparable GAAP measure, net income, for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
($ in thousands, except %)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income
$
129,816
$
139,598
$
251,278
$
257,433
Interest expense, net
7,890
13,765
14,497
26,394
Provision for income taxes
33,877
41,287
59,997
68,985
Depreciation and amortization
39,992
35,071
78,439
67,017
EBITDA
211,575
229,721
404,211
419,829
Share-based compensation(1)
47,214
10,928
77,523
22,478
Litigation costs(2)
—
—
—
827
Foreign currency losses (gains), net(3)
6,100
(26,362
)
17,389
(39,313
)
Product Procurement Adjustment(4)
—
5,279
—
11,820
Product recall(5)
—
3,794
1,122
8,081
Adjusted EBITDA
$
264,889
$
223,360
$
500,245
$
423,722
Net sales
$
1,765,476
$
1,444,876
$
3,178,282
$
2,667,514
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
15.0
%
15.5
%
15.7
%
15.9
%
(1)
Represents non-cash expense related to awards issued from the SharkNinja equity incentive plan.
(2)
Represents litigation costs incurred and related settlements for certain patent infringement claims, false advertising claims, and any related settlement costs and recoveries, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses.
(3)
Represents foreign currency transaction gains and losses recognized from the remeasurement of transactions that were not denominated in the local functional currency, including gains and losses related to foreign currency derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
(4)
Represents cost of sales incurred related to the Product Procurement Adjustment. As a result of the separation, we purchase 100% of our inventory from one of our subsidiaries, SNHK, and no longer purchase inventory from a purchasing office wholly owned by JS Global. Thus, the markup on all inventory purchased subsequent to the separation is completely eliminated in consolidation. In connection with the separation, we paid JS Global a sourcing service fee to provide value-added sourcing services on a transitional basis under a Sourcing Services Agreement, which ended on July 31, 2025.
(5)
Adjusted for the Adjusted EBITDA impact from a voluntary product recall that was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.
We define Adjusted Effective Tax Rate as our effective tax rate adjusted to remove the tax impact of (i) share-based compensation and (ii) other non-GAAP adjustments.
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
(in percentages)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Effective tax rate
20.7
%
22.8
%
19.3
%
21.1
%
Impact of share-based compensation(1)
(1.4
)
0.4
0.9
2.1
Tax impact of other non-GAAP adjustments(2)
0.4
—
—
(0.1
)
Adjusted Effective Tax Rate
19.7
%
23.2
%
20.2
%
23.1
%
We refer to growth rates in net sales on a constant currency basis so that results can be viewed without the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These amounts are calculated by translating current year results at prior year average exchange rates. We believe elimination of the foreign currency translation impact provides useful information in understanding and evaluating trends in our operating results.
Shake Shack oznámila výsledky za 2. čtvrtletí 2026: tržby vzrostly na 417,618 mil. USD z 356,466 mil. USD, zatímco čistý zisk klesl na 16,882 mil. USD z 18,483 mil. USD.
NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Shake Shack Inc. (“Shake Shack” or the “Company”) (NYSE: SHAK) has posted its results for the second quarter of 2026 in a Shareholder Letter in the Quarterly Results section of the Company's Investor Relations website, which can be found here: Q2 2026 Shake Shack Shareholder Letter.
Shake Shack will host a conference call at 8:00 a.m. ET. Hosting the call will be Robert Lynch, Chief Executive Officer, and Michelle Hook, Chief Financial Officer. The conference call can be accessed live over the phone by dialing (877) 407-0792, or for international callers by dialing (201) 689-8263. A replay of the call will be available until August 12, 2026 by dialing (844) 512-2921 or for international callers by dialing (412) 317-6671; the passcode is 13760719.
The live audio webcast of the conference call will be accessible in the Events & Presentations section on the Company's Investor Relations website at investor.shakeshack.com. An archived replay of the webcast will also be available shortly after the live event has concluded.
About Shake Shack
Shake Shack serves elevated versions of American classics using only the best ingredients. It's known for its delicious made-to-order Angus beef burgers, crinkle cut fries, crispy chicken, hand spun milkshakes, house-made lemonades, and more. With its high-quality food at a great value, warm hospitality, and a commitment to crafting uplifting experiences, Shake Shack quickly became a cult-brand with widespread appeal. Shake Shack's purpose is to Stand For Something Good®, from its premium ingredients and team member development to its inspiring designs and deep community investment. Since the original Shack opened in 2004 in NYC's Madison Square Park, the Company has expanded to over 710 locations system-wide, including approximately 460 in 35 U.S. States and the District of Columbia, and over 250 international locations across London, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Singapore, Mexico City, Istanbul, Dubai, Tokyo, Seoul and more.
Skip the line with the Shack App, a mobile ordering app that lets you save time by ordering ahead! Guests can select their location, pick their food, choose a pickup time and their meal will be cooked-to-order and timed to arrival. Available on iOS and Android.
Definitions
The following definitions apply to these terms as used in this release:
"Shack sales" is defined as the aggregate sales of food, beverages, gift card breakage income and Shake Shack branded merchandise at Company-operated Shacks and excludes sales from licensed Shacks.
“System-wide sales” is an operating measure and consists of sales from Company-operated Shacks and licensed Shacks. The Company does not recognize the sales from licensed Shacks as revenue. Of these amounts, revenue is limited to licensing revenue based on a percentage of sales from licensed Shacks, as well as certain up-front fees, such as territory fees, opening fees, and termination fees.
"Same-Shack sales" represents Shack sales for the comparable Shack base, which is defined as the number of Company-operated Shacks open for 24 full fiscal months or longer. For consecutive days that Shacks were temporarily closed, the comparative period was also adjusted.
"Restaurant-level profit," a non-GAAP measure, is defined as Shack sales less Shack-level operating expenses including Food and paper costs, Labor and related expenses, Other operating expenses and Occupancy and related expenses.
"Restaurant-level profit margin," a non-GAAP measure, is defined as Shack sales less Shack-level operating expenses including Food and paper costs, Labor and related expenses, Other operating expenses and Occupancy and related expenses as a percentage of Shack sales.
“EBITDA,” a non-GAAP measure, is defined as Net income before interest expense (net of interest income), Income tax expense, and Depreciation and amortization expense.
“Adjusted EBITDA,” a non-GAAP measure, is defined as EBITDA (as defined above), excluding equity-based compensation expense, Impairments, loss on disposal of assets, and Shack closures, amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs, as well as certain non-recurring items that the Company does not believe directly reflect its core operations and may not be indicative of the Company's recurring business operations.
"Adjusted pro forma net income," a non-GAAP measure, represents Net income attributable to Shake Shack Inc. assuming the full exchange of all outstanding SSE Holdings, LLC membership interests ("LLC Interests") for shares of Class A common stock, adjusted for certain non-recurring items that the Company does not believe are directly related to its core operations and may not be indicative of its recurring business operations.
SHAKE SHACK INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
July 1
2026
December 31
2025
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
307,962
$
360,123
Accounts receivable, net
34,657
32,962
Inventories
7,359
7,182
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
43,780
30,080
Total current assets
393,758
430,347
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $604,230 and $551,004, respectively.
673,299
625,851
Operating lease assets
551,687
507,253
Deferred income taxes, net
319,980
322,385
Other assets
11,556
10,373
TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,950,280
$
1,896,209
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$
23,612
$
24,747
Accrued expenses
92,318
103,354
Accrued wages and related liabilities
23,175
25,481
Operating lease liabilities, current
67,164
63,553
Other current liabilities
29,732
27,783
Total current liabilities
236,001
244,918
Long-term debt
248,255
247,731
Long-term operating lease liabilities
621,756
575,138
Liabilities under tax receivable agreement, net of current portion
244,713
244,463
Other long-term liabilities
28,004
30,210
Total liabilities
1,378,729
1,342,460
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value—10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2026 and December 31, 2025.
—
—
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value—200,000,000 shares authorized; 40,370,460 and 40,254,281 shares issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively.
40
40
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value—35,000,000 shares authorized; 2,425,789 and 2,434,789 shares issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively.
2
2
Additional paid-in capital
456,186
452,577
Retained earnings
88,099
72,709
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(6
)
(1
)
Total stockholders' equity attributable to Shake Shack Inc.
544,321
525,327
Non-controlling interests
27,230
28,422
Total equity
571,551
553,749
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
1,950,280
$
1,896,209
SHAKE SHACK INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Thirteen Weeks Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
Shack sales
$
403,437
96.6
%
$
343,224
96.3
%
$
757,484
96.6
%
$
653,062
96.4
%
Licensing revenue
14,181
3.4
%
13,242
3.7
%
26,871
3.4
%
24,302
3.6
%
TOTAL REVENUE
417,618
100.0
%
356,466
100.0
%
784,355
100.0
%
677,364
100.0
%
Shack-level operating expenses(1):
Food and paper costs
116,276
28.8
%
96,621
28.2
%
216,299
28.6
%
182,658
28.0
%
Labor and related expenses
101,226
25.1
%
88,058
25.7
%
193,943
25.6
%
174,726
26.8
%
Other operating expenses
63,118
15.6
%
50,768
14.8
%
120,630
15.9
%
99,030
15.2
%
Occupancy and related expenses
30,151
7.5
%
25,593
7.5
%
58,805
7.8
%
50,224
7.7
%
General and administrative expenses
48,321
11.6
%
40,671
11.4
%
101,929
13.0
%
81,311
12.0
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
30,717
7.4
%
26,545
7.4
%
59,837
7.6
%
53,088
7.8
%
Pre-opening costs
6,638
1.6
%
4,955
1.4
%
13,508
1.7
%
8,173
1.2
%
Impairments, loss on disposal of assets, and Shack closures
425
0.1
%
881
0.2
%
1,292
0.2
%
2,938
0.4
%
TOTAL EXPENSES
396,872
95.0
%
334,092
93.7
%
766,243
97.7
%
652,148
96.3
%
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
20,746
5.0
%
22,374
6.3
%
18,112
2.3
%
25,216
3.7
%
Other income, net
2,602
0.6
%
2,850
0.8
%
5,345
0.7
%
5,821
0.9
%
Interest expense
(553
)
(0.1
)%
(548
)
(0.2
)%
(1,101
)
(0.1
)%
(1,111
)
(0.2
)%
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
22,795
5.5
%
24,676
6.9
%
22,356
2.9
%
29,926
4.4
%
Income tax expense
5,913
1.4
%
6,193
1.7
%
5,768
0.7
%
6,930
1.0
%
NET INCOME
16,882
4.0
%
18,483
5.2
%
16,588
2.1
%
22,996
3.4
%
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests
1,202
0.3
%
1,335
0.4
%
1,198
0.2
%
1,603
0.2
%
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAKE SHACK INC.
$
15,680
3.8
%
$
17,148
4.8
%
$
15,390
2.0
%
$
21,393
3.2
%
Earnings per share of Class A common stock:
Basic
$
0.39
$
0.43
$
0.38
$
0.53
Diluted
$
0.37
$
0.41
$
0.37
$
0.51
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:
Basic
40,358
40,226
40,323
40,173
Diluted
41,866
41,819
41,873
41,842
SHAKE SHACK INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands)
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests)
$
16,588
$
22,996
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense
59,837
53,088
Amortization of debt issuance costs
524
524
Amortization of cloud computing assets
1,043
1,166
Non-cash operating lease cost
50,624
42,250
Equity-based compensation
9,082
9,750
Deferred income taxes
3,002
3,785
Non-cash interest
27
46
Impairments, loss on disposal of assets, and Shack closures
1,292
2,938
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
(1,695
)
(1,514
)
Inventories
(177
)
(14
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(12,529
)
(2,162
)
Other assets
(5,125
)
(3,978
)
Accounts payable
1,573
(2,164
)
Accrued expenses
(14,019
)
12,947
Accrued wages and related liabilities
(2,306
)
(2,128
)
Other current liabilities
575
(343
)
Operating lease liabilities
(43,987
)
(44,356
)
Other long-term liabilities
1,133
3,389
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
65,462
96,220
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment
(104,901
)
(67,438
)
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
(104,901
)
(67,438
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments on principal of finance leases
(3,254
)
(2,631
)
Distributions paid to non-controlling interest holders
(2,817
)
(857
)
Payments under tax receivable agreement, including interest
(977
)
(24
)
Net proceeds from stock option exercises
69
123
Employee withholding taxes related to net settled equity awards
(5,738
)
(9,300
)
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(12,717
)
(12,689
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(5
)
(3
)
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(52,161
)
16,090
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
360,123
320,714
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
$
307,962
$
336,804
SHAKE SHACK INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(UNAUDITED)
To supplement the condensed consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the Company uses the following non-GAAP financial measures: Restaurant-level profit, Restaurant-level profit margin, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted pro forma net income and adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share (collectively the "non-GAAP financial measures").
Restaurant-Level Profit
Restaurant-level profit is defined as Shack sales less Shack-level operating expenses including Food and paper costs, Labor and related expenses, Other operating expenses and Occupancy and related expenses.
How This Measure Is Useful
When used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, Restaurant-level profit and Restaurant-level profit margin are supplemental measures of operating performance that the Company believes are useful measures to evaluate the performance and profitability of its Shacks. Additionally, Restaurant-level profit and Restaurant-level profit margin are key metrics used internally by management to develop internal budgets and forecasts, as well as assess the performance of its Shacks relative to budget and against prior periods. It is also used to evaluate employee compensation as it serves as a metric in certain performance-based employee bonus arrangements. The Company believes presentation of Restaurant-level profit and Restaurant-level profit margin provides investors with a supplemental view of its operating performance that can provide meaningful insights to the underlying operating performance of the Shacks, as these measures depict the operating results that are directly impacted by the Shacks and exclude items that may not be indicative of, or are unrelated to, the ongoing operations of the Shacks. It may also assist investors to evaluate the Company's performance relative to peers of various sizes and maturities and provides greater transparency with respect to how management evaluates the business, as well as the financial and operational decision-making.
Limitations of the Usefulness of this Measure
Restaurant-level profit and Restaurant-level profit margin may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies due to different methods of calculation. Presentation of Restaurant-level profit and Restaurant-level profit margin is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. Restaurant-level profit excludes certain costs, such as General and administrative expenses and Pre-opening costs, which are considered normal, recurring cash operating expenses and are essential to support the operation and development of the Company's Shacks. Therefore, this measure may not provide a complete understanding of the Company's operating results as a whole and Restaurant-level profit and Restaurant-level profit margin should be reviewed in conjunction with the Company's GAAP financial results.
A reconciliation of Restaurant-level profit to Income from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is set forth below.
Thirteen Weeks Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
(dollar amounts in thousands)
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
Income from operations
$
20,746
$
22,374
$
18,112
$
25,216
Less:
Licensing revenue
14,181
13,242
26,871
24,302
Add:
General and administrative expenses
48,321
40,671
101,929
81,311
Depreciation and amortization expense
30,717
26,545
59,837
53,088
Pre-opening costs
6,638
4,955
13,508
8,173
Impairments, loss on disposal of assets, and Shack closures
425
881
1,292
2,938
Restaurant-level profit
$
92,666
$
82,184
$
167,807
$
146,424
Total revenue
$
417,618
$
356,466
$
784,355
$
677,364
Less: Licensing revenue
14,181
13,242
26,871
24,302
Shack sales
$
403,437
$
343,224
$
757,484
$
653,062
Restaurant-level profit margin(1)
23.0
%
23.9
%
22.2
%
22.4
%
SHAKE SHACK INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(UNAUDITED)
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as Net income before interest expense (net of interest income), Income tax expense and Depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as EBITDA excluding equity-based compensation expense, Impairments, loss on the disposal of assets, and Shack closures, amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs, as well as certain non-recurring items that the Company does not believe directly reflect its core operations and may not be indicative of the Company's recurring business operations.
How These Measures Are Useful
When used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of operating performance that the Company believes are useful measures to facilitate comparisons to historical performance and competitors' operating results. Adjusted EBITDA is a key metric used internally by management to develop internal budgets and forecasts and also serves as a metric in its performance-based equity incentive programs and certain bonus arrangements. The Company believes presentation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA provides investors with a supplemental view of the Company's operating performance that facilitates analysis and comparisons of its ongoing business operations because they exclude items that may not be indicative of the Company's ongoing operating performance.
Limitations of the Usefulness of These Measures
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies due to different methods of calculation. Presentation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude certain normal recurring expenses. Therefore, these measures may not provide a complete understanding of the Company's performance and should be reviewed in conjunction with the GAAP financial measures.
A reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to Net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is set forth below.
Thirteen Weeks Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
(dollar amounts in thousands)
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
Net income
$
16,882
$
18,483
$
16,588
$
22,996
Depreciation and amortization expense
30,717
26,545
59,837
53,088
Interest expense, net
468
500
984
1,023
Income tax expense
5,913
6,193
5,768
6,930
EBITDA
$
53,980
$
51,721
$
83,177
$
84,037
Equity-based compensation
3,922
5,209
9,082
9,750
Amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs
531
560
1,043
1,166
Impairments, loss on disposal of assets, and Shack closures
425
881
1,292
2,938
Executive transition costs(1)
1,121
414
2,251
414
Legal settlements(2)
848
—
848
983
Restatement costs(3)
—
100
—
354
Other(4)
374
15
473
3
Adjusted EBITDA
$
61,201
$
58,900
$
98,166
$
99,645
Adjusted EBITDA margin(5)
14.7
%
16.5
%
12.5
%
14.7
%
(1)
Expenses incurred in connection with the termination, search, and hiring of certain executive positions.
(2)
Expenses incurred to establish accruals related to the settlements of legal matters.
(3)
Expenses incurred related to the restatement of prior periods in the 2023 Form 10-K.
(4)
Amounts related to the conflict in the Middle East and expenses incurred for professional fees related to non-recurring matters.
(5)
Calculated as a percentage of Total revenue, which was $417.6 million and $784.4 million for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended July 1, 2026, respectively, and $356.5 million and $677.4 million for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended June 25, 2025, respectively.
SHAKE SHACK INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(UNAUDITED)
Adjusted Pro Forma Net Income and Adjusted Pro Forma Earnings Per Fully Exchanged and Diluted Share
Adjusted pro forma net income represents Net income attributable to Shake Shack Inc. assuming the full exchange of all outstanding SSE Holdings, LLC membership interests ("LLC Interests") for shares of Class A common stock, adjusted for certain non-recurring items that the Company does not believe are directly related to its core operations and may not be indicative of recurring business operations. Adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share is calculated by dividing adjusted pro forma net income by the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming the full exchange of all outstanding LLC Interests, after giving effect to the dilutive effect of outstanding equity-based awards.
How These Measures Are Useful
When used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, adjusted pro forma net income and adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share are supplemental measures of operating performance that the Company believes are useful measures to evaluate performance period over period and relative to its competitors. By assuming the full exchange of all outstanding LLC Interests, the Company believes these measures facilitate comparisons with other companies that have different organizational and tax structures, as well as comparisons period over period because it eliminates the effect of any changes in Net income attributable to Shake Shack Inc. driven by increases in its ownership of SSE Holdings, which are unrelated to the Company's operating performance, and excludes items that are non-recurring or may not be indicative of ongoing operating performance.
Limitations of the Usefulness of These Measures
Adjusted pro forma net income and adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies due to different methods of calculation. Presentation of adjusted pro forma net income and adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share should not be considered alternatives to Net income and earnings per share, as determined under GAAP. While these measures are useful in evaluating the Company's performance, it does not account for the earnings attributable to the non-controlling interest holders and therefore does not provide a complete understanding of the Net income attributable to Shake Shack Inc. Adjusted pro forma net income and adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share should be evaluated in conjunction with GAAP financial results.
A reconciliation of adjusted pro forma net income to Net income attributable to Shake Shack Inc., the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the computation of adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged and diluted share are set forth below.
Thirteen Weeks Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
Numerator:
Net income attributable to Shake Shack Inc.
$
15,680
$
17,148
$
15,390
$
21,393
Adjustments:
Reallocation of Net income attributable to non-controlling interests from the assumed exchange of LLC Interests(1)
1,202
1,335
1,198
1,603
Impairment charge and Shack closures(2)
6
295
35
1,948
Executive transition costs(3)
1,121
414
2,251
414
Legal settlements(4)
848
—
848
983
Restatement costs(5)
—
100
—
354
Other(6)
374
15
473
3
Tax impact of above adjustments(7)
(326
)
169
(1,202
)
(824
)
Adjusted pro forma net income
$
18,905
$
19,476
$
18,993
$
25,874
Denominator:
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—diluted
41,866
41,819
41,873
41,842
Adjustments:
Assumed exchange of weighted average LLC Interests for shares of Class A common stock(1)
2,429
2,445
2,431
2,446
Adjusted pro forma fully exchanged weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—diluted
44,295
44,264
44,304
44,288
Adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged share—diluted
$
0.43
$
0.44
$
0.43
$
0.58
Thirteen Weeks Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
July 1
2026
June 25
2025
Earnings per share of Class A common stock—diluted
$
0.37
$
0.41
$
0.37
$
0.51
Assumed exchange of weighted average LLC Interests for shares of Class A common stock(1)
0.01
0.01
—
0.01
Non-GAAP adjustments(8)
0.05
0.02
0.06
0.06
Adjusted pro forma earnings per fully exchanged share—diluted
$
0.43
$
0.44
$
0.43
$
0.58
(1)
Assumes the exchange of all outstanding LLC Interests for shares of Class A common stock, resulting in the elimination of the non-controlling interest and recognition of the net income attributable to non-controlling interests.
(2)
Expenses incurred related to Shack closures and impairment charges during fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2025.
(3)
Expenses incurred in connection with the termination, search, and hiring of certain executive positions.
(4)
Expenses incurred to establish accruals related to the settlements of legal matters.
(5)
Expenses incurred related to the restatement of prior periods in the 2023 Form 10-K.
(6)
Amounts related to the conflict in the Middle East and expenses incurred for professional fees related to non-recurring matters.
(7)
Represents the tax effect of the aforementioned adjustments and pro forma adjustments to reflect corporate income taxes at assumed effective tax rates of 24.8% and 26.8% for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended July 1, 2026, respectively, and 23.6% and 23.1% for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended June 25, 2025, respectively. Amounts include provisions for U.S. federal income taxes, certain LLC entity-level taxes and foreign withholding taxes, assuming the highest statutory rates apportioned to each applicable state, local and foreign jurisdiction.
(8)
Represents the per share impact of non-GAAP adjustments for each period. Refer to the reconciliation of Adjusted pro forma net income above, for additional information.
Edgewell Personal Care uvedla, že organické čisté tržby ve 3. fiskálním čtvrtletí vzrostly o 1,1 % a upravený EPS i EBITDA byly nad očekáváním. Celoroční výhled zúžila, ale střední hodnoty pro upravený EPS a EBITDA nechala beze změny.
Organic Net Sales Returned to Growth; North America Performance Improved Meaningfully
Adjusted EPS and Adjusted EBITDA Exceeded Expectations
Full Year Outlook Narrowed; Mid-points for Adjusted EPS and Adjusted EBITDA Remain Unchanged
, /PRNewswire/ -- Edgewell Personal Care Company (NYSE: EPC) today announced results for its third fiscal quarter 2026 ended June 30, 2026.
Executive Summary
Third quarter net sales were $570.1 million, an increase of 1.7% compared to the prior year quarter. Organic net sales increased 1.1%. (Organic basis excludes the impact from currency movements.) GAAP Diluted net Earnings Per Share ("EPS") were $0.26, compared to $0.46 in the prior year quarter. Adjusted EPS were $0.72 for the quarter, compared to $0.72 in the prior year quarter. Ended the third quarter with $397.1 million in cash on hand, access to an additional $418.8 million under the Company's U.S. revolving credit facility available. Returned $7.0 million to shareholders in the form of dividends in the third quarter. The Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.15 per common share on August 5, 2026, for the third quarter. "Our third quarter results represent an important step forward in our fiscal 2026 progression, with organic net sales returning to growth, meaningful improvement in North America, and adjusted EPS and adjusted EBITDA ahead of expectations," said Rod Little, Edgewell's President and Chief Executive Officer. "At the beginning of the year, we anticipated that fiscal 2026 would be a back-half story, and based on our current outlook, we remain on track to deliver on that commitment. Our priority brands continue to gain traction, and we believe that the investments we have made are strengthening our capabilities and improving business performance. We are increasingly confident in the trajectory of the business and the foundation we are building for future growth and value creation."
Unless otherwise noted, reported results in this release are based on continuing operations and exclude the Feminine Care business which is treated as discontinued operations. The Company reports and forecasts results on a GAAP and non-GAAP basis and has reconciled non-GAAP results and outlook to the most directly comparable GAAP measures later in this release. See non-GAAP Financial Measures for a more detailed explanation, including definitions of various non-GAAP terms used in this release. All comparisons used in this release are for the same period in the prior fiscal year unless otherwise stated.
Fiscal 3Q 2026 Operating Results (Unaudited)
Net sales were $570.1 million in the quarter, an increase of $9.7 million, or 1.7%, including a $3.6 million, or 0.6% favorable impact from currency movements. Organic net sales increased $6.1 million, or 1.1%, reflecting a return to growth in North America, partially offset by lower sales in international markets. North America organic sales increased 3.0%, driven by volume growth across Sun, Skin Care and Grooming, reflecting improving execution, increased distribution and continued strength across several of the Company's priority brands. International organic sales declined 1.4%, primarily reflecting temporary disruption associated with the conflict in the Middle East and short-term supply chain impacts related to the Company's Wet Shave manufacturing consolidation, partially offset by growth in Grooming and several key international markets.
Gross profit was $242.5 million, as compared to $250.1 million in the prior year quarter. Gross margin as a percent of net sales was 42.5%,a decrease of 210-basis points. Adjusted gross margin as a percent of net sales decreased 30-basis points, to 44.5% in the quarter. Productivity savings of approximately 200-basis points and 40-basis points of favorable currency movements were more than offset by 160-basis points of core inflation and net tariffs and 110-basis points of unfavorable mix and promotional levels (net of pricing).
Advertising and sales promotion expense ("A&P") was $83.2 million, or 14.6% of net sales, an increase of $7.2 million, compared to $76.0 million, or 13.6% of net sales in the prior year quarter.
Selling, general and administrative expense ("SG&A") was $108.3 million, or 19.0% of net sales, as compared to $100.7 million, or 18.0% of net sales in the prior year quarter. Adjusted SG&A was 18.4% of net sales, compared to 17.6% in the prior year quarter which was primarily driven by higher incentive compensation expense and unfavorable currency impacts in the current year, partly offset by lower people and consulting expenses.
The Company recorded pre-tax restructuring and related costs in support of cost efficiency and effectiveness programs of $24.5 million in the quarter.
Operating income was $25.0 million, or 4.4% of net sales, inclusive of a $2.6 million, or 40-basis points impact from favorable currency movements, compared to income of $45.0 million, or 8.0% of net sales in the prior year quarter. Adjusted operating income was $53.0 million, or 9.3% of net sales, compared to $63.6 million, or 11.3% of net sales in the prior year quarter.
Interest expense associated with debt was $16.7 million, compared to $19.4 million in the prior year quarter. The decrease in interest expense was the result of lower borrowing levels on the Company's U.S. revolving credit facility due to the paydown of the facility with the proceeds of the Feminine Care divestiture.
Other (income) expense, net was income of $9.7 million compared to income of $2.9 million in the prior year quarter. The current year quarter included $7.7 million of Transition Services Agreement ("TSA") income. Additionally, the prior year quarter included $2.7 million of other project gains. Currency hedge and remeasurements gains were $0.6 million in the current quarter, compared to a gain of $1.1 million in the prior year quarter. Adjusted other (income) expense, net was income of $9.7 million compared to income of $0.2 million in the prior year quarter.
The effective tax rate for the first nine months of fiscal 2026 was (17.0)% compared to 31.7% in the prior year period. The current year period reflects a tax expense on a loss. The fiscal 2026 effective tax rate reflects more favorable discrete and unusual items compared to fiscal 2025. The adjusted effective tax rate for the first nine months of fiscal 2026 was 26.3%, compared to 28.8%. from the prior year period.
GAAP net earnings from continuing operations was income of $12.3 million or $0.26 per diluted share compared to income of $21.5 million or $0.46 per diluted share in the prior year quarter. Adjusted net earnings from continuing operations were $33.5 million or $0.72 per share, inclusive of a $0.04 favorable currency impact, compared to $33.6 million or $0.72 per share in the prior year quarter. Adjusted EBITDA was $78.9 million, inclusive of a $2.1 million favorable currency impact, compared to $81.2 million in the prior year quarter.
Net cash provided by operating activities on a consolidated basis, inclusive of continuing and discontinued operations was $47.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $44.3 million in the prior year period. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was largely driven by changes in net working capital. The third quarter ended with $397.1 million in cash on hand, access to $418.8 million under the Company's U.S. revolving credit facility and an adjusted net debt leverage ratio of 3.7x. The adjusted net debt leverage ratio reflects the trailing 12 month continuing operations EBITDA as well as the cash impact from temporary working capital and other items related to the Feminine Care divestiture.
Capital Allocation
On August 5, 2026, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per common share for the third fiscal quarter of fiscal 2026. The dividend will be payable on October 8, 2026 to shareholders of record at the close of business on September 9, 2026. During the third quarter of fiscal 2026, the Company paid dividends totaling $7.0 million to stockholders. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had approximately $85 million available for share repurchase in the future under the Board's 2025 authorization.
Wet Shave (Men's Systems, Women's Systems, Disposables, and Shave Preps)
Net sales decreased $4.2 million, or 1.3%. Organic net sales decreased $6.1 million or 1.9%, as growth in the branded business was more than offset by lower Private Label sales, related to temporary supply constraints in North America and certain international markets. Segment profit decreased $9.2 million, or 20.9%. Organic segment profit, excluding the favorable impact from currency, decreased $10.9 million, or 24.7%, driven by higher SG&A and marketing expenses.
Sun and Skin Care (Sun Care, Men's and Women's Grooming Products, and Wet Ones)
Net sales increased $13.9 million, or 5.7%. Organic net sales increased $12.2 million, or 5.0%, driven by mid-single digit growth in Sun Care in North America and strong global Grooming and Skin Care performance, partly offset by Sun Care declines in international markets. Segment profit increased $0.2 million, or 0.4%, including a favorable impact from foreign currency of $0.9 million, or 2.0%. Organic segment profit decreased $0.7 million, or 1.6%, driven by higher marketing and SG&A expenses, partially offset by higher gross profit.
Full Fiscal Year 2026 Financial Outlook
The Company is providing the following outlook assumptions for fiscal 2026. Unless otherwise stated, this outlook is presented on a continuing-operations basis and excludes the results of the Feminine Care business, which is reported as discontinued operations.
The Company's underlying expectations for fiscal 2026 remain intact, including stronger fourth quarter performance and adjusted EPS and adjusted EBITDA that are in line with prior expectations.
Reported net sales are now expected to increase in the range of approximately 1.3% to 1.8% (previously increase 0.8% to 3.8%) Includes an estimated 130-basis point positive impact from foreign currency changes (previously 180-basis point positive impact) Organic net sales are expected to be in the range of a flat to 0.5% (previously in the range of 1.0% decrease to a 2.0% increase) GAAP EPS is expected to be in the range of flat to $0.20 (previously flat to $0.40). Includes: Restructuring and related costs*, Sun Care reformulation, Legal matters, and Other costs Adjusted EPS is expected to be in the range of $1.80 to $2.00 (previously $1.70 to $2.10) Adjusted gross margin is expected to increase approximately 20-basis points (previously increase 50-basis points). Adjusted operating margin is expected to decrease approximately 80-basis points (previously decrease 60-basis points), reflecting 70-basis points from higher A&P investment and 30-basis points from increased SG&A expense Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $250 to $260 million (previously $245 to $265 million) Other income/expense, net is expected to be approximately $26 million income, (previously $21 million income) Interest expense associated with debt is expected to be approximately $70 million Adjusted effective tax rate is expected to be approximately 22% to 23% Capital expenditures are expected to be in the range of approximately 3.0% to 3.5% of net sales Adjusted free cash flow is expected to be approximately $80 to $110 million Adjusted net debt leverage is expected to be approximately in the range of 3.3x to 3.4x at fiscal year end (previously in the range of 3.3x to 3.5x) As previously discussed, in fiscal 2026, the Company is taking specific actions to strengthen its operating model, simplify the organization and improve manufacturing and supply chain efficiency through restructuring and repositioning actions, including the further consolidation of Wet Shave operations. As a result of these actions, the Company expects to incur pre-tax charges of approximately $92 million (previously $90 million) for the full fiscal year.
Webcast Information
In conjunction with this announcement, the Company will hold an investor conference call beginning at 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time today, August 5, 2026. All interested parties may access a live webcast of this conference call at www.edgewell.com, under the "Investors," and "News and Events" tabs or by using the following link: http://ir.edgewell.com/news-and-events/events
Refer to Supplemental Slides for fiscal year 2025 quarterly recast adjusted EBITDA reconciliation for continuing operations at www.edgewell.com, under the "Investors," and "News and Events" tabs or by using the following link http://ir.edgewell.com/news-and-events/events for historical financial information related to Company's divestiture of its Feminine Care business consistent with the continuing operations structure.
For those unable to participate during the live webcast, a re-play will be available on www.edgewell.com, under the "Investors," "Financial Reports," and "Quarterly Earnings" tabs. This release includes references to the Company's website and references to additional information and materials found on its website. The Company's website and such information and materials are not incorporated by reference in, and are not part of, this release.
About Edgewell
Edgewell is a leading pure-play consumer products company with an attractive, diversified portfolio of established brand names such as Schick®, Wilkinson Sword® and Billie® men's and women's shaving systems and disposable razors; Edge and Skintimate® shave preparations; Banana Boat®, Hawaiian Tropic®, Bulldog®, Jack Black®, and CREMO® sun and skin care products; and Wet Ones® products. The Company has a broad global footprint and operates in more than 50 markets, including the U.S., Canada, Mexico, Germany, Japan, the U.K. and Australia, with approximately 6,200 employees worldwide.
Forward-Looking Statements. This document contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You should not place undue reliance on these statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning our expectations regarding our future results of operations and financial condition; including business trajectory and performance improvement; future growth and value creation; our capital allocation plans; impacts from the divestiture of our Feminine Care segment; the effects of macroeconomic factors such as changes in tariffs and inflationary pressures; and conflicts or acts of war (such as the conflict in the Middle East). Additional forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of words or phrases such as "believe," "expect," "expectation," "anticipate," "may," "could," "intend," "belief," "estimate," "plan," "target," "predict," "likely," "will," "should," "forecast," "outlook," or other similar words or phrases. These statements are not based on historical facts, but instead reflect the Company's expectations, estimates or projections concerning future results or events, including, without limitation, the future earnings and performance of Edgewell or any of its businesses. Many factors outside our control could affect the realization of these estimates. These statements are not guarantees of performance and are inherently subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from those indicated by those statements. The Company cannot assure you that any of its expectations, estimates or projections will be achieved. The forward-looking statements included in this document are only made as of the date of this document and the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement to reflect subsequent events or circumstances, except as required by law. You should not place undue reliance on these statements.
Factors that could cause fluctuations in our actual results include, but are not limited to, the following: our ability to compete in products and prices, as well as costs, in an intensely competitive industry; the loss of any of our principal customers or changes in the policies of our principal customers; our inability to design and execute a successful omnichannel strategy; our ability to attract, retain and develop key personnel; fluctuations in the price and supply of raw materials and costs of labor, warehousing and transportation; the impact of seasonal volatility on our sales, financial performance, working capital requirements and cash flow; the ability to successfully manage evolving global financial risks, including tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations, currency exchange or pricing controls and localized volatility; the ability to manage disruption of business due to various factors, including ones outside of our control, such as natural disasters, conflicts or acts of war (such as the conflict in the Middle East), terrorism or disease outbreaks; impacts from any loss of our principal customers or changes in the policies or strategies of our customers; our level of indebtedness and the various covenants related thereto, and to generate sufficient income and cash flow to allow the Company to effect expected share repurchases and dividend payments; our failure to maintain our brands' reputation and successfully respond to changing consumer habits; and perceptions of certain ingredients, negative perceptions of packaging, lack of recyclability or other environmental attributes; our access to capital markets and borrowing capacity; impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets; the ability to successfully manage the financial, legal, reputational and operational risks associated with third-party relationships, such as our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, contractors and external business partners; risks associated with our international operations; our ability to effectively integrate acquired companies and successfully manage divestiture activities; our ability to successfully implement our cost savings initiatives, including rationalization or restructuring efforts; the ability to rely on and maintain key Company and third-party information and operational technology systems, networks and services and maintain the security and functionality of such systems, networks and services and the data contained therein; the ability to successfully achieve, maintain or adjust our environmental or sustainability goals and priorities; the ability to successfully manage current and expanding regulatory and legal requirements and matters (including, without limitation, those laws and regulations involving product liability, product and packaging composition, manufacturing processes, intellectual property, labor and employment, antitrust, privacy, cybersecurity and data protection, artificial intelligence, tax, the environment, due diligence, risk oversight, accounting and financial reporting) and to resolve new and pending matters within current estimates; the ability to adequately protect our intellectual property rights; product quality and safety issues, including recalls and product liability; losses or increased funding and expenses related to our pension plans; and the other important factors described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 ("2025 Annual Report") under Part I. Item 1A. "Risk Factors," and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that it presently considers immaterial could significantly affect the accuracy of any such forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties include those detailed from time to time in the Company's publicly filed documents, including in Item 1A. Risk Factors of Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on November 18, 2025.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures. While the Company reports financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in the U.S., this discussion also includes non-GAAP measures. These non-GAAP measures are referred to as "adjusted" or "organic" and exclude items which are considered by the Company as unusual or non-recurring and which
may have a disproportionate positive or negative impact on the Company's financial results in any particular period. Reconciliations of non-GAAP measures, including reconciliations of measures related to the Company's fiscal 2026 financial outlook, are included within the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included with this release.
This non-GAAP information is provided as a supplement to, not as a substitute for, or as superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company uses this non-GAAP information internally to make operating decisions and believes it is helpful to investors because it allows more meaningful period-to-period comparisons of ongoing operating results. The information can also be used to perform analysis and to better identify operating trends that may otherwise be masked or distorted by the types of items that are excluded. This non-GAAP information is a component in determining management's incentive compensation. Finally, the Company believes this information provides a higher degree of transparency. The following provides additional detail on the Company's non-GAAP measures:
The Company utilizes "adjusted" non-GAAP measures including gross margin, SG&A, operating income, operating margin, effective tax rate, net earnings, earnings per share, EBITDA, and other (income) expense to internally make operating decisions. Constant currency measures are calculated by removing the impact of translational and transactional foreign currencies changes, net of foreign currency hedges compared to the prior year. Transactional foreign currency changes are driven by foreign legal entities' transactions not denominated in local currency. The Company analyzes its net sales and segment profit on an organic basis to better measure the comparability of results between periods. Organic net sales and organic segment profit exclude the impact of changes in foreign currency. Segment profit is impacted by fluctuations in translation and transactional foreign currency. The impact of currency was applied to segments using management's best estimate. The Company presents certain metrics on a consolidated and continuing operations basis to help with comparability. Free cash flow is defined as net cash from operating activities, less capital expenditures plus collections of deferred purchase price of accounts receivable sold and proceeds from sales of fixed assets. Adjusted free cash flow is defined as free cash flow, adjusted for the following: the one-time operating cash flow impacts associated directly with Feminine Care divestiture including tax, working capital, and deal related fees and expenses. Net debt is defined as Gross debt less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt leverage ratio is defined as net debt divided by trailing twelve month adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted net debt leverage ratio is defined as net debt divided by continuing operations trailing twelve month adjusted EBITDA, which includes Transition Services Agreement income realized in fiscal Q2 and Q3 (five months), plus $15 million of pro forma Transition Services Agreement income (seven months). Refer to Supplemental Slides for fiscal year 2025 quarterly recast adjusted EBITDA reconciliation for continuing operations filed on February 9, 2026. Basis of Presentation. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the results of the Feminine Care segment are presented as discontinued operations in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income and, as such, have been excluded from both continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented. Further, the Company reclassified the assets and liabilities of the Feminine Care disposal group as assets and liabilities held for sale in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2025. The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are presented on a consolidated basis with both continuing operations and discontinued operations. All amounts, percentages and disclosures for all periods presented reflect only the continuing operations of Edgewell unless otherwise noted.
Please refer to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2026.
EDGEWELL PERSONAL CARE COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(unaudited, in millions, except per share data)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Nine Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
$ 570.1
$ 560.4
$ 1,512.4
$ 1,492.1
Cost of products sold
327.6
310.3
892.0
832.7
Gross profit
242.5
250.1
620.4
659.4
Selling, general and administrative expense
108.3
100.7
321.7
303.1
Advertising and sales promotion expense
83.2
76.0
187.4
182.0
Research and development expense
13.3
13.5
42.0
40.2
Restructuring charges
12.7
14.9
44.8
30.9
Operating income
25.0
45.0
24.5
103.2
Interest expense associated with debt
16.7
19.4
53.9
58.4
Other income, net
(9.7)
(2.9)
(18.4)
(2.3)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
18.0
28.5
(11.0)
47.1
Income tax provision on continuing operations
5.7
7.0
1.9
15.0
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
12.3
21.5
(12.9)
32.1
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
1.4
7.6
(49.7)
23.9
Net earnings (loss)
$ 13.7
$ 29.1
$ (62.6)
$ 56.0
Basic earnings (loss) per share
Continuing operations
$ 0.27
$ 0.46
$ (0.28)
$ 0.67
Discontinued operations
0.03
0.16
(1.07)
0.50
Basic earnings (loss) per share
$ 0.30
$ 0.62
$ (1.35)
$ 1.17
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
Continuing operations
$ 0.26
$ 0.46
$ (0.28)
$ 0.67
Discontinued operations
0.03
0.16
(1.07)
0.50
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
$ 0.29
$ 0.62
$ (1.35)
$ 1.17
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
46.1
46.8
46.4
47.8
Diluted
46.6
47.0
46.4
48.0
See Accompanying Notes.
EDGEWELL PERSONAL CARE COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(unaudited, in millions)
June 30, 2026
September 30,
2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 397.1
$ 225.7
Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts
119.4
137.8
Inventories
433.0
433.8
Other current assets
162.5
138.6
Current assets held for sale
—
59.6
Total current assets
1,112.0
995.5
Property, plant and equipment, net
292.7
295.0
Goodwill
1,134.0
1,137.1
Other intangible assets, net
806.4
828.2
Other assets
190.3
178.7
Non-current assets held for sale
—
321.8
Total assets
$ 3,535.4
$ 3,756.3
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities
Notes payable
$ 34.2
$ 29.5
Accounts payable
230.7
219.7
Other current liabilities
338.7
311.1
Current liabilities held for sale
—
5.2
Total current liabilities
603.6
565.5
Long-term debt
1,245.0
1,383.3
Deferred income tax liabilities
79.6
118.8
Other liabilities
147.3
135.6
Total liabilities
2,075.5
2,203.2
Shareholders' equity
Common shares
0.7
0.7
Additional paid-in capital
1,569.7
1,578.8
Retained earnings
1,002.1
1,086.7
Common shares in treasury at cost
(997.5)
(1,003.3)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(115.1)
(109.8)
Total shareholders' equity
1,459.9
1,553.1
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 3,535.4
$ 3,756.3
See Accompanying Notes.
EDGEWELL PERSONAL CARE COMPANY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited, in millions)
Nine Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Net (loss) earnings
$ (62.6)
$ 56.0
Depreciation and amortization
59.0
65.6
Share-based compensation expense
14.7
18.8
Loss on sale of assets
1.4
1.7
Impairment charges
37.4
—
Loss on assets held for sale
2.2
—
Deferred compensation payments
(2.3)
(2.4)
Deferred income taxes
(39.8)
(0.5)
Other, net
8.3
(12.2)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
28.8
(82.7)
Net cash provided by operating activities
47.1
44.3
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of business
338.9
—
Capital expenditures
(41.2)
(49.4)
Collection of deferred purchase price on accounts receivable sold
3.3
5.6
Other, net
—
(1.5)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
301.0
(45.3)
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
Cash proceeds from debt with original maturities greater than 90 days
398.0
774.0
Cash payments on debt with original maturities greater than 90 days
(538.0)
(678.0)
Net proceeds from (payment of) debt with original maturities of 90 days or less
3.1
(0.8)
Repurchase of shares
(15.8)
(90.2)
Dividends to common shareholders
(21.5)
(22.4)
Employee shares withheld for taxes
(2.9)
(7.4)
Net financing inflow from the Accounts Receivable Facility
2.7
14.2
Other, net
(0.3)
(0.3)
Net cash used in financing activities
(174.7)
(10.9)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(2.0)
2.4
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
171.4
(9.5)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
225.7
209.1
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 397.1
$ 199.6
See Accompanying Notes.
EDGEWELL PERSONAL CARE COMPANY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited, in millions, except per share data)
Note 1 — Segments
The Company conducts its business in the following two segments: Wet Shave and Sun and Skin Care (collectively, the "Segments," and each individually, a "Segment"). Segment performance is evaluated based on segment profit, exclusive of general corporate expenses, share-based compensation costs, items which are considered by the Company to be unusual or non-recurring and which may have a disproportionate positive or negative impact on the Company's financial results in any particular period and the amortization of intangible assets. Financial items, such as interest income and expense, are managed on a global basis at the corporate level. The exclusion of such charges from segment results reflects management's view on how it evaluates segment performance.
Segment net sales and profitability are presented below:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Nine Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
Wet Shave
$ 312.8
$ 317.0
$ 898.2
$ 897.0
Sun and Skin Care
257.3
243.4
614.2
595.1
Total net sales
$ 570.1
$ 560.4
$ 1,512.4
$ 1,492.1
Segment Profit
Wet Shave
$ 34.9
$ 44.1
$ 106.0
$ 137.3
Sun and Skin Care
46.2
46.0
89.5
93.4
Total segment profit
81.1
90.1
195.5
230.7
General corporate and other expenses
(21.9)
(19.9)
(66.0)
(65.9)
Amortization of intangibles
(6.2)
(6.4)
(19.0)
(19.2)
Interest and other expense, net
(7.0)
(19.3)
(37.7)
(58.6)
Restructuring and related costs
(24.5)
(16.8)
(71.9)
(32.7)
Acquisition and integration costs
—
—
—
(0.5)
Sun Care reformulation costs
(0.7)
(0.5)
(3.4)
(2.2)
Legal matters
—
—
(5.7)
—
Gain on investment
—
—
1.5
0.9
Commercial realignment
0.2
0.1
0.2
(3.0)
Other project and related costs
(3.0)
1.2
(4.5)
(2.4)
Total earnings (loss) before income taxes
$ 18.0
$ 28.5
$ (11.0)
$ 47.1
Refer to Note 2 - GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations below for the income statement location of non-GAAP adjustments to earnings before income taxes.
Note 2 — GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations
The following tables provide a GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliation of certain line items from the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings:
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
Gross Profit
SG&A
Operating
Income
EBIT (Loss)
from
Continuing
Operations (1)
Income Tax
Provision
(Benefit)
from
Continuing
Operations
Net (Loss)
Income from
Continuing
Operations
Diluted EPS
from
Continuing
Operations
GAAP — Reported
$ 242.5
$ 108.3
$ 25.0
$ 18.0
$ 5.7
$ 12.3
$ 0.26
Restructuring and related costs
11.2
(0.6)
24.5
24.5
6.0
18.5
0.40
Sun Care reformulation costs
—
—
0.7
0.7
0.1
0.6
0.01
Commercial realignment
(0.2)
—
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.1)
—
Other project and related costs
0.1
(2.9)
3.0
3.0
0.8
2.2
0.05
Total Adjusted Non-GAAP
$ 253.6
$ 104.8
$ 53.0
$ 46.0
$ 12.5
$ 33.5
$ 0.72
Adjusted Non-GAAP Constant Currency
0.68
GAAP as a percent of net sales
42.5 %
19.0 %
4.4 %
GAAP effective tax rate
31.5 %
Adjusted as a percent of net sales
44.5 %
18.4 %
9.3 %
Adjusted effective tax rate
27.2 %
Adjusted Constant Currency as a percent of net
sales
44.1 %
8.9 %
(1) EBIT is defined as Earnings before Income taxes.
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
Gross Profit
SG&A
Operating
Income
EBIT (Loss)
from
Continuing
Operations (1)
Income Tax
Provision
(Benefit)
from
Continuing
Operations
Net (Loss)
Income from
Continuing
Operations
Diluted EPS
from
Continuing
Operations
GAAP — Reported
$ 250.1
$ 100.7
$ 45.0
$ 28.5
$ 7.0
$ 21.5
$ 0.46
Restructuring and related costs
1.2
(0.6)
16.7
16.7
4.1
12.6
0.27
Sun Care reformulation costs
—
—
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.4
0.01
Commercial realignment
(0.1)
—
(0.1)
(0.1)
—
(0.1)
—
Other project and related costs
—
(1.5)
1.5
(1.2)
(0.4)
(0.8)
(0.02)
Total Adjusted Non-GAAP
$ 251.2
$ 98.6
$ 63.6
$ 44.4
$ 10.8
$ 33.6
$ 0.72
GAAP as a percent of net sales
44.6 %
18.0 %
8.0 %
GAAP effective tax rate
24.5 %
Adjusted as a percent of net sales
44.8 %
17.6 %
11.3 %
Adjusted effective tax rate
24.3 %
(1) EBIT is defined as Earnings before Income taxes.
Nine Months Ended June 30, 2026
Gross Profit
SG&A
Operating
Income
EBIT (Loss)
from
Continuing
Operations (1)
Income Tax
Provision
(Benefit)
from
Continuing
Operations
Net (Loss)
Income from
Continuing
Operations
Diluted EPS
from
Continuing
Operations
GAAP — Reported
$ 620.4
$ 321.7
$ 24.5
$ (11.0)
$ 1.9
$ (12.9)
$ (0.28)
Restructuring and related costs
25.7
(1.4)
71.9
71.9
17.7
54.2
1.17
Sun Care reformulation costs
—
—
3.4
3.4
0.8
2.6
0.06
Legal matters
—
(5.7)
5.7
5.7
1.4
4.3
0.09
Gain on investment
—
—
—
(1.5)
(0.3)
(1.2)
(0.03)
Commercial realignment
(0.2)
—
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.1)
—
Other project and related costs
0.1
(5.1)
5.2
4.5
1.1
3.4
0.07
Tax shortfall on equity compensation
—
—
—
—
(3.4)
3.4
0.07
Total Adjusted Non-GAAP
$ 646.0
$ 309.5
$ 110.5
$ 72.8
$ 19.1
$ 53.7
$ 1.15
Adjusted Non-GAAP Constant Currency
1.07
GAAP as a percent of net sales
41.0 %
21.3 %
1.6 %
GAAP effective tax rate
(17.0) %
Adjusted as a percent of net sales
42.7 %
20.5 %
7.3 %
Adjusted effective tax rate
26.3 %
Adjusted Constant Currency as a percent of net
sales
42.5 %
6.9 %
(1) EBIT is defined as Earnings (Loss) before Income taxes.
Nine Months Ended June 30, 2025
Gross Profit
SG&A
Operating
Income
EBIT (Loss)
from
Continuing
Operations (1)
Income Tax
Provision
(Benefit)
from
Continuing
Operations
Net (Loss)
Income
from
Continuing
Operations
Diluted EPS
from
Continuing
Operations
GAAP — Reported
$ 659.4
$ 303.1
$ 103.2
$ 47.1
$ 15.0
$ 32.1
$ 0.67
Restructuring and related costs
1.2
(0.6)
32.7
32.7
8.0
24.7
0.50
Acquisition and integration costs
—
(0.5)
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.4
0.01
Sun Care reformulation costs
—
—
2.2
2.2
0.5
1.7
0.04
Gain on investment
—
—
—
(0.9)
—
(0.9)
(0.02)
Commercial realignment
3.0
—
3.0
3.0
0.9
2.1
0.04
Other project and related costs
—
(3.9)
3.9
2.4
0.6
1.8
0.04
Total Adjusted Non-GAAP
$ 663.6
$ 298.1
$ 145.5
$ 87.0
$ 25.1
$ 61.9
$ 1.28
GAAP as a percent of net sales
44.2 %
20.3 %
6.9 %
GAAP effective tax rate
31.7 %
Adjusted as a percent of net sales
44.5 %
20.0 %
9.8 %
Adjusted effective tax rate
28.8 %
(1) EBIT is defined as Earnings before Income taxes.
Note 3 - Net Sales and Profit (Loss) by Segment
Operations for the Company are reported via two segments. The following tables present changes in net sales and segment profit for the three and nine months ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year quarter.
Net Sales
Quarter Ended June 30, 2026
Wet Shave
Sun and Skin Care
Total
Net sales - Q3 2025
$ 317.0
$ 243.4
$ 560.4
Organic
(6.1)
(1.9) %
12.2
5.0 %
6.1
1.1 %
Impact of currency
1.9
0.6 %
1.7
0.7 %
3.6
0.6 %
Net sales - Q3 2026
$ 312.8
(1.3) %
$ 257.3
5.7 %
$ 570.1
1.7 %
Segment Profit
Quarter Ended June 30, 2026
Wet Shave
Sun and Skin Care
Total
Segment profit - Q3 2025
$ 44.1
$ 46.0
$ 90.1
Organic
(10.9)
(24.7) %
(0.7)
(1.6) %
(11.6)
(12.9) %
Impact of currency
1.7
3.8 %
0.9
2.0 %
2.6
2.9 %
Segment profit - Q3 2026
$ 34.9
(20.9) %
$ 46.2
0.4 %
$ 81.1
(10.0) %
Net Sales
Nine Months Ended June 30, 2026
Wet Shave
Sun and Skin Care
Total
Net sales - Q3 2025
$ 897.0
$ 595.1
$ 1,492.1
Organic
(19.8)
(2.2) %
11.4
1.9 %
(8.4)
(0.6) %
Impact of currency
21.0
2.3 %
7.7
1.3 %
28.7
2.0 %
Net sales - Q3 2026
$ 898.2
0.1 %
$ 614.2
3.2 %
$ 1,512.4
1.4 %
Segment Profit
Nine Months Ended June 30, 2026
Wet Shave
Sun and Skin Care
Total
Segment profit - Q3 2025
$ 137.3
$ 93.4
$ 230.7
Organic
(36.4)
(26.5) %
(6.3)
(6.8) %
(42.7)
(18.5) %
Impact of currency
5.1
3.7 %
2.4
2.6 %
7.5
3.2 %
Segment profit - Q3 2026
$ 106.0
(22.8) %
$ 89.5
(4.2) %
$ 195.5
(15.3) %
For all tables, the impact of currency to segment profit includes both the translational and transactional currency changes during the quarter.
Note 4 - Net Debt and EBITDA
The Company reports financial results on a GAAP and adjusted basis. The tables below are used to reconcile Net Debt and Net earnings to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures, to improve comparability of results between periods.
June 30,
2026
September 30,
2025
Notes payable
$ 34.2
$ 29.5
Long-term debt
1,245.0
1,383.3
Gross debt
1,279.2
1,412.8
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
397.1
225.7
Net debt
$ 882.1
$ 1,187.1
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Nine Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net Earnings
$ 12.3
$ 21.5
$ (12.9)
$ 32.1
Income tax provision
5.7
7.0
1.9
15.0
Interest expense, net
14.8
19.0
50.7
56.9
Depreciation and amortization
18.6
18.3
57.7
54.0
EBITDA
51.4
65.7
97.4
158.0
Restructuring and related costs (1)
24.0
16.3
68.4
31.5
Acquisition and integration costs
—
—
—
0.5
Sun Care reformulation costs
0.7
0.5
3.4
2.2
Legal matters
—
—
5.7
—
(Gain) loss on investment
—
—
(1.5)
(0.9)
Commercial realignment
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.2)
3.0
Other project and related costs
3.0
(1.2)
4.5
2.4
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 78.9
$ 81.2
$ 177.7
$ 196.7
(1)
Excludes $0.5 million and $3.5 million of accelerated depreciation, which is included within Depreciation and amortization during the three and nine months ended June 30, 2026, respectively and $0.6 million and $1.2 million during the three and nine months ended June 30, 2025, respectively.
Note 5 - Outlook for Continuing Operations
The following tables provide reconciliations of Adjusted EPS and Adjusted EBITDA, Non-GAAP measures, included within the Company's projected fiscal 2026 outlook for continuing operations. The below outlook reflects management's approximate expectations and are subject to rounding adjustments. As a result, the sum of individual amounts may not precisely equal the totals presented.
Adjusted EPS Outlook
Fiscal 2026 GAAP EPS
approx.
$0.00 - $0.20
Restructuring and related costs
approx.
1.96
Sun Care reformulation costs
approx.
0.11
Legal Matter
approx.
0.12
Gain on Investment
approx.
(0.03)
Other costs
approx.
0.13
Income taxes(1)
approx.
(0.49)
Fiscal 2026 Adjusted EPS Outlook (Non-GAAP)
approx.
$1.80 - $2.00
(1)
Income tax effect of the adjustments to Fiscal 2026 GAAP EPS noted above.
Adjusted EBITDA Outlook
Fiscal 2026 GAAP Net Income
approx.
$0 - $10
Income tax provision
approx.
4
Interest expense, net of $5 interest income
approx.
65
Depreciation and amortization
approx.
77
EBITDA
approx.
$146 - $156
Restructuring and related costs (2)
approx.
88
Sun Care reformulation costs
approx.
5
Legal Matter
approx.
6
Gain on Investment
approx.
(1)
Other costs
approx.
6
Fiscal 2026 Adjusted EBITDA
approx.
$250 - $260
(2)
Excludes accelerated depreciation, which is included within Depreciation and amortization.
Eli Lilly ve 2Q zvýšila tržby o 48 % na 22,97 mld. USD a díky Mounjaro a Zepbound opět překonala odhady. Celoroční výhled tržeb zvedla na 85 až 87 mld. USD.
Farmaceutický gigant Eli Lilly zveřejnil výsledky za druhý kvartál roku 2026. Tržby díky lékům Mounjaro a Zepbound meziročně vzrostly téměř o polovinu a o více než 2 mld. USD překonaly odhady analytiků. Společnost zvýšila celoroční výhled tržeb o 3 mld. USD, horní hranici výhledu zisku na akcii však snížily odpisy nakoupeného výzkumu a vývoje.
Výsledky společnosti Eli Lilly (LLY) za 2Q 2026 2Q 2026 Konsensus 2Q 2026 2Q 2025 Tržby (mld. USD) 22,97 20,59 15,56 Čistý zisk (mld. USD) 7,10 -- 5,66 Očištěný zisk na akcii (EPS, USD/akcie) 8,38 -- 6,31 Výsledky Tržby společnosti ve 2Q meziročně vzrostly o 48 % na 22,97 mld. USD, a to díky 60% nárůstu objemu prodejů, což bylo částečně kompenzováno 13% poklesem realizovaných cen. Konsensus počítal s 20,59 mld. USD.
Tržby ve Spojených státech meziročně vzrostly o 33 % na 14,4 mld. USD při 37% nárůstu objemu a 3% poklesu realizovaných cen. Tržby mimo Spojené státy vzrostly o 80 % na 8,6 mld. USD, objem prodejů stoupl o 113 %, realizované ceny naopak klesly o 36 % především kvůli zařazení léku Mounjaro na čínský seznam hrazených léčiv (NRDL).
Největší podíl na tržbách zaujímá lék na cukrovku Mounjaro, kterému tržby meziročně vzrostly o 91 % na 9,94 mld. USD, výrazně nad očekáváním 8,83 mld. USD. V USA přidal 45 % na 4,8 mld. USD, mimo USA se tržby zvýšily o 172 % na 5,2 mld. USD.
Vývoj tržeb léku na cukrovku Mounjaro, zdroj: Eli Lilly
Tržby z léku na hubnutí Zepbound meziročně vzrostly o 46 % na 4,93 mld. USD, nad konsensem 4,64 mld. USD. V USA tržby stouply o 44 % na 4,9 mld. USD, tažené silnou poptávkou, částečně kompenzovanou nižšími realizovanými cenami.
Vývoj tržeb léku na hubnutí Zepbound, zdroj: Eli Lilly
Nově uvedená pilulka na hubnutí Foundayo (orforglipron) přispěla ve svém prvním plném kvartále tržbami 98 mil. USD, mírně nad očekáváním 92 mil. USD.
Lék Verzenio určený i pro léčbu rakoviny prsu se podílel na tržbách 1,47 mld. USD, meziročně o 1 % méně a mírně pod konsensem 1,5 mld. USD. Lék Trulicity vykázal tržby 1,22 mld. USD oproti očekávaným 868,8 mil. USD, Taltz 856 mil. USD (konsensus 854,7 mil. USD) a Humalog 410 mil. USD (konsensus 448,5 mil. USD).
Očištěná hrubá marže dosáhla 86,3 %, meziročně o 1,3 p. b. více, a to díky nižším výrobním nákladům a příznivému mixu produktů.
Výdaje na výzkum a vývoj se meziročně zvýšily o 14 % na 3,82 mld. USD, očekávalo se 4,05 mld. USD. Marketingové, prodejní a administrativní náklady vzrostly o 25 % na 3,43 mld. USD.
Společnost zaúčtovala odpisy nakoupeného výzkumu a vývoje (IPR&D) ve výši 2,78 mld. USD, a to především v souvislosti s akvizicemi společností Orna Therapeutics a Ajax Therapeutics. V přepočtu na akcii šlo o 3,03 USD, které jsou zahrnuty jak ve vykázaném, tak v očištěném zisku na akcii.
Vývoj tržního podílu léků na cukrovku a hubnutí v USA
Vývoj amerického trhu s inkretinovými analogy, zdroj: Eli Lilly
Výhled Eli Lilly v roce 2026 očekává:
Tržby v rozmezí 85 až 87 mld. USD, dříve projektovala 82 až 85 mld. USD. Tržní konsensus činil 85,31 mld. USD. Očištěný zisk na akcii ve výši 35,50 až 36,50 USD, dříve společnost odhadovala 35,50 až 37,00 USD. Výhled zisku byl v polovině pásma zvýšen o 2,78 USD díky silnému provoznímu růstu, to však bylo více než vykompenzováno 3,03 USD z akvizičních odpisů nakoupeného výzkumu a vývoje ve 2Q. Návrat kapitálu akcionářům Společnost v průběhu první poloviny roku navrátila svým akcionářům 3,1 mld. USD v dividendách a 4,0 mld. USD ve zpětných odkupech akcií.
Komentář CEO „Dynamika Lilly pokračuje, doručili jsme 48% růst tržeb a zvýšili jsme celoroční výhled," uvedl generální ředitel David A. Ricks. „Lilly zároveň staví na budoucnost. S naším lékem na hubnutí nové generace retatrutidem a kompletním klinickým balíkem v ruce, s novými výrobními kapacitami a s aktivy vstupujícími do našeho portfolia skrze akvizice nebyla budoucnost Lilly po 150 letech nikdy jasnější," dodal Ricks.
Akcie Eli Lilly Akcie Eli Lilly (LLY) v předburzovní fázi obchodování posilují o 6,21 % na 1 185 USD.
Akcie Eli Lilly (LLY) před výsledky na 1 115,68 USD Ukazatel Ukazatel Kapitalizace (mld. USD) 1050,7 P/E 45,8 Vývoj za letošní rok (%) +3,8 Očekávané P/E 33,2 52týdenní minimum (USD) 623,8 Prům. cílová cena (USD) 1282 52týdenní maximum (USD) 1249,45 Dividendový výnos (%) 0,6 Zdroj: Eli Lilly, Bloomberg
NiCE ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby o 7,6 % na 782,3 mil. USD a překonala horní hranici svého výhledu. Firma zároveň zvýšila celoroční non-GAAP EPS na 11,06 až 11,26 USD.
HOBOKEN, N.J.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--NiCE (NASDAQ: NICE) today announced results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the corresponding period of the previous year.
Second Quarter 2026 Financial Highlights*
GAAP
Non-GAAP
Total revenue was $782.3 million and increased 7.6%
Total revenue was $782.3 million and increased 7.6%
Cloud revenue was $609.0 million and increased 12.6%
Cloud revenue was $609.0 million and increased 12.6%
Operating income was $104.0 million with operating margin of 13.3%
Operating income was $198.0 million with operating margin of 25.3%
Diluted EPS was $1.40
Diluted EPS was $2.70
Net cash provided by operating activities was $122.7 million
*For all periods presented, there were no adjustments to the GAAP revenue, and thus the non-GAAP revenue is equal to the GAAP revenue presented.
“We executed well in the second quarter, delivering revenue above the high-end of our guidance range and reaching the high-end of our non-GAAP EPS range,” said Scott Russell, CEO of NiCE. “Underlying demand trends across our business continued to gain momentum during the second quarter as organizations increasingly consolidate their customer engagement needs on our AI-native CXone platform. This drove a record second quarter for new cloud ACV bookings, including an all-time record quarter for AI bookings with strong momentum at NiCE Cognigy. AI continues to become a more meaningful contributor to our business, with AI ARR reaching $362 million and now representing 15% of our cloud revenue. We are still in the early stages of a much broader AI adoption cycle across our customer base.”
Mr. Russell continued, “Enterprises are moving beyond AI experimentation and increasingly focusing on platforms that quickly deliver measurable outcomes in production environments. By embedding Cognigy natively into CXone, we're combining leading agentic AI with decades of CX expertise and data to deliver better enterprise outcomes. Through this native integration, we are accelerating innovation across our platform, growing partner engagement, and increasing adoption among large enterprises globally. NiCE remains strongly positioned to extend our leadership in CX AI and capture the significant opportunity ahead.”
GAAP Financial Highlights for the Second Quarter Ended June 30:
Revenues:
Second quarter 2026 total revenues increased 7.6% year over year to $782.3 million compared to $726.7 million for the second quarter of 2025.
Gross Profit:
Second quarter 2026 gross profit was $501.0 million compared to $485.1 million for the second quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2026 gross margin was 64.0% compared to 66.8% for the second quarter of 2025.
Operating Income:
Second quarter 2026 operating income was $104.0 million compared to $160.6 million for the second quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2026 operating margin was 13.3% compared to 22.1% for the second quarter of 2025.
Net Income:
Second quarter 2026 net income was $83.2 million compared to $187.4 million for the second quarter of 2025.
Second quarter 2026 net income margin was 10.6% compared to 25.8% for the second quarter of 2025.
Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share:
Fully diluted earnings per share for the second quarter of 2026 was $1.40 compared to $2.96 in the second quarter of 2025.
Cash Flow and Cash Balance:
Second quarter 2026 operating cash flow was $122.7 million. In the second quarter of 2026, $58.0 million was used for share repurchases. As of June 30, 2026, total cash and cash equivalents, and short-term investments were $354.7 million, with no outstanding debt.
Non-GAAP Financial Highlights for the Second Quarter Ended June 30:
Revenues:
Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP total revenues increased 7.6% year over year to $782.3 million compared to $726.7 million for the second quarter of 2025.
Gross Profit:
Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP gross profit was $535.4 million compared to $503.9 million for the second quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP gross margin was 68.4% compared to 69.3% for the second quarter of 2025.
Operating Income:
Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP operating income was $198.0 million compared to $219.7 million for the second quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP operating margin was 25.3% compared to 30.2% for the second quarter of 2025.
Net Income:
Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP net income was $160.5 million compared to $190.3 million for the second quarter of 2025. Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP net income margin totaled 20.5% compared to 26.2% for the second quarter of 2025.
Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share:
Second quarter 2026 non-GAAP fully diluted earnings per share was $2.70 compared to $3.01 for the second quarter of 2025.
Third Quarter and Full Year 2026 Guidance:
Third-Quarter 2026:
Third-quarter 2026 non-GAAP total revenues are expected to be in a range of $780 million to $790 million, representing 7.2% year over year growth at the midpoint.
Third-quarter 2026 non-GAAP fully diluted earnings per share are expected to be in a range of $2.73 to $2.83.
Full-Year 2026:
Full-year 2026 non-GAAP total revenues are reiterated and expected to be in a range of $3,170 million to $3,190 million, representing 8.0% year over year growth at the midpoint.
We are raising full-year 2026 non-GAAP fully diluted earnings per share which is now expected to be in a range of $11.06 to $11.26.
The above full year 2026 guidance continues to include the expectation of 13%-15% year over year growth in cloud revenue.
Quarterly Results Conference Call
NiCE management will host its earnings conference call today, August 5, 2026, at 8:30 AM ET, 13:30 GMT, 15:30 Israel, to discuss the results and the company's outlook. A live webcast and replay will be available on the Investor Relations page of the Company’s website. To access, please register by clicking here: https://www.nice.com/company/investors/ir-events.
Explanation of Non-GAAP measures
Non-GAAP financial measures are included in this press release. Non-GAAP financial measures consist of GAAP financial measures adjusted to exclude share-based compensation, amortization of acquired intangible assets, acquisition and divestiture related expenses, gains on intercompany foreign currency transactions, amortization of deferred financing costs, amortization of discount on debt, the tax effect of the Non-GAAP adjustments, and the tax rate impact resulting from the non-U.S. intercompany transaction.
The Company believes that these Non-GAAP financial measures, used in conjunction with the corresponding GAAP measures, provide investors with useful supplemental information about the ongoing financial performance of our business. Our management regularly uses our supplemental Non-GAAP financial measures internally to understand, manage and evaluate our business and to make financial, strategic and operating decisions. These Non-GAAP measures are among the primary factors management uses in planning for and forecasting future periods. Our Non-GAAP financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable GAAP measures and should be read only in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. These Non-GAAP financial measures may differ materially from the Non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Reconciliation between results on a GAAP and Non-GAAP basis is provided in a table immediately following the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company provides guidance only on a Non-GAAP basis. A reconciliation of guidance from a GAAP to Non-GAAP basis is not available due to the unpredictability and uncertainty associated with future events that would be reported in GAAP results and would require adjustments between GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures, including the impact of future possible business acquisitions. Accordingly, a reconciliation of the guidance based on Non-GAAP financial measures to corresponding GAAP financial measures for future periods is not available without unreasonable effort.
About NiCE
NiCE (NASDAQ: NICE) is transforming the world with AI that puts people first. Our purpose-built AI-powered platforms automate engagements into proactive, safe, intelligent actions, empowering individuals and organizations to innovate and act, from interaction to resolution. Trusted by organizations throughout 150+ countries worldwide, NiCE’s platforms are widely adopted across industries connecting people, systems, and workflows to work smarter at scale, elevating performance across the organization, delivering proven measurable outcomes.
Trademark Note: NiCE and the NiCE logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of NICE. All other marks are trademarks of their respective owners. For a full list of NiCE trademarks, please see: http://www.nice.com/nice-trademarks.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “believe”, “expect”, “seek”, “may”, “will”, “intend”, “should”, “project”, “anticipate”, “plan”, and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management regarding the future of the Company’s business, performance, future plans and strategies, projections, anticipated events and trends, the economic environment, and other future conditions. Examples of forward-looking statements include guidance regarding the Company’s revenue and earnings and the growth of our cloud, analytics and artificial intelligence business.
Forward looking statements are inherently subject to significant uncertainties, contingencies, and risks, including, economic, competitive and other factors, which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the control of management. The Company cautions that these statements are not guarantees of future performance, and investors should not place undue reliance on them. There are or will be important known and unknown factors and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. These factors, include, but are not limited to, risks associated with changes in economic and business conditions, competition, successful execution of the Company’s growth strategy, success and growth of the Company’s cloud Software-as-a-Service business, difficulties in making additional acquisitions or effectively integrating acquired operations, products, technologies and personnel, the Company’s dependency on third-party cloud computing platform providers, hosting facilities and service partners, rapid changes in technology and market requirements, the implementation of AI capabilities in certain products and services; decline in demand for the Company's products; inability to timely develop and introduce new technologies, products and applications, loss of market share, cyber security attacks or other security incidents, privacy concerns and legislation impacting the Company’s business, changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates, the effects of additional tax liabilities resulting from our global operations, the effect of unexpected events or geo-political conditions, including those arising from political instability or armed conflict that may disrupt our business and the global economy, our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, the effect of newly enacted or modified laws, regulation or standards on the Company and our products, and various other factors and uncertainties discussed in our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
You are encouraged to carefully review the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our latest Annual Report on Form 20-F and our other filings with the SEC for additional information regarding these and other factors and uncertainties that could affect our future performance. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release speak only as of the date hereof, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise them, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands
June 30,
December 31,
2026
2025
Unaudited
Audited
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
315,384
$
379,388
Short-term investments
39,306
38,010
Trade receivables
836,588
737,954
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
277,168
223,780
Total current assets
1,468,446
1,379,132
LONG-TERM ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net
197,616
189,395
Deferred tax assets
173,258
198,213
Other intangible assets, net
515,880
587,599
Operating lease right-of-use assets
81,084
78,064
Goodwill
2,438,776
2,440,532
Prepaid expenses and other long-term assets
246,378
233,095
Total long-term assets
3,652,992
3,726,898
TOTAL ASSETS
$
5,121,438
$
5,106,030
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Trade payables
$
104,095
$
100,782
Deferred revenues and advances from customers
351,756
303,911
Current maturities of operating leases
14,032
13,742
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
635,019
469,192
Total current liabilities
1,104,902
887,627
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
Deferred revenues and advances from customers
48,547
61,392
Operating leases
74,187
75,059
Deferred tax liabilities
17,595
109,993
Other long-term liabilities
98,202
95,431
Total long-term liabilities
238,531
341,875
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Nice Ltd's equity
3,778,005
3,876,528
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
5,121,438
$
5,106,030
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
U.S. dollars in thousands (except per share amounts)
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Revenue:
Cloud
$
609,049
$
540,822
$
1,212,414
$
1,067,145
Services
124,640
140,480
248,608
280,683
Product
48,604
45,410
89,888
79,076
Total revenue
782,293
726,712
1,550,910
1,426,904
Cost of revenue:
Cloud
219,629
185,971
439,039
365,445
Services
55,129
48,254
103,399
94,497
Product
6,526
7,376
12,664
13,739
Total cost of revenue
281,284
241,601
555,102
473,681
Gross profit
501,009
485,111
995,808
953,223
Operating expenses:
Research and development, net
102,825
89,762
200,301
178,864
Selling and marketing
200,436
169,799
385,542
331,233
General and administrative
93,748
64,958
179,215
134,365
Total operating expenses
397,009
324,519
765,058
644,462
Operating income
104,000
160,592
230,750
308,761
Financial and other income, net
(3,606
)
(14,820
)
(22,924
)
(30,670
)
Income before tax
107,606
175,412
253,674
339,431
Taxes on income
24,379
(11,992
)
123,633
22,737
Net income
$
83,227
$
187,404
$
130,041
$
316,694
Earnings per share:
Basic
$
1.41
$
3.01
$
2.19
$
5.05
Diluted
$
1.40
$
2.96
$
2.17
$
4.97
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
58,818
62,160
59,366
62,754
Diluted
59,394
63,210
59,996
63,785
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Operating Activities
Net income
$
83,227
$
187,404
$
130,041
$
316,694
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
62,374
44,612
124,216
88,053
Share-based compensation
52,668
37,310
88,060
80,647
Amortization of premium and discount and accrued interest on marketable securities
(90
)
(2,029
)
(199
)
(4,304
)
Deferred taxes, net
6,456
(3,757
)
(67,605
)
(25,294
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade Receivables, net
(69,242
)
(30,742
)
(99,383
)
(26,064
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
3,659
(14,846
)
12,849
13,709
Operating lease right-of-use assets
3,295
2,929
6,255
8,826
Trade payables
2,581
21,884
4,872
(31,407
)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
(3,351
)
(158,979
)
92,746
(109,461
)
Deferred revenue
(13,144
)
(19,719
)
36,282
49,855
Operating lease liabilities
(6,398
)
(746
)
(9,841
)
(10,935
)
Amortization of discount on debt
-
428
-
849
Gains on intercompany foreign currency transactions
-
-
(17,835
)
-
Other
622
(2,427
)
1,445
(4,775
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
122,657
61,322
301,903
346,393
Investing Activities
Purchase of property and equipment
(7,838
)
(4,579
)
(17,214
)
(8,246
)
Purchase of Investments
(5,399
)
(24,687
)
(21,147
)
(74,141
)
Proceeds from sales of marketable investments
12,691
76,416
19,883
134,774
Capitalization of internal use software costs
(21,703
)
(18,137
)
(42,783
)
(34,903
)
Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
-
-
-
(36,466
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(22,249
)
29,013
(61,261
)
(18,982
)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from employee stock plans
11,533
333
11,590
1,008
Purchase of treasury shares
(57,954
)
(30,839
)
(311,204
)
(283,168
)
Payment of deferred financing costs
(833
)
-
(3,303
)
-
Net cash used in financing activities
(47,254
)
(30,506
)
(302,917
)
(282,160
)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
2,308
5,139
(562
)
6,286
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
55,462
64,968
(62,837
)
51,537
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period
$
263,708
$
471,601
$
382,007
$
485,032
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period
$
319,170
$
536,569
$
319,170
$
536,569
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the consolidated balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
315,384
$
535,050
$
315,384
$
535,050
Restricted cash included in other current assets
$
3,786
$
1,519
$
3,786
$
1,519
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows
$
319,170
$
536,569
$
319,170
$
536,569
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP RESULTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (except per share amounts)
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
GAAP revenues
$
782,293
$
726,712
$
1,550,910
$
1,426,904
Non-GAAP revenues
$
782,293
$
726,712
$
1,550,910
$
1,426,904
GAAP cost of revenue
$
281,284
$
241,601
$
555,102
$
473,681
Amortization of acquired intangible assets on cost of cloud
(26,468
)
(13,202
)
(53,410
)
(28,605
)
Cost of cloud revenue adjustment (1)
(4,618
)
(3,293
)
(7,009
)
(6,471
)
Cost of services revenue adjustment (1)
(3,249
)
(2,241
)
(4,569
)
(4,696
)
Cost of product revenue adjustment (1)
(7
)
(21
)
(16
)
(43
)
Non-GAAP cost of revenue
$
246,942
$
222,844
$
490,098
$
433,866
GAAP gross profit
$
501,009
$
485,111
$
995,808
$
953,223
Gross profit adjustments
34,342
18,757
65,004
39,815
Non-GAAP gross profit
$
535,351
$
503,868
$
1,060,812
$
993,038
GAAP operating expenses
$
397,009
$
324,519
$
765,058
$
644,462
Research and development (1)
(7,852
)
(3,178
)
(11,134
)
(7,871
)
Sales and marketing (1)
(12,928
)
(13,258
)
(23,216
)
(28,672
)
General and administrative (1,2)
(29,681
)
(16,924
)
(49,266
)
(36,482
)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
(9,153
)
(6,956
)
(18,308
)
(11,649
)
Non-GAAP operating expenses
$
337,395
$
284,203
$
663,134
$
559,788
GAAP financial and other income, net
$
(3,606
)
$
(14,820
)
$
(22,924
)
$
(30,670
)
Amortization of discount on debt
-
(428
)
-
(849
)
Amortization of deferred financing costs
(275
)
-
(403
)
-
Gains on intercompany foreign currency transactions
-
-
17,835
-
Non-GAAP financial and other income, net
$
(3,881
)
$
(15,248
)
$
(5,492
)
$
(31,519
)
GAAP taxes on income
$
24,379
$
(11,992
)
$
123,633
$
22,737
Tax adjustments re non-GAAP adjustments
16,997
56,627
(40,984
)
66,720
Non-GAAP taxes on income
$
41,376
$
44,635
$
82,649
$
89,457
GAAP net income
$
83,227
$
187,404
$
130,041
$
316,694
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
35,621
20,158
71,718
40,254
Share-based compensation (1)
54,127
38,915
91,002
83,840
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (2)
4,208
-
4,208
395
Amortization of discount on debt
-
428
-
849
Amortization of deferred financing costs
275
-
403
-
Gains on intercompany foreign currency transactions
-
-
(17,835
)
-
Tax adjustments re non-GAAP adjustments
(16,997
)
(56,627
)
40,984
(66,720
)
Non-GAAP net income
$
160,461
$
190,278
$
320,521
$
375,312
GAAP diluted earnings per share
$
1.40
$
2.96
$
2.17
$
4.97
Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share
$
2.70
$
3.01
$
5.34
$
5.88
Shares used in computing GAAP diluted earnings per share
59,394
63,210
59,996
63,785
Shares used in computing non-GAAP diluted earnings per share
59,394
63,210
59,996
63,785
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP RESULTS (continued)
U.S. dollars in thousands
(1) Share-based compensation
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Cost of cloud revenue $
4,618
$
3,293
$
7,009
$
6,471
Cost of services revenue 3,249
2,241
4,569
4,696
Cost of product revenue 7
21
16
43
Research and development 7,852
3,178
11,134
7,871
Sales and marketing 12,928
13,258
23,216
28,672
General and administrative 25,473
16,924
45,058
36,087
$
54,127
$
38,915
$
91,002
$
83,840
(2) Acquisition and divestiture related expenses
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
General and administrative $
4,208
$
-
$
4,208
$
395
$
4,208
$
-
$
4,208
$
395
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP NET INCOME TO NON-GAAP EBITDA
U.S. dollars in thousands
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
GAAP net income
$
83,227
$
187,404
$
130,041
$
316,694
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization 62,374
44,612
124,216
88,053
Share-based compensation 52,668
37,310
88,060
80,647
Financial and other income, net (3,606
)
(14,820
)
(22,924
)
(30,670
)
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses 4,208
-
4,208
395
Taxes on income 24,379
(11,992
)
123,633
22,737
Non-GAAP EBITDA
$
223,250
$
242,514
$
447,234
$
477,856
NICE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION - FREE CASH FLOW FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
U.S. dollars in thousands
Quarter ended
Year to date
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Unaudited
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
122,657
$
61,322
$
301,903
$
346,393
Purchase of property and equipment (7,838
)
(4,579
)
(17,214
)
(8,246
)
Capitalization of internal use software costs (21,703
)
(18,137
)
(42,783
)
(34,903
)
Free Cash Flow (a)
$
93,116
$
38,606
$
241,906
$
303,244
(a) Free cash flow from continuing operations is defined as operating cash flows from continuing operations less capital expenditures of the continuing operations and less capitalization of internal use software costs.
Capri Holdings ve 1. čtvrtletí fiskálního roku 2027 zvýšila upravený zisk na akcii na 0,67 USD, ale tržby klesly o 3,5 % na 769 milionů USD. Firma zároveň potvrdila výhled celoročních tržeb kolem 3,4 miliardy USD.
LONDON--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Capri Holdings Limited (NYSE:CPRI), a global fashion luxury group, today announced its financial results for the first quarter of Fiscal 2027 ended June 27, 2026.
First Quarter Fiscal 2027 Highlights from Continuing Operations
Revenue decreased 3.5% on a reported basis and 4.1% in constant currency Operating margin was 2.2%; adjusted operating margin was 3.6% Earnings per share were $0.60; adjusted earnings per share were $0.67 John D. Idol, the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, said, "We are encouraged by our first quarter results, which exceeded our expectations and demonstrated the progress we are making to build a stronger and more profitable business. Our strategic initiatives across both Michael Kors and Jimmy Choo are driving deeper consumer engagement through enhanced brand storytelling and compelling product innovation."
Mr. Idol continued, "As we look at the balance of fiscal 2027 we expect Jimmy Choo to continue to grow and return to profitability. At Michael Kors certain headwinds including lower than anticipated inventory levels in the second quarter, softer trends in EMEA and updated foreign currency exchange rate assumptions are impacting our revenue outlook. As a result we now expect fiscal 2027 revenue of approximately $3.4 billion. Based on our revised revenue expectations we are taking actions to reduce operating expenses which are enabling us to maintain our fiscal 2027 earnings per share outlook of approximately $2.15, representing 40% growth over the prior year."
Mr. Idol concluded, "Looking beyond fiscal 2027 the opportunity for Michael Kors and Jimmy Choo remains significant. As our strategic initiatives continue to gain momentum, Capri Holdings is well positioned to drive sustainable growth, enhance profitability and create meaningful long-term value for our shareholders."
First Quarter Fiscal 2027 Results
Financial Results and Non-GAAP Reconciliation
The Company's results are reported in this press release in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") and on an adjusted, non-GAAP basis. A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial information is provided at the end of this press release.
As previously disclosed, on April 10, 2025, the Company and Prada S.p.A. (“Prada”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) whereby Prada agreed to acquire certain subsidiaries of the Company which operate the Company’s Versace business. As a result, the Company classified the results of operations and cash flows of its Versace business as discontinued operations in its consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. The related assets and liabilities associated with the discontinued operations were classified as held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 28, 2025. On December 2, 2025, the Company completed the sale of its Versace business. Unless otherwise noted, the discussion below, including analysis of financial condition and results of operations, relates only to continuing operations.
Overview of Capri Holdings First Quarter Fiscal 2027 Results
Total revenue of $769 million decreased 3.5% compared to last year. On a constant currency basis, total revenue decreased 4.1%. Gross profit was $500 million and gross margin was 65.0%, compared to $502 million and 63.0% in the prior year. The 200 basis point increase in gross margin was primarily driven by higher full-price sell-throughs and lower tariff rates relative to the first quarter of fiscal 2026. Income from operations was $17 million and operating margin was 2.2%, compared to income from operations of $16 million and operating margin of 2.0% in the prior year. Adjusted income from operations was $28 million and adjusted operating margin was 3.6%, compared to $20 million and 2.5% in the prior year. Net income was $69 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, compared to net income of $56 million, or $0.47 per diluted share, in the prior year. Adjusted net income was $76 million, or $0.67 per diluted share, compared to $60 million, or $0.50 per diluted share, in the prior year. Net inventory as of June 27, 2026 was $624 million, a 20% decrease compared to the prior year. Cash flow provided by operating activities for the first quarter was $73 million, while capital expenditures were $25 million, resulting in free cash flow of $48 million. Cash and cash equivalents totaled $114 million, and total borrowings outstanding were $338 million, resulting in net debt of $224 million as of June 27, 2026 versus $1.5 billion as of June 28, 2025. Michael Kors First Quarter Fiscal 2027 Results
Michael Kors revenue of $590 million decreased 7.1% compared to last year. On a constant currency basis, Michael Kors revenue declined 7.6%. Approximately $10 million of revenue was attributable to earlier than anticipated timing of wholesale shipments. Michael Kors gross profit was $377 million and gross margin was 63.9%, compared to $388 million and 61.1% in the prior year. The 280 basis point increase in gross margin was primarily driven by higher full-price sell-throughs and lower tariff rates relative to the first quarter of fiscal 2026. Michael Kors operating income was $55 million and operating margin was 9.3%, compared to $63 million and 9.9% in the prior year. The 60 basis point decline in operating margin was primarily due to expense deleverage on lower revenue. Jimmy Choo First Quarter Fiscal 2027 Results
Jimmy Choo revenue of $179 million increased 10.5% compared to last year. On a constant currency basis, Jimmy Choo revenue increased 9.3%. Jimmy Choo gross profit was $123 million and gross margin was 68.7%, compared to $114 million and 70.4% in the prior year. The 170 basis point decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by channel mix. Jimmy Choo operating income was $13 million and operating margin was 7.3%, compared to operating income of $4 million and operating margin of 2.5% in the prior year. The 480 basis point increase in operating margin was primarily due to expense leverage on higher revenue. Share Repurchase Program
During the fiscal first quarter, the Company spent $50 million to repurchase approximately 2.6 million ordinary shares in open market transactions at an average cost of approximately $19.31 per share. As of June 27, 2026 the remaining availability under the Company's share repurchase program was $871 million.
Outlook
The following guidance is provided on an adjusted, non-GAAP basis. Guidance assumes an incremental 10% tariff rate on imports into the United States through July 24, 2026 and 10% to 12.5% thereafter. Financial results could differ materially from the current outlook due to a number of external events which are not reflected in our guidance, including changes in global macroeconomic conditions, incremental tariff rates in excess of our assumptions, greater than anticipated inflationary pressures or weakening consumer confidence, and further considerable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Fiscal Year 2027 Outlook
For Capri Holdings, the Company now expects the following:
Total revenue of approximately $3.4 billion impacted by approximately $50 million from lower than anticipated second quarter revenue at Michael Kors due to inventory delays, $50 million from softer trends in EMEA due to the ongoing conflict in the Middle East and $35 million from foreign currency headwinds relative to our prior expectation. Operating income of approximately $170 million Net interest and other income of approximately $100 million Effective tax rate in the low-teens range Weighted average diluted shares outstanding of approximately 110 million Diluted earnings per share of approximately $2.15 For Michael Kors, the Company expects the following:
Total revenue of approximately $2.765 billion Operating margin in the low-double-digit range For Jimmy Choo, the Company expects the following:
Total revenue of approximately $635 million Operating margin in the low-single-digit range Second Quarter Fiscal 2027 Outlook
For Capri Holdings, the Company expects the following:
Total revenue of approximately $780 million impacted by approximately $50 million associated with inventory delays at Michael Kors, $15 million from softer than previously anticipated trends in EMEA, $10 million from foreign currency headwinds and $10 million related to the timing shift of wholesale shipments that benefited the first quarter. Operating income of approximately $10 million Net interest and other income of approximately $25 million Effective tax rate in the mid-30% range Weighted average diluted shares outstanding of approximately 112 million Diluted earnings per share of approximately $0.20 For Michael Kors, the Company expects the following:
Total revenue of approximately $645 million Operating margin in the high-single-digit range For Jimmy Choo, the Company expects the following:
Total revenue of approximately $135 million Operating margin in the negative mid-single-digit range The Company is unable to provide a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial outlook to the corresponding GAAP measures presented in this press release and on the Company’s conference call without unreasonable effort due to the challenge in quantifying various significant items, including, but not limited to, foreign currency fluctuations, taxes, increased tariffs, and any future restructuring and other charges and expenses.
Conference Call Information
A conference call to discuss first quarter fiscal 2027 results is scheduled for today, August 5, 2026 at 8:30 a.m. ET. A live webcast of the conference call will be available on the Company's website, www.capriholdings.com. In addition, a replay will be available shortly after the conclusion of the call and remain available until August 12, 2026. To access the telephone replay, listeners should dial 1 (844) 512-2921 or 1 (412) 317-6671 for international callers. The access code for the replay is 13758328. A replay of the webcast will also be available within two hours of the conclusion of the call.
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Constant currency effects are non-GAAP financial measures, which are provided to supplement our reported operating results to facilitate comparisons of our operating results and trends in our business, excluding the effects of foreign currency rate fluctuations. Because we are a global company, foreign currency exchange rates may have a significant effect on our reported results. The Company believes presenting metrics on a constant currency basis will help investors to understand the effect of significant year-over-year foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and provide a framework to assess how the business is performing and expected to perform excluding these effects. We calculate constant currency measures and the related foreign currency impacts by translating the current year's reported amounts into comparable amounts using prior year's foreign exchange rates for each currency. All constant currency performance measures discussed in this press release should be considered a supplement to and not in lieu of our operating performance measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company also presents free cash flow, which is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated by taking net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures for the period. The Company believes that free cash flow is an important liquidity measure of cash that is available after giving effect to our capital and strategic plans, and that it is useful to investors because it measures the Company’s ability to generate cash. Additionally, this earnings release includes certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude certain one-time, non-recurring costs associated with restructuring activities, our store renovation plan, merger and divestiture transactions and Capri transformation initiatives. The Company uses non-GAAP financial measures, among other things, to evaluate its operating performance and in order to represent the manner in which the Company conducts and views its business. The Company believes that excluding these items, which are not comparable from period to period, helps investors compare operating and financial performance in a manner consistent with management's evaluation of ongoing business performance. While the Company considers the non-GAAP measures to be useful supplemental measures in analyzing its results, they are not intended to replace, nor act as a substitute for, any amounts presented in its consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP and may be different from non-GAAP measures reported by other companies.
About Capri Holdings Limited
Capri Holdings is a global fashion luxury group consisting of iconic brands Michael Kors and Jimmy Choo. Our commitment to creativity, fashion, style and craftsmanship is at the heart of each of our luxury brands. We have built our reputation on designing exceptional, innovative products that cover the full spectrum of fashion luxury categories. Our strength lies in the unique DNA and heritage of each of our brands, the diversity and passion of our people and our dedication to the clients and communities we serve. Our designs inspire consumers to embrace the feeling of luxury in every moment. Capri Holdings Limited is publicly listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker CPRI.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains statements which are, or may be deemed to be, "forward-looking statements." Forward-looking statements are prospective in nature and are not based on historical facts, but rather on current expectations and projections of the management of Capri about future events and are therefore subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts included herein may be forward-looking statements. Without limitation, any statements preceded or followed by or that include the words "plans", "believes", "expects", "intends", "will", "should", "could", "would", "may", "anticipates", "might" or similar words or phrases, are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect expected results and are based on certain key assumptions, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied in any forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include but are not limited to, macroeconomic pressures and general uncertainty regarding the overall future economic environment, the imposition or threat of imposition of new or additional duties, tariffs or trade restrictions on the importation of our products; risks related to the recovery of estimated tariff refund receivables, including delays in government processing, administrative offsets, appeals of court orders directing refunds, or changes in law or policy affecting the refund process; changes in fashion, consumer traffic and retail trends; fluctuations in demand for our products; loss of market share and increased competition; risks associated with operating in international markets and global sourcing activities, including currency fluctuations, disruptions or delays in manufacturing or shipments; departure of key employees or failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel; levels of cash flow and future availability of credit; Capri's ability to successfully execute its growth strategies or cost reduction measures; the risk of cybersecurity threats and privacy or data security breaches; reductions in our wholesale channel; high consumer debt levels, recession and inflationary pressures and general economic, political, business or market conditions; the impact of epidemics, pandemics, disasters or catastrophes; extreme weather conditions and natural disasters; acts of war and other geopolitical conflicts; risks related to the pending federal securities law class action; as well as the risk factors identified in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Please consult these documents for a more complete understanding of these risks and uncertainties. Any forward-looking statement in this press release speaks only as of the date made and Capri disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking or other statements contained herein other than in accordance with legal and regulatory obligations.
SCHEDULE 1
CAPRI HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In millions, except share and per share data)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 27,
2026
June 28,
2025
Total revenue
$
769
$
797
Cost of goods sold
269
295
Gross profit
500
502
Total operating expenses
483
486
Income from continuing operations
17
16
Other income, net
(3
)
(1
)
Interest income, net
(31
)
(18
)
Foreign currency gain
(1
)
(5
)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
52
40
Benefit for income taxes
(18
)
(16
)
Net income from continuing operations
70
56
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
—
(3
)
Net income
70
53
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest from continuing operations
1
—
Net income attributable to Capri
$
69
$
53
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:
Basic
115,424,288
118,799,819
Diluted
116,039,226
119,107,663
Net income (loss) per ordinary share attributable to Capri:
Basic from continuing operations
$
0.60
$
0.47
Basic from discontinued operations
—
(0.03
)
Basic per ordinary share
$
0.60
$
0.44
Diluted from continuing operations
$
0.60
$
0.47
Diluted from discontinued operations
—
(0.03
)
Diluted per ordinary share
$
0.60
$
0.44
SCHEDULE 2
CAPRI HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except share data)
(Unaudited)
June 27,
2026
March 28,
2026
June 28,
2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
114
$
135
$
129
Receivables, net
188
211
171
Inventories, net
624
581
779
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
217
226
176
Current assets held for sale
—
—
384
Total current assets
1,143
1,153
1,639
Property and equipment, net
359
371
400
Operating lease right-of-use assets
855
854
823
Intangible assets, net
554
562
595
Goodwill
201
202
204
Deferred tax assets
—
—
1
Other assets
98
92
100
Noncurrent assets held for sale
—
—
1,707
Total assets
$
3,210
$
3,234
$
5,469
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$
350
$
311
$
403
Accrued payroll and payroll related expenses
87
122
78
Accrued income taxes
32
23
52
Short-term operating lease liabilities
227
233
241
Short-term debt
14
14
21
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
251
251
265
Current liabilities held for sale
—
—
339
Total current liabilities
961
954
1,399
Long-term operating lease liabilities
827
830
808
Deferred tax liabilities
68
88
75
Long-term debt
324
343
1,650
Other long-term liabilities
887
935
962
Noncurrent liabilities held for sale
—
—
588
Total liabilities
3,067
3,150
5,482
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity
Ordinary shares, no par value; 650,000,000 shares authorized; 230,248,252 shares issued and 113,609,022 outstanding at June 27, 2026; 229,042,390 shares issued and 115,175,268 outstanding at March 28, 2026; 228,886,329 shares issued and 119,040,814 outstanding at June 28, 2025
—
—
—
Treasury shares, at cost (116,639,230 shares at June 27, 2026, 113,867,122 shares at March 28, 2026 and 109,845,515 shares at June 28, 2025)
(5,597
)
(5,543
)
(5,463
)
Additional paid-in capital
1,525
1,512
1,492
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(293
)
(323
)
(396
)
Retained earnings
4,503
4,434
4,350
Total shareholders’ equity of Capri
138
80
(17
)
Noncontrolling interest
5
4
4
Total shareholders’ equity
143
84
(13
)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
3,210
$
3,234
$
5,469
SCHEDULE 3
CAPRI HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED REVENUE DATA
($ in millions)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 27,
2026
June 28,
2025
Revenue by Segment and Region:
Michael Kors
The Americas
$
372
$
413
EMEA
142
150
Asia
76
72
Michael Kors Revenue
590
635
Jimmy Choo
The Americas
58
46
EMEA
82
78
Asia
39
38
Jimmy Choo Revenue
179
162
Capri
The Americas
430
459
EMEA
224
228
Asia
115
110
Total Capri Revenue
$
769
$
797
SCHEDULE 4
CAPRI HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED SEGMENT DATA
($ in millions)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 27,
2026
June 28,
2025
Total revenue:
Michael Kors
$
590
$
635
Jimmy Choo
179
162
Total revenue
$
769
$
797
Gross profit:
Michael Kors
$
377
$
388
Jimmy Choo
123
114
Total gross profit
$
500
$
502
Selling, general and administrative expenses:
Michael Kors
$
304
$
307
Jimmy Choo
104
103
Corporate
43
45
Total selling, general and administrative expenses
$
451
$
455
Depreciation and amortization:
Michael Kors
$
18
$
18
Jimmy Choo
6
7
Corporate
5
5
Total depreciation and amortization
$
29
$
30
Income from continuing operations:
Michael Kors
$
55
$
63
Jimmy Choo
13
4
68
67
Less: Corporate expenses
(48
)
(50
)
Restructuring and other expense
(3
)
(1
)
Total income from continuing operations
$
17
$
16
Operating margin:
Michael Kors
9.3
%
9.9
%
Jimmy Choo
7.3
%
2.5
%
Capri
2.2
%
2.0
%
SCHEDULE 5
CAPRI HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL RETAIL STORE INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
As of
Retail Store Information:
June 27,
2026
June 28,
2025
Michael Kors
662
695
Jimmy Choo
209
217
Total number of retail stores
871
912
SCHEDULE 6
CAPRI HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSTANT CURRENCY DATA
($ in millions)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
% Change
June 27,
2026
June 28,
2025
As
Reported
Constant
Currency
Total revenue:
Michael Kors
$
590
$
635
(7.1
)%
(7.6
)%
Jimmy Choo
179
162
10.5
%
9.3
%
Total revenue
$
769
$
797
(3.5
)%
(4.1
)%
SCHEDULE 7
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(In millions, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 27,
2026
June 28,
2025
Income from continuing operations, as reported
$
17
$
16
Adjustments:
Transaction related costs (1)
5
—
Restructuring and other expense (2)
3
1
Store renovation plan (3)
2
1
Capri transformation (4)
1
2
Total adjustments
11
4
Income from continuing operations, as adjusted
$
28
$
20
Operating margin, as reported
2.2
%
2.0
%
Operating margin, as adjusted
3.6
%
2.5
%
Net income attributable to Capri from continuing operations, as reported
$
69
$
56
Adjustments to income from operations from above
11
4
Transaction related income (5)
(3
)
—
Tax effect of income from operations adjustments
(1
)
—
Net income attributable to Capri from continuing operations, as adjusted
$
76
$
60
Weighted average basic ordinary shares outstanding
115,424,288
118,799,819
Weighted average diluted ordinary shares outstanding
116,039,226
119,107,663
Diluted net income per ordinary share from continuing operations, as reported
$
0.60
$
0.47
Net income adjustments per ordinary share
0.07
0.03
Diluted net income per ordinary share from continuing operations, as adjusted (6)
$
0.67
$
0.50
____________________ (1)
Primarily relates to costs associated with the transition services agreement in connection with the sale of Versace.
(2)
As of June 27, 2026, this relates to severance costs. As of June 28, 2025, this relates to costs incurred in connection with the Company's Global Optimization Plan which primarily relate to severance, lease termination and store closure costs.
(3)
Primarily relates to fixed asset costs expensed as incurred associated with the Company's Store Renovation Plan for certain stores considered strategic investments and are not capitalizable.
(4)
The Capri transformation program represented a multi-year, multi-project initiative intended to improve the operating effectiveness and efficiency of our organization by creating best in class shared platforms across our brands and by expanding our digital capabilities. These initiatives covered multiple aspects of our operations including supply chain, marketing, omni-channel customer experience, e-commerce, data analytics and IT infrastructure.
(5)
Represents transition services agreement related income.
(6)
Diluted per share amounts are calculated using unrounded numbers.
NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Circle Internet Group, Inc. (NYSE: CRCL) today announced results for the second quarter of fiscal year 2026.
Financial Highlights (Q2’26 vs. Q2’25)
USDC in circulation of $73.3 billion at quarter end, 19% growth year-over-year; USDC onchain transaction volume in Q2’26 of $14.8 trillion grew 151% year-over-year. Total revenue and reserve income in Q2’26 of $701 million grew 7% year-over-year. Net income from continuing operations in Q2’26 of $48 million increased $530 million year-over-year, driven by prior-year IPO stock-based compensation impacts. Adjusted EBITDA in Q2’26 of $143 million grew 8% year-over-year. Business Highlights
Arc today has over 100 ecosystem and institutional builders. September 16 public mainnet launch will unveil a full product suite that includes privacy capabilities, an agent stack for programmable finance, and support for tokenized real-world assets. Network Validators: Circle announced the founding third party validator cohort for Arc today, a curated set of global financial institutions representing a new model for blockchain infrastructure where the institutions that depend on network integrity are also the institutions that secure it. Alongside Circle, validators include: BlackRock, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (DTCC), Galaxy, Global Payments, ICE, Mastercard, MoneyGram, SBI Group, Standard Chartered, Sumitomo Corporation, and Visa. Financial Institution Traction: BlackRock, BNY, DTCC, and Standard Chartered each building and exploring integrations with Arc, spanning tokenized asset settlement, digital asset custody, stablecoin access, and FX and repo infrastructure. BlackRock is expected to deploy BUIDL, the BlackRock USD Institutional Digital Liquidity Fund, on Arc. DTCC will enable the tokenization of The Depository Trust Company (DTC)-custodied assets on Arc. New and Expanded USDC Use Cases/Commercial Updates BNY expanded its partnership with Circle, adding USDC minting and redemption directly within BNY's Digital Asset Custody platform, building on BNY's existing role as primary custodian of USDC reserves. Grupo Bind announced a collaboration with Circle to bring USDC access to institutions in Argentina. A major step for USDC/ARS liquidity. JCB combined Circle’s stablecoin infrastructure with JCB's global merchant network, focusing initially on cross-border treasury transfers using USDC and in-store stablecoin payment experiences for merchants and international visitors in Japan. Kakao Group began exploration of blockchain payment infrastructure and USDC integration in Korea. Marex enabled the first stablecoin-powered initial margin transaction in regulated derivatives clearing — allowing institutional clients to post USDC as collateral for CFTC-regulated derivatives under the December 2025 CFTC no-action letter. Nium partnered with Circle to connect USDC settlement with their global payout infrastructure across 190+ countries, permitting financial institutions to move funds via USDC through the Circle Payments Network and settle in local currencies. Standard Chartered launched integrated access to USDC minting and redemption, allowing institutional clients to convert between fiat and USDC through a single bank-led onboarding experience. Trust Bank Approvals: Circle received final approval from the U.S. Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to establish a national trust bank, Circle National Trust, which makes Circle one of the first stablecoin issuers to hold a federal bank charter. The approval authorizes federally regulated digital asset custody and enables future capabilities, including management of the USDC Reserve, which would further enhance the safety, transparency, and trust of USDC. Additionally, Circle received approval from the New York Department of Financial Services to open Circle New York Trust as a digital asset-focused limited purpose trust company. Continued CPN Expansion: CPN reached $14.7 billion in annualized transaction volume for the trailing 30 days as of the end of Q2, up 76% quarter-over-quarter, with 175 financial institutions enrolled, up 29% quarter-over-quarter. Agentic Economy Momentum: After shipping payment infrastructure for agents in H1, Circle launched Agent Stack in May 2026 — currently home to 900+ paid services — with 99.3% of x402 agent-payment volume settling in USDC. Circle will turn to a more fulsome agentic product roadmap in H2 that includes enabling agents to earn. “Our quarterly financial results reflect the current rate environment and a crypto market that has slowed – both are conditions outside our network. But near-term activity tells a different story. We received our federal trust bank charter; Arc is launching on public mainnet September 16th; we launched the Agent Stack to put programmable money at the center of the agentic economy; and the institutions using USDC today, like BlackRock, BNY, and Standard Chartered aren't piloting, they are expanding," said Jeremy Allaire, Co-Founder, CEO, and Chairman at Circle. "We have built the platform for the internet financial system – for traditional and digital finance, real-world assets, and the institutions that move the world's capital. That trust is earned, not assumed, and it took over a decade to build. We're only beginning to see what it unlocks."
Key Financial Results and Operating Indicators
The following table presents our key financial results and operating indicators, as well as the relevant GAAP measures, for the periods indicated:
Key Financial Results
Q2 2026
YoY
Change
($ in millions unless noted otherwise)
Total Revenue and Reserve Income
$701
7%
Revenue Less Distribution Costs(1)
$289
15%
RLDC Margin(2)
41%
302bps
Net Income from Continuing Operations
$48
n.m.
Net Income from Continuing Operations Margin(3)
7%
n.m.
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
$143
8%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)
50%
(329bps)
Key Operating Indicators
Q2 2026
YoY
Change
($ in billions unless noted otherwise)
USDC in Circulation, end of period
$73.3
19%
USDC in Circulation, average of period
$76.5
25%
Reserve Return Rate
3.5%
(66bps)
USDC on Platform, end of period
$12.4
106%
USDC on Platform, daily weighted average percentage
19.5%
1,204bps
n.m. = not meaningful
(1) Revenue Less Distribution Costs (RLDC) is calculated as Total Revenue and Reserve Income less Total Distribution, Transaction and Other Costs.
(2) RLDC Margin is calculated as Total Revenue and Reserve Income less Total Distribution, Transaction and Other Costs as a percentage of Total Revenue and Reserve Income.
(3) Net Income from Continuing Operations Margin is calculated as Net Income from Continuing Operations / Total Revenue and Reserve Income.
(4) Refer to Non-GAAP Financial Measures for further details and a reconciliation of the GAAP to non-GAAP measures presented. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA (New Definition) / Total Revenue and Reserve Income less Total Distribution, Transaction & Other Costs. See the Appendix for a reconciliation.
Second Quarter 2026 Financial Highlights and Operating Results
Reserve Income of $668 million increased 5% year-over-year, primarily from the 25% growth in average USDC in Circulation, partially offset by a 66 bps decline in the Reserve Return Rate. Other Revenue of $34 million increased 41% year-over-year from growth in subscription and services revenue. Total Distribution, Transaction and Other Costs of $412 million increased 1% year-over-year, mostly from increased distribution payments. Operating Expenses of $254 million decreased 56% year-over-year, primarily due to lower stock-based compensation expense following our IPO in Q2 2025. Adjusted Operating Expenses of $146 million increased 23% year-over-year, primarily driven by continued investment in product development, infrastructure, and AI capabilities. Net Income of $48 million increased $530 million year-over-year, primarily due to lower stock-based compensation expense following our IPO in Q2 2025. Adjusted EBITDA of $143 million increased 8% year-over-year reflecting the revenue growth from higher USDC in circulation, partially offset by increased investment in costs related to new products. Other Platform Metrics
Q2 2026
YoY
Change
(USDC related figures in $ billions; meaningful wallets in millions)
USDC Minted
$83
97%
USDC Redeemed
$87
113%
Stablecoin Market Share, end of period(1)
27%
(66bps)
Meaningful Wallets, end of period(2)
7.0
24%
Guidance
To give investors insight into our business and expectations, management is providing guidance on the following key performance indicators.
Key Indicator
Period
Previous Guidance
Revised Guidance
USDC in Circulation
Multi-year through cycle
40% CAGR
40% CAGR
Other Revenue
FY 2026
$150-$170M
$310-$330M(3)
RLDC Margin(1)
FY 2026
38-40%
41.7-43.7%(3)
Adjusted Operating Expenses(2)
FY 2026
$570-$585M
$570-$585M
Conference Call and Livestream Information
Financial results and business highlights will be discussed during a livestream webcast event at 8 a.m. ET, hosted through Circle’s official channels on YouTube and X. An audio only version of the livestream and all related materials will be hosted on Circle’s Investor Relations website at https://investor.circle.com where a replay of the call and transcript will also be available shortly following earnings.
In addition to filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Circle uses its Investor Relations website (https://investor.circle.com), its blog (https://www.circle.com/blog), press releases (https://www.circle.com/pressroom), public conference calls and webcasts, its X feed (https://x.com/circle), its YouTube channel (https://www.youtube.com/@BuildOnCircle), and its LinkedIn page (https://www.linkedin.com/company/circle-internet-financial) as a means of disclosing material nonpublic information, announcing upcoming investor conferences and for complying with its disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor these sites in addition to following Circle’s SEC filings.
Forward-Looking Statements
This communication contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our future operating results and financial position; our plans with respect to the anticipated future expenses and investments; expectations relating to certain of our key financial and operating metrics; our business strategy and plans; expectations relating to legal and regulatory proceedings; expectations relating to our industry, the regulatory environment, market conditions, trends and growth; expectations relating to customer behaviors and preferences; our market position; potential market opportunities; and our objectives for future operations. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “target,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations, assumptions, and projections based on information available at the time the statements were made. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including, but not limited to: intense and increasing competition from new and existing issuers offering competing products, combined with the rise of yield-bearing digital assets, including TMMFs, that are attractive to digital asset trading participants, may reduce market demand and circulation of Circle stablecoins; stablecoins may face periods of uncertainty, loss of trust, or systemic shocks resulting in the potential for rapid redemption requests (or runs), and extreme scenarios, such as market shocks that affect the value of USDC’s reserves or simultaneous requests to redeem all or substantially all USDC in circulation, or concerns related to Circle stablecoin reserves, may lead to redemption delays and USDC reserves being insufficient to meet all redemption requests; as a relatively new innovation, stablecoins are particularly susceptible to operational challenges and risks, including due to surges in demand; any negative publicity regarding stablecoins or the broader digital asset industry may have an outsized negative effect on consumer confidence; the acceptance of Circle stablecoins could be negatively impacted by disruptions in secondary marketplaces that facilitate the purchase and sale of Circle stablecoins; the GENIUS Act will change the payment stablecoin ecosystem and may affect our business in ways that cannot yet be known; the GENIUS Act amends the U.S. federal securities laws to explicitly exclude from the definition of “security” payment stablecoins issued by PPSIs, which will include USDC, however, until those amendments are effective, we will continue to rely on our conclusion that USDC is not a security under the U.S. federal securities laws; we hold a substantial amount of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund and thus are subject to risks associated with the issuer, the manager, and the custodian of the Circle Reserve Fund; any significant disruption in our or our third-party service providers’ or partners’ technology could result in a loss of customers or funds and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects; our customers’ funds and digital assets may fail to be adequately safeguarded by us or the third-party service providers upon whom we rely; our inability to maintain existing relationships with financial institutions and similar firms or to enter into new such relationships could impact our ability to offer services to customers; we are subject to credit risks in respect of counterparties, including banks and other financial institutions; if we are unable to maintain existing distribution arrangements or enter into additional distribution arrangements on less favorable financial terms, USDC and EURC in circulation and Circle’s financial results may be adversely affected; Arc and the ARC Token involve execution, market, and operational risk, including risks relating to launch timing, ecosystem adoption in a competitive blockchain market, technology and cybersecurity vulnerabilities, validator and governance dynamics, token price volatility, and the operational complexity of running the network and related treasury infrastructure; Arc and the ARC Token present legal, regulatory, and structural risk, including uncertainty under securities and other financial regulatory regimes, risks arising from token presale and distribution arrangements, potential liability tied to third-party ecosystem participants, conflicts and governance issues during any transition to decentralization, and possible repayment obligations if key launch milestones are not achieved; our products and services may be exploited by our customers, employees, service providers, and other third parties to facilitate illegal activity such as fraud, money laundering, terrorist financing, gambling, tax evasion, and scams; our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective; fluctuations in interest rates could impact our results of operations; we are subject to an extensive and highly evolving regulatory landscape; the regulatory environment to which we are subject gives rise to various licensing requirements, significant compliance costs and other restrictions, and noncompliance could result in a range of penalties, including fines, compliance costs, operational restrictions, reputational damage, and loss of licenses; we are subject to laws, regulations, and executive orders regarding economic and trade sanctions, anti-bribery, AML, and counter-terrorism financing that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to criminal or civil liability if we violate them; insiders will continue to have substantial control over Circle and limit shareholders’ ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control; and our development and use of artificial intelligence in our business could result in reputational harm, competitive harm, and legal liability. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. For a detailed discussion of the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or expressed in any forward-looking statements, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 filed with the SEC on March 9, 2026 as well as in other filings we may make with the SEC from time to time. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons if actual results differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Nothing in this communication constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities or an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity.
About Circle Internet Group, Inc.
Circle (NYSE: CRCL) is a global financial technology firm that enables businesses of all sizes to harness the power of digital currencies and public blockchains for payments, commerce and financial applications worldwide. Circle is building the world’s largest, most-widely used, stablecoin network, and issues, through its regulated affiliates, USDC and EURC stablecoins. Circle provides a comprehensive suite of financial and technology services that empower enterprises and developers to integrate stablecoins and blockchains into their products, services and business operations.
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. – CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in $ thousands, except share information)
June 30,
2026
December 31, 2025
(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,730,126
$
1,526,046
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins
889,311
822,963
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders
73,161,172
75,067,932
Accounts receivable, net
105,431
62,866
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
283,578
321,660
Total current assets
76,169,618
77,801,467
Non-current assets:
Restricted cash
12,806
2,792
Investments
103,757
84,265
Fixed assets, net
22,177
22,791
Digital assets
106,539
86,515
Goodwill
265,742
265,742
Intangible assets, net
446,577
411,146
Deferred tax assets, net
11,354
11,110
Other non-current assets
26,890
27,379
Total assets
$
77,165,460
$
78,713,207
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Deposits from stablecoin holders
$
72,927,544
$
74,912,567
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
418,588
360,609
Convertible debt, net of debt discount
—
36,821
Other current liabilities
256,021
18,398
Total current liabilities
73,602,153
75,328,395
Non-current liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities, net
28,495
28,702
Other non-current liabilities
24,837
25,337
Total liabilities
$
73,655,485
$
75,382,434
Stockholders’ equity
Class A common stock ($0.0001 par value; 2.5 billion authorized as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 233.5 million and 223.6 million issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively)
25
24
Class B common stock ($0.0001 par value; 500.0 million authorized as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 19.2 million and 18.7 million issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025)
2
2
Class C common stock ($0.0001 par value; 500.0 million authorized as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; nil issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025)
—
—
Treasury stock at cost (4.6 million and 4.7 million shares held as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively)
(2,645
)
(2,721
)
Additional paid-in capital
4,693,986
4,610,216
Accumulated deficit
(1,189,235
)
(1,292,709
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
6,449
14,515
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to common stockholders
3,508,582
3,329,327
Noncontrolling interests
1,393
1,446
Total stockholders’ equity
3,509,975
3,330,773
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
77,165,460
$
78,713,207
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. – CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)
(in $ thousands, except per share information)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Revenue and reserve income
Reserve income
$
667,733
$
634,274
$
1,320,241
$
1,192,185
Other revenue
33,582
23,804
75,207
44,466
Total revenue and reserve income
701,315
658,078
1,395,448
1,236,651
Distribution, transaction and other costs
Distribution and transaction costs
410,414
406,472
815,816
753,784
Other costs
2,056
470
3,435
805
Total distribution, transaction and other costs
412,470
406,942
819,251
754,589
Operating expenses
Compensation expenses
133,999
503,392
272,126
579,012
General and administrative expenses
66,273
43,140
123,534
73,824
Depreciation and amortization expenses
29,896
14,209
56,663
28,089
IT infrastructure costs
16,359
8,760
29,081
16,432
Marketing expenses
8,657
7,910
15,274
11,770
Digital assets losses (gains)
(698
)
(693
)
158
5,577
Total operating expenses
254,486
576,718
496,836
714,704
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations
34,359
(325,582
)
79,361
(232,642
)
Other income (expense), net
17,947
(160,421
)
29,630
(163,524
)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
52,306
(486,003
)
108,991
(396,166
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
4,092
(3,903
)
5,531
21,143
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
48,214
(482,100
)
103,460
(417,309
)
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(7
)
—
(14
)
—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
$
48,221
$
(482,100
)
$
103,474
$
(417,309
)
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic
$
0.19
$
(4.48
)
$
0.42
$
(5.04
)
Diluted
$
0.18
$
(4.48
)
$
0.39
$
(5.04
)
Weighted-average common shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic
248,183
107,514
246,122
82,877
Diluted
268,637
107,514
267,940
82,877
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table summarizes certain key financial performance measures derived from our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the three months ended June 30, 2025, September 30, 2025, December 31, 2025, March 31, 2026, and June 30, 2026. The information for each of these periods has been prepared on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods.
Three Months Ended
(in $ millions, except RLDC Margin and Net Reserve Margin)
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
December 31, 2025
September 30, 2025
June 30, 2025
Reserve Income
$
668
$
653
$
733
$
711
$
634
Other Revenue
34
42
37
29
24
Total Revenue and Reserve Income
$
701
$
694
$
770
$
740
$
658
Distribution and Transaction Costs
$
410
$
405
$
461
$
447
$
406
Other Costs
2
1
1
0
0
Total Distribution, Transaction and Other Costs
$
412
$
407
$
461
$
448
$
407
Total Revenue and Reserve Income less Total Distribution, Transaction and Other Costs
$
289
$
287
$
309
$
292
$
251
RLDC Margin(1)
41
%
41
%
40
%
39
%
38
%
Net Reserve Margin(2)
39
%
38
%
37
%
37
%
36
%
Note: Figures presented may not sum precisely due to rounding.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). However, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Operating Expenses are non-GAAP financial measures regarding our operational performance.
Management and our board of directors use non-GAAP financial measures to (i) monitor and evaluate the growth and performance of our business operations, (ii) evaluate our historical and prospective financial performance as well as our performance relative to our competitors, (iii) review and assess the performance of our management team and other employees, and (iv) prepare budgets and evaluate strategic investments. Accordingly, we believe that non-GAAP measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. Non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Operating Expenses, have limitations as financial measures and should not be relied upon as substitutes for, or considered in isolation from, measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as net income (loss) from continuing operations excluding: net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests; depreciation and amortization expenses; interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums; interest income; income tax expense (benefit); stock-based compensation expense and payroll tax expense related to stock-based compensation; certain legal expenses; realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment, other related investments and strategic investments; realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities; impairment losses on strategic investments; restructuring expenses; acquisition-related costs; change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, embedded derivatives and U.S. Treasury securities; charitable contributions to Circle Foundation; losses on sale of long-lived assets; and foreign currency exchange (gains) losses.
Beginning in the first quarter of 2026, we have amended the above definition of Adjusted EBITDA to exclude payroll tax expense related to stock-based compensation, because these taxes are directly related to stock-based compensation expense which is already excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. These expenses represent employer payroll taxes related to the vesting and settlement of certain equity awards, and are variable with our stock price and other factors outside of our control.
We believe it is useful to exclude non-cash charges, such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, and change in fair value of various financial instruments as well as certain cash charges such as payroll tax related to stock-based compensation from Adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations. We believe it is useful to exclude income tax expense (benefit), interest income, interest expense, and non-routine items as these items are not components of our core business operations.
Adjusted Operating Expenses
Adjusted Operating Expenses excludes depreciation and amortization, charitable contributions to Circle Foundation, digital assets losses (gains), and stock-based compensation. Beginning in the first quarter of 2026, we have amended the definition of Adjusted Operating Expenses to exclude (a) payroll tax expense related to stock-based compensation, because these taxes are directly related to stock-based compensation expense which is already excluded from Adjusted Operating Expenses and these taxes are variable with our stock price and other factors outside of our control (which will also be reflected in Adjusted EBITDA as discussed above), as well as (b) certain one-time legal expenses, acquisition-related costs, and where relevant, restructuring expenses, as they reflect the same adjustments as in Adjusted EBITDA.
We believe it is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges from Adjusted Operating Expenses because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations.
We have provided a reconciliation below of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income (loss) from Continuing Operations and of Adjusted Operating Expenses to Operating Expenses, in each case, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. – RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EBITDA TO NET INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
(in $ thousands)
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
December 31, 2025
September 30, 2025
June 30, 2025
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
$
48,214
$
55,246
$
133,406
$
214,385
$
(482,100
)
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(7
)
(7
)
(10
)
—
—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
$
48,221
$
55,253
$
133,416
$
214,385
$
(482,100
)
Adjusted for:
Depreciation and amortization expenses
29,896
26,767
25,536
23,002
14,209
Interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums
64
38
193
354
344
Interest income(1)
(14,517
)
(13,709
)
(16,302
)
(13,453
)
(9,952
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
4,092
1,439
6,776
(61,294
)
(3,903
)
Stock-based compensation expense
53,599
51,836
59,414
59,081
434,966
Legal expenses(2)
10,341
7,019
2,875
3,014
1,706
Realized and unrealized losses (gains), net, on digital assets held for investment, other related investments and strategic investments
(3,702
)
3,325
(25,074
)
(2,267
)
(5,738
)
Impairment losses on strategic investments
115
251
—
500
506
Acquisition-related costs(3)
1,920
1,870
—
—
—
Change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, embedded derivatives, and U.S. Treasury securities
1,876
4,108
(42,472
)
(56,212
)
167,724
Charitable contributions to Circle Foundation(4)
5,411
7,737
23,149
—
—
Losses on sale of long-lived assets
—
—
—
6
4
Foreign currency exchange (gains) losses
(1,475
)
(5,121
)
(29
)
(655
)
8,067
Adjusted EBITDA (Prior Definition)
$
135,841
$
140,813
$
167,482
$
166,461
$
125,833
Stock-based compensation related payroll expense(5)
7,637
10,588
8,428
5,015
7,164
Adjusted EBITDA (New Definition)
$
143,478
$
151,401
$
175,910
$
171,476
$
132,997
(1)
Reflects interest income from corporate cash and cash and cash equivalents balances. For the avoidance of doubt, this amount does not include the impact of reserve income.
(2)
Reflects litigation expenses related to the FT Partners litigation, legal and settlement expenses related to legacy businesses, and legal fees and other costs related to one-time regulatory matters.
(3)
Reflects special one-time compensation related to an asset acquisition that closed in January 2026.
(4)
Reflects the charge related to the charitable contribution of shares of our Class A common stock for the benefit of Circle Foundation, a donor-advised fund.
(5)
Beginning in the first quarter of 2026, we have amended the definition of Adjusted EBITDA to exclude payroll tax expense related to stock-based compensation.
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. – RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED OPERATING EXPENSES TO OPERATING EXPENSES
(in $ thousands)
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
December 31, 2025
September 30, 2025
June 30, 2025
Operating expenses
$
254,486
$
242,350
$
253,595
$
211,127
$
576,718
Adjusted for:
Stock-based compensation expense and related payroll taxes(1)
(61,236
)
(62,424
)
(67,842
)
(64,096
)
(442,130
)
Depreciation and amortization expenses(2)
(29,896
)
(26,767
)
(25,536
)
(23,002
)
(14,209
)
Digital assets losses (gains)(3)
698
(856
)
(1,387
)
1,671
693
Charitable contributions to Circle Foundation(4)
(5,411
)
(7,737
)
(23,149
)
—
—
Legal expenses(5)
(10,341
)
(7,019
)
(2,875
)
(3,014
)
(1,706
)
Acquisition-related costs(6)
(1,920
)
(1,870
)
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Expenses
$
146,380
$
135,677
$
132,806
$
122,686
$
119,366
(1)
Stock-based compensation expense represents equity compensation and associated payroll taxes.
(2)
Depreciation and amortization expenses include depreciation of fixed assets, and amortization of capitalized engineering costs and intangible assets.
(3)
Digital assets losses (gains) represent the fair value losses/gains of digital assets, a non-cash expense.
(4)
Charitable contributions to Circle Foundation reflects the charge related to the charitable contribution of shares of our Class A common stock for the benefit of Circle Foundation, a donor-advised fund.
(5)
Reflects litigation expenses related to the FT Partners litigation, legal and settlement expenses related to legacy businesses, and legal fees and other costs related to one-time regulatory matters.
(6)
Reflects special one-time compensation related to an asset acquisition that closed in January 2026.
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. – FORWARD OUTLOOK RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED OPERATING EXPENSES TO OPERATING EXPENSES
(in $ millions)
FY26
Low
High
Operating expenses
$
949
$
1,039
Adjusted for:
Stock-based compensation expense and related payroll taxes(1)
(219
)
(249
)
Depreciation and amortization expenses(2)
(116
)
(141
)
Digital assets losses (gains)(3)
–
–
Charitable contributions to Circle Foundation(4)
(22
)
(22
)
Legal expenses(5)
(14
)
(34
)
Acquisition-related costs(6)
(8
)
(8
)
Adjusted Operating Expenses
$
570
$
585
(1) Stock-based compensation expense represents equity compensation and associated payroll taxes. The range of guidance depends on incremental headcount through the rest of the year and stock price.
(2) Depreciation and amortization expense includes depreciation of fixed assets, and amortization of capitalized engineering costs and intangible assets. The range of the guidance depends on capitalization rates, total SBC and cash compensation throughout the rest of the year.
(3) Digital assets losses (gains) represent the year to date fair value losses/gains of digital assets, a non-cash expense, and we are not forecasting the amounts in 2026.
(4) Charitable contributions to Circle Foundation represents our anticipated transfer of 268,239 shares of Class A common stock to the Donor Advised Fund for the Circle Foundation and is a non-cash expense arising from donating the company’s equity. The amount is estimated using the average of the high and low stock price of CRCL on July 31, 2026 ($61.09), however, such amount will be dependent on the stock price on the date of the transfer of the applicable shares, which is expected to occur in substantially equal quarterly installments throughout 2026.
(5) Represents estimated fees associated with specific nonrecurring costs, including the one-time implementation of new governance structures to meet U.S. regulatory requirements.
(6) Reflects special one-time compensation related to an asset acquisition that closed in January 2026.
SanDisk čeká po výsledcích prudký pohyb: opce naznačují pohyb asi 212,30 USD, tedy 14,9 %, oběma směry. Investoři sledují hlavně ceny NAND a výhled na fiskální rok 2027.
SanDisk stock NASDAQ:SNDK was priced for a move of more than $200 after Wednesday’s earnings, reflecting high uncertainty around a company with a bullish underlying story.
Options expiring on Friday implied a swing of about $212.30, or 14.9%, in either direction, placing the stock between roughly $1,211 and $1,635.
The signal is not a forecast of gains or losses, but shows traders expect a large surprise as NAND prices rise and data-centre customers compete for storage capacity.
After a 500% rally this year, another strong quarter may no longer be enough.
Investors want proof that pricing power and long-term contracts can make this memory cycle more durable than previous booms.
SanDisk closed 10.8% higher at $1,427.62 on Tuesday before slipping 1.1% to $1,412.14 by 4.38 AM ET on Wednesday.
The shares remained 39% below their June high, highlighting the extreme volatility surrounding the AI-memory trade.
The latest options estimate is above the roughly 10.3% average predicted move recorded across previous earnings events.
Different calculations have produced larger or smaller figures because option prices, expiration dates and methods change, but each points to elevated risk.
Options do not indicate direction. They measure the size of the reaction traders are paying to protect against.
That distinction matters after SanDisk’s 47% July decline, its worst month since returning to public markets.
The correction reduced some valuation pressure, but Tuesday’s rebound showed that enthusiasm can return as quickly as it disappears.
SanDisk will report fiscal fourth-quarter results after Wednesday’s closing bell and hold its conference call at 4.30 PM ET.
Visible Alpha expects revenue of $8.7 billion and adjusted earnings of $35.45 a share. Both sit above SanDisk’s guidance for revenue between $7.8 billion and $8.3 billion and adjusted earnings of $30 to $33.
That gap means reaching management’s forecast may still disappoint.
Morgan Stanley analysts described demand for SanDisk hardware as “unequivocally strong and durable.”
Some data-centre customers are reportedly concerned that demand could exceed supply for another two years.
Investors will scrutinise NAND selling prices, enterprise solid-state-drive growth, bit shipments, manufacturing costs and fiscal 2027 guidance.
All four analysts tracked by Visible Alpha rate the stock Buy, with an average target of about $2,250, leaving little room for a cautious outlook.
Also read- Top DRAM ETF stocks to watch this week: Western Digital, SanDisk, Micron
The central question is whether SanDisk’s new business model agreements can reduce the boom-and-bust volatility historically associated with memory.
Evercore ISI analyst Amit Daryanani estimates that five agreements represent about $62 billion of minimum committed revenue, supported by more than $11 billion of guarantees and prepayments.
He believes investors are underestimating the durability of earnings and free cash flow and maintains a $3,100 target.
The contracts provide greater visibility, but investors need details on pricing, volumes, customer obligations and whether guaranteed demand limits SanDisk’s ability to benefit from future price increases.
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers called the earnings setup “tactically positive”, according to TipRanks, while retaining a Hold rating and raising his target to $1,620.
He expects attention to centre on the agreements, enterprise SSD momentum, the Stargate ramp and SanDisk’s effort to reach gross margins in the mid-80% range.
Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A (FWONA) oznámí výsledky před otevřením trhu ve čtvrtek; analytici čekají zisk na akcii 0,2489 USD a tržby 955,461 milionu USD.
Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A (NASDAQ:FWONA – Get Free Report) is projected to announce its results before the market opens on Thursday, August 6th. Analysts expect Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A to announce earnings of $0.2489 per share and revenue of $955.4610 million for the quarter.
Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A Stock Performance NASDAQ:FWONA opened at $88.52 on Wednesday. The company has a market capitalization of $22.17 billion, a P/E ratio of 40.61 and a beta of 0.49. The stock’s 50 day moving average price is $86.77 and its 200 day moving average price is $82.58. Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A has a 52 week low of $73.70 and a 52 week high of $99.52.
Analyst Ratings Changes Several research firms have commented on FWONA. Zacks Research raised shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A from a “strong sell” rating to a “strong-buy” rating in a research report on Tuesday, May 12th. Weiss Ratings restated a “hold (c)” rating on shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A in a report on Wednesday, June 24th. Citizens Jmp reaffirmed a “market outperform” rating and issued a $120.00 price objective (up from $100.00) on shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A in a research note on Thursday, July 2nd. Finally, Citigroup reiterated a “market outperform” rating on shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A in a report on Wednesday, July 22nd. Two investment analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, three have assigned a Buy rating and one has given a Hold rating to the company’s stock. According to data from MarketBeat, Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A currently has a consensus rating of “Buy” and an average price target of $110.00.
Read Our Latest Report on FWONA
Insider Activity In other Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A news, Director Chase Carey sold 100,000 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction on Wednesday, May 27th. The shares were sold at an average price of $90.28, for a total value of $9,028,000.00. Following the sale, the director directly owned 94,356 shares in the company, valued at $8,518,459.68. This trade represents a 51.45% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which is available at the SEC website. Also, insider Renee L. Wilm sold 11,597 shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A stock in a transaction dated Monday, June 15th. The stock was sold at an average price of $90.09, for a total value of $1,044,773.73. Following the sale, the insider directly owned 15,590 shares in the company, valued at approximately $1,404,503.10. This trade represents a 42.66% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. Company insiders own 0.63% of the company’s stock.
Hedge Funds Weigh In On Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A Large investors have recently added to or reduced their stakes in the company. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. lifted its position in Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A by 55.1% in the third quarter. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. now owns 352 shares of the company’s stock worth $34,000 after purchasing an additional 125 shares during the period. Global Retirement Partners LLC lifted its holdings in shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A by 311.8% during the 4th quarter. Global Retirement Partners LLC now owns 490 shares of the company’s stock worth $44,000 after acquiring an additional 371 shares during the period. State of Wyoming bought a new position in shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A during the 2nd quarter worth about $66,000. Kestra Advisory Services LLC acquired a new stake in shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A during the 4th quarter valued at about $90,000. Finally, California State Teachers Retirement System boosted its position in shares of Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A by 18.3% during the 2nd quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System now owns 1,431 shares of the company’s stock valued at $136,000 after acquiring an additional 221 shares in the last quarter. Institutional investors and hedge funds own 8.38% of the company’s stock.
Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A Company Profile (Get Free Report)
Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A (NASDAQ: FWONA) is a tracking stock that represents Liberty Media’s economic interest in its Liberty Formula One Group business. The tracking stock is designed to give investors direct exposure to the performance of Formula One-related activities within the broader Liberty Media structure while Liberty Media remains the corporate parent. FWONA is a class A equity security tied specifically to the Formula One operations rather than to Liberty Media’s other media and entertainment holdings.
The Liberty Formula One Group owns and manages the commercial rights to the FIA Formula One World Championship and derives revenue from global media and broadcasting rights, sponsorship and advertising, race promotion and hospitality, licensing and merchandising, and digital content and distribution.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than Liberty Media Corporation – Liberty Formula One Series A System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter
Receive News & Ratings for Liberty Media Corporation - Liberty Formula One Series A Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Liberty Media Corporation - Liberty Formula One Series A and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINETelesis Bio (TBIO) Projected to Announce Earnings on Thursday
NEXT HEADLINE »Cytosorbents (CTSO) to Announce Quarterly Earnings on Thursday
Uber a Wayve se přiblížily k autonomním jízdám v Londýně poté, co TfL udělil licence pro několik autonomních vozů Ford Mustang Mach-E. Více než 100 000 Londýňanů se za posledních osm týdnů přihlásilo na seznam zájemců Uber Interest List.
LONDON--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Uber Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: UBER) and Wayve’s partnership to bring autonomous rides to London has taken an important step forward after Transport for London (TfL) granted Private Hire Vehicle licences to a number of Wayve’s autonomous all-electric Ford Mustang Mach-E vehicles. The cars, which are equipped with the Wayve AI Driver and surround cameras and radar, were inspected to confirm that these vehicles meet all of TfL’s policy and safety standards.
The licensing of the vehicles completes the “triple-lock” requirement for Private Hire trips, where the operator, driver and vehicle must all hold licences with the same licensing authority. Trips will take place under the Government’s AV Trialling Code of Practice and Uber’s TfL Private Hire Operator licence. Wayve’s vehicles are designed to operate autonomously, and will do the driving, with a trained and TfL licensed private hire driver onboard to oversee the trip and provide support or take over driving if needed.
There has been strong interest from Londoners in the chance to take a trip in an autonomous Wayve on Uber. In the last eight weeks alone, more than 100,000 Londoners have signed up to join Uber’s Interest List, giving them a chance to be matched with a Wayve autonomous ride at launch. To help fine-tune the experience and inform the future of transport in London, later this summer, select riders who joined the Interest List will get access to Wayve rides to give feedback on the experience, as the companies prepare for the full public launch.
Sarah Gates, VP Global Affairs & Assurance, said: “This licence is an important step towards giving Londoners the chance to experience autonomous driving technology. The responsible deployment of these vehicles will bring us safer, cleaner and quieter streets, and we’re proud to continue working alongside regulators, communities, and the public as we take the next steps towards making autonomous rides a reality in the capital.”
Annie Duvnjak, Global Head of Autonomous Mobility Operations at Uber, said: “This licence is a key milestone in bringing autonomous rides to London on Uber. Our interest list has seen an incredible response from Londoners who are excited to experience Wayve's British-built autonomous driving technology.”
Wayve’s AI-first approach, known as AV2.0, moves beyond the constraints of traditional AV systems that rely on HD maps, hand-coded rules, or geofenced domains. Instead, Wayve’s AI Driver learns from experience like a human driver, enabling it to adapt to new roads, vehicles, weather conditions, and cities with unprecedented speed and efficiency. Built and trained on UK roads, Wayve’s autonomous driving technology has been testing in London’s challenging roads since 2018, and has since demonstrated its adaptability across more than 500 cities worldwide.
Uber is focused on making electric, shared, and autonomous transportation a reality. With more than 30 AV partners and millions of autonomous trips completed each year, the company is building the industry’s first hybrid network—where autonomous vehicles and drivers work side by side to make transportation more affordable, sustainable, and accessible for all.
About Uber
Uber’s mission is to create opportunity through movement. We started in 2010 to solve a simple problem: how do you get access to a ride at the touch of a button? More than 75 billion trips later, we’re building products to get people closer to where they want to be. By changing how people, food, and things move through cities, Uber is a platform that opens up the world to new possibilities.
About Wayve
Founded in 2017, Wayve is the leading developer of Embodied AI technology for automated driving. Its advanced AI software and foundation models for autonomy enable vehicles to perceive, understand, and navigate any environment, enhancing the usability and safety of autonomous driving systems. Wayve develops mapless and hardware-agnostic Embodied AI products for automakers and fleet owners, accelerating the path from assisted to automated driving. Backed by top investors like SoftBank Group, NVIDIA, Uber, and Eclipse Ventures, Wayve’s mission is to reimagine mobility with embodied intelligence. To learn more, please visit www.wayve.ai.
Amazonem vlastněná Zoox získala dočasné federální povolení k provozu robotaxi bez volantu a může začít účtovat jízdné, nejprve v Las Vegas. Jde o první účelově postavené bezřidičové vozidlo s takovým schválením.
The race to operating fleets of driverless vehicle robotaxis is heating up among a number of significant competitors. Alphabet's (GOOG +0.77%)(GOOGL +1.11%) Waymo has already tallied up more than 220 million fully autonomous miles, rider-only with no supervision. Tesla's (TSLA +1.64%) Cybercab ambitions are well publicized, even if its driverless programs are only slowly expanding. But it was actually Amazon (AMZN -2.32%) that recently landed a big win against its competitors.
Details on Amazon approval Amazon-owned Zoox was just given temporary permission by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) to commercially deploy steering-wheel-free robotaxis, adding pressure to the robotaxi competition. This is significant because the vast majority of competitors, such as Waymo, are modifying traditional passenger cars. The difference is that the Zoox vehicle was developed from the ground up and is produced without manual controls, making it the first purpose-built driverless vehicle to receive approval.
Zoox vehicle in Las Vegas. Image source: Amazon.
"We can say pretty clearly that the systems in place on the Zoox exceed the equivalent performance requirements of a compliant vehicle," said the NHTSA's Jonathan Morrison regarding the agency granting temporary approval.
Zoox said the NHTSA's approval gives the company the federal go-ahead to begin charging for rides. Zoox acknowledged it would begin charging for its service in Las Vegas first, with additional markets to follow after various state requirements are met. Zoox's approval enables the company to commercially deploy up to 2,500 vehicles annually for two years, or a total of 5,000 vehicles.
It's a big win for Zoox against Waymo and Tesla, which are also racing to expand their autonomous ride-hailing services. While Waymo remains the clear market leader in operating paid fleets in multiple areas, this serves notice that a significant competitor with Amazon's backing will be a long-term competitor with the ability to scale.
What it all means For Tesla, it's a reminder that it still has to get its own approval federally, and without it, its physical fleet will be legally restricted compared to Zoox's. Currently, Tesla's robotaxi service is operating unsupervised rides with Model Y vehicles in Austin, Dallas, Houston, Miami, Orlando, and Tampa.
Today's Change
(
-2.32
%) $
-6.60
Current Price
$
277.42
While it's fair to say that Tesla CEO Elon Musk has been incorrectly predicting the mass rollout of autonomous vehicles for almost a decade, he isn't pulling back. In fact, he recently predicted via a video call at the Samson International Smart Mobility Summit in Tel Aviv that "10 years from now probably 90% of all distance driven will be driven by the AI in a self-driving car."
There's a lot riding on the driverless vehicle business for long-term Tesla investors. The company's massive market capitalization is supported by the belief that the company's transition from a traditional automaker to one that revolves around humanoid robots, robotaxi fleets, and artificial intelligence will grant it a more lucrative future. Currently, Tesla's robotaxi ambitions seem more hype than reality, and for investors, that's something that needs to change in the near term. Zoox receiving federal approval and beginning to charge for rides only applies more pressure for Tesla and Waymo.
AMD klesá před otevřením trhu o 7,4 %, protože silnější výhled na tržby nestačil vysokým očekáváním investorů kolem AI. Firma čeká ve třetím čtvrtletí tržby kolem 13 miliard USD.
The AMD logo, on display at HPE Discover Las Vegas 2026, in Las Vegas, Nevada, U.S., June 16, 2026. REUTERS/Caroline Brehman/File Photo Purchase Licensing Rights, opens new tab
SummaryCompaniesAMD growth outlook fails to impress investorsInvestors want more proof firm can cash in on the AI boomShares decline more than 7% premarketAug 5 (Reuters) - Advanced Micro Devices (AMD.O), opens new tab shares declined before the bell on Wednesday as the chipmaker's stronger-than-expected revenue forecast fell short of lofty expectations and investors sought clearer signs that a multibillion-dollar AI spending boom will translate into faster growth.
The shares were last down 7.4% at $480.28, set to wipe out about $61.1 billion from AMD's market value.
The Reuters Daily Briefing newsletter provides all the news you need to start your day. Sign up here.
The move underscores elevated expectations facing AMD as it aims to challenge Nvidia's (NVDA.O), opens new tab dominance amid intensifying competition with Intel (INTC.O), opens new tab racing to regain technology leadership after strong results.
"We suspect expectations had moved higher following Intel’s results a couple of weeks ago, and the buyside already has a fairly bullish outlook," said Stacy Rasgon, analyst at Bernstein.
Analysts at TD Cowen called AMD's results and forecast "objectively good" but said the stock was facing a "very high bar" following recent AI-related customer announcements and the sharp rally in the shares.
The Santa Clara, California-based company forecast third-quarter revenue of about $13 billion, plus or minus $300 million, above analysts' estimates of $12.52 billion, according to data compiled by LSEG.
Investors have more than doubled AMD's stock this year on expectations that the company will emerge as the leading alternative to Nvidia in AI chips, raising the bar for quarterly results.
Chief Executive Lisa Su said AMD expects data-center revenue to more than double by 2027 and projected total revenue growth above its previously outlined target of more than 35%. AMD's data-center revenue more than doubled to $6.72 billion, topping expectations.
Last month, the company signed deals with Anthropic and Core Scientific (CORZ.O), opens new tab to bolster its AI infrastructure ambitions.
Reporting by Rashika Singh in Bengaluru; Editing by Mrigank Dhaniwala
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab
Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership raised its position in NVIDIA Corporation (NASDAQ:NVDA – Free Report) by 19.2% during the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The fund owned 31,781,583 shares of the computer hardware maker’s stock after buying an additional 5,129,163 shares during the period. NVIDIA comprises about 3.0% of Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership’s portfolio, making the stock its 4th largest holding. Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership owned approximately 0.13% of NVIDIA worth $5,542,639,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
Several other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of NVDA. Lifetime Wealth Management P.C. acquired a new stake in shares of NVIDIA in the fourth quarter valued at approximately $26,000. Longview Financial Advisors Inc. purchased a new position in shares of NVIDIA during the 1st quarter worth $27,000. Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC raised its holdings in shares of NVIDIA by 47.9% during the 2nd quarter. Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC now owns 207 shares of the computer hardware maker’s stock worth $33,000 after acquiring an additional 67 shares during the period. Phillip James Consulting Co. acquired a new position in shares of NVIDIA during the 1st quarter valued at about $40,000. Finally, Spurstone Advisory Services LLC acquired a new position in shares of NVIDIA during the 2nd quarter valued at about $40,000. 65.27% of the stock is currently owned by hedge funds and other institutional investors.
NVIDIA Stock Performance NASDAQ NVDA opened at $211.94 on Wednesday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.04, a current ratio of 3.44 and a quick ratio of 2.85. The company has a market cap of $5.13 trillion, a P/E ratio of 32.46, a P/E/G ratio of 0.40 and a beta of 2.23. The stock has a 50-day moving average of $205.18 and a two-hundred day moving average of $196.55. NVIDIA Corporation has a 1-year low of $164.07 and a 1-year high of $236.54.
NVIDIA (NASDAQ:NVDA – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, May 20th. The computer hardware maker reported $1.87 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $1.76 by $0.11. NVIDIA had a net margin of 62.97% and a return on equity of 96.94%. The business had revenue of $81.61 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $78.42 billion. During the same quarter in the prior year, the company earned $0.81 earnings per share. The business’s quarterly revenue was up 85.2% on a year-over-year basis. As a group, analysts anticipate that NVIDIA Corporation will post 8.79 EPS for the current year.
NVIDIA declared that its Board of Directors has initiated a share repurchase program on Wednesday, May 20th that permits the company to repurchase $80.00 billion in shares. This repurchase authorization permits the computer hardware maker to reacquire up to 1.5% of its stock through open market purchases. Stock repurchase programs are usually a sign that the company’s leadership believes its shares are undervalued.
NVIDIA Increases Dividend The business also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Friday, June 26th. Investors of record on Thursday, June 4th were paid a dividend of $0.25 per share. This represents a $1.00 annualized dividend and a yield of 0.5%. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Thursday, June 4th. This is a positive change from NVIDIA’s previous quarterly dividend of $0.01. NVIDIA’s payout ratio is presently 15.31%.
Insiders Place Their Bets In other NVIDIA news, Director John Dabiri sold 625 shares of the stock in a transaction dated Wednesday, May 27th. The stock was sold at an average price of $214.00, for a total value of $133,750.00. Following the sale, the director owned 14,163 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $3,030,882. This trade represents a 4.23% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at this link. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, Director Stephen C. Neal sold 15,500 shares of NVIDIA stock in a transaction dated Wednesday, June 3rd. The shares were sold at an average price of $215.73, for a total value of $3,343,815.00. Following the completion of the transaction, the director owned 116,135 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $25,053,803.55. The trade was a 11.77% decrease in their position. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. Insiders have sold a total of 1,901,125 shares of company stock worth $410,583,015 in the last quarter. 3.94% of the stock is owned by company insiders.
Analyst Ratings Changes Several equities research analysts recently issued reports on the stock. Sanford C. Bernstein restated a “buy” rating on shares of NVIDIA in a research report on Monday, June 29th. Rosenblatt Securities reiterated a “buy” rating and issued a $325.00 target price on shares of NVIDIA in a report on Thursday, May 21st. CICC Research increased their price target on shares of NVIDIA from $240.60 to $268.30 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a research note on Friday, May 22nd. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft restated a “hold” rating and set a $255.00 price target (up from $220.00) on shares of NVIDIA in a report on Thursday, May 21st. Finally, BTIG Research assumed coverage on shares of NVIDIA in a research report on Wednesday, April 15th. They set a “buy” rating on the stock. Three analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, forty-eight have assigned a Buy rating and two have issued a Hold rating to the company. Based on data from MarketBeat, NVIDIA presently has a consensus rating of “Buy” and a consensus target price of $304.26.
Check Out Our Latest Stock Report on NVIDIA
Key NVIDIA News Here are the key news stories impacting NVIDIA this week:
Positive Sentiment: Elon Musk said SpaceX will build “exclusively” on NVIDIA’s Vera Rubin platform, providing a potentially significant high-profile customer commitment and strengthening confidence in demand for NVIDIA’s next-generation systems. Musk Praises Vera Rubin Platform on SpaceX Earnings Call, Nvidia Stock Climbs Positive Sentiment: Corvex secured a multi-year agreement for Blackwell GPU infrastructure, including liquid-cooled clusters, Quantum-2 InfiniBand and high-speed storage. The deployment adds another large-scale Blackwell installation without issuing new shares. Nvidia Stock Surges as Corvex Secures Multi-Year Blackwell GPU Deal Positive Sentiment: Anthropic reportedly signed a six-year, $10 billion computing agreement with NVIDIA-backed Volta Infra. The arrangement could support demand for Vera Rubin systems and validates the growth of AI cloud infrastructure. Anthropic Inks $10B Computing Deal With Nvidia-Backed Volta Infra Positive Sentiment: Reports describing a roughly 12-to-1 demand-to-supply imbalance, scarce chips and strong chip resale values reinforced the view that NVIDIA retains pricing power amid the AI buildout. NVIDIA Facing 12-to-1 Demand to Supply Positive Sentiment: NVIDIA’s Open Secure AI Alliance has expanded to more than 120 companies and is developing shared security standards, potentially broadening NVIDIA’s influence across the AI software ecosystem. Nvidia’s Open Secure AI Alliance Shows Progress Neutral Sentiment: Export controls are creating a gray market in Southeast Asia, where buyers use proxy cloud access to obtain NVIDIA-based compute. This signals inelastic demand but also highlights continuing regulatory and geopolitical risks. The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Negative Sentiment: Investor Michael Burry reportedly increased put-option exposure to NVIDIA, Micron and semiconductor ETFs, renewing concerns that AI spending expectations and valuations may be vulnerable to a correction. Michael Burry’s Latest Bet Puts Nvidia’s AI Boom on Trial Negative Sentiment: Analysts continue to warn that custom chips, AI inference workloads and software capable of rewriting code could gradually weaken NVIDIA’s CUDA advantage and pressure future margins. About NVIDIA (Free Report)
NVIDIA Corporation, founded in 1993 and headquartered in Santa Clara, California, is a global technology company that designs and develops graphics processing units (GPUs) and system-on-chip (SoC) technologies. Co-founded by Jensen Huang, who serves as president and chief executive officer, along with Chris Malachowsky and Curtis Priem, NVIDIA has grown from a graphics-focused chipmaker into a broad provider of accelerated computing hardware and software for multiple industries.
The company’s product portfolio spans discrete GPUs for gaming and professional visualization (marketed under the GeForce and NVIDIA RTX lines), high-performance data center accelerators used for AI training and inference (including widely adopted platforms such as the A100 and H100 series), and Tegra SoCs for automotive and edge applications.
Read More Five stocks we like better than NVIDIA System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter
Receive News & Ratings for NVIDIA Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for NVIDIA and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINELigand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated $LGND Shares Sold by Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership
NEXT HEADLINE »Vanguard Short-Term Treasury ETF $VGSH Stake Lifted by Arlington Trust Co LLC
CEO and Chairman of JPMorgan Chase Jamie Dimon speaks at the Pennsylvania Defense and Innovation Summit at the United States Army War College in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, U.S., July 15, 2026.... Purchase Licensing Rights, opens new tab Read more
SummaryCompaniesJPMorgan expands critical infrastructure group to increase focus on AI risksMore than 40 firms approached on initiativeAI threats spur new cross-industry collaborationNEW YORK, Aug 5 (Reuters) - JPMorgan Chase (JPM.N), opens new tab CEO Jamie Dimon is urging corporate leaders to join a U.S.-focused industry group to address risks posed by AI, as corporate America rapidly adopts the developing technology, two sources familiar with the matter said.
Dimon has personally reached out to CEOs of other large and major regional banks and IT companies to enlist them in the initiative, which he is expanding from a group that JPM helped found called the Alliance for Critical Infrastructure, the sources said.
The Reuters Daily Briefing newsletter provides all the news you need to start your day. Sign up here.
The ACI and Dimon have also communicated with other prospective members in an effort to schedule calls in August to discuss collaboration, the sources said.
The outreach, which started in July, includes over 40 companies spanning financial services, energy, water, utilities, telecommunications, airlines, railroads and other critical infrastructure industries that rely heavily on technology, the sources said. The ACI has not disclosed results of the effort so far.
Dimon's views on the economy, regulation and technology are closely followed. As head of the largest U.S. bank, he has been among a small group of CEOs publicly warning about the risks posed by advanced AI systems.
AI RISKS AND SAFEGUARDSThe initiative aims to develop a shared understanding of how AI is being used, the risks it poses and the safeguards needed, and to work with the Trump administration on those issues, the sources said. Recent cyberattacks on water systems in Minnesota and other states have increased the need for more information sharing across industries, the sources said.
JPMorgan was a founding member of the ACI, opens new tab alongside Mastercard, Berkshire Hathaway Energy and others. The organization was created to coordinate cross-sector resilience planning, share information, and respond to critical infrastructure threats, including cyber, physical, and geopolitical risk. The group has a team that is also involved in refocusing the ACI and building up the AI effort.
Dimon said in a statement that the ACI leadership had seen the need to prioritize AI "years ago and got critical infrastructure companies working together."
"We are proud to support this important work," Dimon said.
The ACI said in a statement that "at a time of growing cyber threats, protecting the systems Americans rely on every day requires strong collaboration between government and critical infrastructure companies."
Mastercard and Berkshire did not respond to requests for comment.
The ACI would serve as an industry response and information-sharing forum, with an intent to work with government officials to identify core AI and technology risks, share information and help solve problems as they emerge, the sources said.
The group aims to have the revamped ACI fully functional by year-end, one of the sources said.
INDUSTRY, GOVERNMENT EFFORTSAI concerns have grown rapidly as businesses race to deploy the technology, with regulators and industry leaders warning that AI could also increase cyberattacks and create new vulnerabilities across critical infrastructure and financial systems.
Dimon has warned about the risks posed by Anthropic's Mythos AI model, underscoring that access to advanced AI capabilities must be controlled. He said in July that "you're giving ballistic missiles to individuals with Mythos." The ACI effort is separate from an industry effort by banks to test Mythos.
The U.S. government has stepped up coordination with industry to manage risks from increasingly powerful AI systems. In July, it launched the Gold Eagle initiative, bringing together AI developers, critical infrastructure operators and federal agencies to share information on vulnerabilities discovered by advanced AI models and coordinate fixes.
Reporting by Nupur Anand in New York, editing by Megan Davies and Rod Nickel
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab
Nupur Anand is a U.S. banking correspondent at Reuters in New York. She focuses on JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo and regional banks. Anand covered banking and finance in India for more than a decade, chronicling the collapse of major lenders and turmoil at digital banks and cryptocurrencies. She has a degree in English literature from Delhi University and a postgraduate diploma in journalism from the Indian Institute of Journalism & New Media in Bangalore. Anand is also an award-winning fiction writer.
LAURION oznámil, že nové vrty v Ishkōday rozšířily mineralizaci v A-Zone v hloubce a potvrdily cíl Garvey Zone. V LBX26-104 bylo 11,15 m s 0,393 g/t Au, 6,06 g/t Ag, 0,18 % Cu a 1,80 % Zn.
Highlights. Results confirm mineralisation continues to grow at Ishkōday: down-plunge at the A-Zone in LBX26-104, along strike to the northeast at the newly validated Garvey Zone target in LBX26-103 and extending southwest along the McLeod Horizon in LBX26-105. Drilling results for LBX26-104 confirm gold-zinc-silver-copper mineralisation down-plunge of the A-Zone with 11.15m grading 0.393 g/t Au, 6.06 g/t Ag, 0.18% Cu and 1.80% Zn; and gold mineralisation in hole LBX26-105, with 2.00m grading 1.342 g/t Au, including 1.00m grading 2.530 g/t Au alongside a broad polymetallic interval of 14.90m grading 0.125 g/t Au, 4.89 g/t Ag, 0.18% Cu and 0.67% Zn; and confirms the Garvey Zone geophysical target concept in hole LBX26-103.
TORONTO, Ontario — August 5, 2026 – TheNewswire — LAURION Mineral Exploration Inc. (TSX-V: LME | OTC: LMEFF | FSE: 5YD) ("LAURION" or the "Company") is pleased to report assay results from the first three diamond drill holes, LBX26-103, LBX26-104, and LBX26-105, completed as part of the Company's ongoing Phase 1 drilling program at its 100%-owned Ishkōday Gold and Polymetallic Project ("Ishkōday" or the "Project"), located in the Beardmore-Geraldton Greenstone Belt of Northwestern Ontario. The results support management’s view that the A-Zone may have potential to support a future mineral resource estimate (“MRE”) at the A-Zone, extending known mineralisation deeper underground and confirming a new target area along strike.
Management Comment
“In our view, these three holes are an encouraging start to our 2026 infill program, continuing to confirm and extend mineralisation we already know is here," said Cynthia Le Sueur-Aquin, President and CEO of LAURION. LBX26-104 and LBX26-105 have extended the polymetallic footprint of the A-Zone well down-plunge of historical drilling, and the zinc and silver grades we are seeing there – including over six (6) metres of better than 6% zinc – open up new depth potential for the Project. These results move us closer to our goal of unlocking the A-Zone's first resource. LBX26-103 has validated our geophysical targeting at the Garvey Zone, confirming that the same IP and resistivity signature that defines the A-Zone extends along strike to the northeast. We look forward to continuing to build on these results as the infill program progresses.”
Highlights
LBX26-105 (McLeod Horizon / 2015 Abitibi geophysical target, SW of LBX22-080 and LBX22-081):
2.00m grading 1.342 g/t Au, 1.30 g/t Ag, 0.06% Cu and 0.30% Zn from 233.00m to 235.00m, including 1.00m grading 2.530 g/t Au, 2.00 g/t Ag, 0.07% Cu and 0.45% Zn.
14.90m grading 0.125 g/t Au, 4.89 g/t Ag, 0.18% Cu and 0.67% Zn from 298.10m to 313.00m, including 5.50m grading 0.267 g/t Au, 8.63 g/t Ag, 0.29% Cu and 1.06% Zn, and a higher-grade 0.50m interval grading 0.150 g/t Au, 15.60 g/t Ag, 0.33% Cu and 3.49% Zn.
1.70m grading 0.960 g/t Au from 258.00m to 259.70m, including 1.00m grading 1.150 g/t Au.
A narrow, high-grade polymetallic interval of 0.50m grading 0.111 g/t Au, 13.10 g/t Ag, 0.72% Cu and 3.26% Zn from 247.20m to 247.70m.
LBX26-104 (A-Zone down-plunge test):
11.15m grading 0.393 g/t Au, 6.06 g/t Ag, 0.18% Cu and 1.80% Zn from 264.70m to 275.85m, including 5.35m grading 0.662 g/t Au, 8.88 g/t Ag, 0.23% Cu and 3.28% Zn, and including a higher-grade 1.95m interval grading 1.314 g/t Au, 13.43 g/t Ag, 0.41% Cu and 6.34% Zn.
LBX26-104 also returned 7.70m grading 0.207 g/t Au, 3.19 g/t Ag, 0.07% Cu and 1.42% Zn from 283.30m to 291.00m, including 0.50m grading 1.780 g/t Au, 4.80 g/t Ag, 0.10% Cu and 2.02% Zn, and a narrow high-grade interval of 0.50m grading 6.460 g/t Au, 19.00 g/t Ag, 0.89% Cu and 2.32% Zn at 313.00m to 313.50m.
Near-surface polymetallic mineralisation was also intersected in LBX26-104 from 7.50m to 9.90m (2.40m grading 0.417 g/t Au, 4.28 g/t Ag, 0.09% Cu and 1.02% Zn, including 0.90m grading 0.693 g/t Au, 6.70 g/t Ag).
LBX26-104 was collared approximately 166m northwest of historical drill hole 90-47 and approximately 191m northwest of historical drill hole 90-39, extending the tested down-plunge footprint of the A-Zone corridor beyond historical drilling.
LBX26-103 (Garvey Zone IP target):
Confirmed the presence of hydrothermal quartz-breccia hosted polymetallic mineralisation coincident with the Garvey Zone chargeability/resistivity anomaly, including 3.75m grading 0.164 g/t Au and 14.41 g/t Ag from 195.20m to 198.95m, and 2.30m grading 0.111 g/t Au and 2.70% Zn from 221.10m to 223.40m, including 1.30m grading 0.137 g/t Au, 7.22 g/t Ag and 3.16% Zn.
Results from LBX26-103 indicate that gold grades within the breccia-hosted polymetallic mineralisation remain low relative to the orogenic quartz-vein style mineralisation that hosts the majority of higher-grade gold at Ishkōday, reinforcing the Company's structural model that these represent distinct mineralising events. By contrast, the gold intercept in LBX26-105 is consistent with the orogenic, quartz-vein-hosted style, while the broader zinc-silver-copper interval in the same hole reflects the polymetallic system, indicating both mineralising systems are present, and separately identifiable, well beyond the A-Zone itself.
Table 1: LBX26-103 (Garvey Zone IP Target, NE-Extension of the A-Zone)
Hole LBX26-103 was designed to test the recently defined Garvey Zone chargeability anomaly (Clearview Geophysics survey line T2; Abitibi Geophysics anomaly I-3 NE), coincident with the projected northeast-extension of the A-Zone mineralised horizon. The hole targeted the center of the chargeability anomaly while simultaneously testing a well-defined magnetic lineament, a geophysical signature the Company interprets as consistent with a sulphide-rich shear zone.
Hole ID
From (m)
To (m)
Core Length (m)
Au (g/t)
Ag (g/t)
Cu (%)
Zn (%)
LBX26-103
189.50
190.00
0.50
0.209
11.70
0.44
0.04
LBX26-103
195.20
198.95
3.75
0.164
14.41
0.44
0.15
LBX26-103
214.20
215.40
1.20
0.056
5.38
0.14
0.54
Including
214.90
215.40
0.50
0.097
9.40
0.26
1.29
LBX26-103
221.10
223.40
2.30
0.111
4.60
0.13
2.70
Including
222.10
223.40
1.30
0.137
7.22
0.19
3.16
LBX26-103
288.50
290.00
1.50
0.005
0.25
-
0.10
Note: Core lengths are drilled thicknesses; true widths have not yet been determined. Intervals are calculated using a nominal cut-off and may include internal dilution; “including” intervals are sub-intervals of higher grade contained within the reported interval.
Table 2: LBX26-104 (A-Zone Down-Plunge Test)
Hole LBX26-104 was designed to test the down-plunge extension of the A-Zone and was collared approximately 166m to the northwest of historical drill hole 90-47 and approximately 191m to the northwest of historical drill hole 90-39 .
Historical holes 90-47 and 90-39, drilled in 1990 to 262.7m and 209.1m respectively (Ontario Geological Survey Assessment File 42E13SE0098), returned no significant results for comparatively shallow depths. LAURION believes the historic holes did not adequately test the down-plunge extension which is supported by these results from LBX26-104.
Hole ID
From (m)
To (m)
Core Length (m)
Au (g/t)
Ag (g/t)
Cu (%)
Zn (%)
LBX26-104
7.50
9.90
2.40
0.417
4.28
0.09
1.02
Including
9.00
9.90
0.90
0.693
6.70
0.19
0.28
Including
42.00
43.10
1.10
0.420
2.00
-
0.11
LBX26-104
77.00
78.00
1.00
0.226
0.25
-
0.03
LBX26-104
82.50
83.10
0.60
0.247
0.60
0.04
1.39
LBX26-104
144.50
145.10
0.60
0.092
2.60
0.03
1.35
LBX26-104
158.20
158.70
0.50
0.402
3.80
0.15
1.26
LBX26-104
202.15
203.20
1.05
0.688
1.03
0.01
0.27
LBX26-104
252.80
253.30
0.50
0.147
4.40
0.11
1.13
LBX26-104
264.70
275.85
11.15
0.393
6.06
0.18
1.80
Including
267.75
273.10
5.35
0.662
8.88
0.23
3.28
Including
269.65
271.60
1.95
1.314
13.43
0.41
6.34
LBX26-104
283.30
291.00
7.70
0.207
3.19
0.07
1.42
Including
287.75
288.85
1.10
0.925
6.00
0.10
2.40
Including
287.75
288.25
0.50
1.780
4.80
0.10
2.02
LBX26-104
313.00
313.50
0.50
6.460
19.00
0.89
2.32
Note: Core lengths are drilled thicknesses; true widths have not yet been determined. Intervals are calculated using a nominal cut-off and may include internal dilution; “including” intervals are sub-intervals of higher grade contained within the reported interval.
Table 3: LBX26-105 Assay Summary
Hole LBX26-105 was also designed to test the down plunge extension of the A-Zone mineralisation along strike to the southwest, approximately 75m from LBX26-104 collared southwest of historical Company holes LBX22-080 and LBX22-081.
Hole ID
From (m)
To (m)
Core Length (m)
Au (g/t)
Ag (g/t)
Cu (%)
Zn (%)
LBX26-105
10.00
10.50
0.50
0.584
2.10
0.01
0.08
LBX26-105
233.00
235.00
2.00
1.342
1.30
0.06
0.30
Including
233.00
234.00
1.00
2.530
2.00
0.07
0.45
LBX26-105
247.20
247.70
0.50
0.111
13.10
0.72
3.26
LBX26-105
258.00
259.70
1.70
0.960
0.39
-
0.03
Including
258.00
259.00
1.00
1.150
0.25
-
0.03
LBX26-105
298.10
313.00
14.90
0.125
4.89
0.18
0.67
Including
302.00
307.50
5.50
0.267
8.63
0.29
1.06
Including
302.00
306.00
4.00
0.347
9.80
0.35
1.01
Including
307.00
307.50
0.50
0.150
15.60
0.33
3.49
LBX26-105
326.40
327.00
0.60
0.357
0.80
-
-
Note: Core lengths are drilled thicknesses; true widths have not yet been determined. Intervals are calculated using a nominal cut-off and may include internal dilution; “including” intervals are sub-intervals of higher grade contained within the reported interval. Results for LBX26-105 are preliminary and subject to final laboratory certification and QP review; the interval from 9.40m to 11.50m includes a higher-grade sub-interval from 10.00m to 10.50m (0.584 g/t Au), confirmed as a nested sub-interval within the 9.40m to 11.50m interval following QP review.
Name
Elevation
(m)
Azimuth
Dip
Easting
Northing
Actual Depth (m)
LBX26-103
322
145
-55
446542
5513504
429
LBX26-104
322
117
-50
446164
5512810
396
LBX26-105
322
130
-50
446120
5512753
381
Total
1,206
Turnaround Time for Assay Results
Due to continued high sample volumes across the assay laboratory industry, the Company is currently experiencing up to a 12-week turnaround time between sample submission and receipt of final assay results. LAURION continues to work closely with its laboratory partners to manage this timeline and will provide further updates on drilling and assay results as they become available.
LAURION Unveils SRK’s Clear Roadmap to Maiden Resource at the A-Zone, Ishkōday Project
SRK Consulting has completed an independent technical gap analysis review, identifying five specific mapped zones where near-term drilling is expected to prepare LAURION’s A-Zone for its maiden MRE. The A-Zone hosts not one, but two, distinct styles of mineralisation – a zinc-copper-iron-rich polymetallic system layered with a gold-silver system – sitting on top of a drilling database of over 300 holes and nearly 57,000 metres already in hand.
Within the main A-Zone shoot, targeted drilling is focused on areas where additional data may support future evaluation of the continuity and extent of known mineralisation. A second targeted zone requires the twinning of historic holes with new quality-controlled drilling to confirm and potentially extend decades-old partially sampled mineral intercepts. Two more zones are designed to establish the true shape and continuity of the deposit's mineralised shoots, while a fifth zone targets the down-plunge extension of the A-Zone. Collectively, these target areas provide a focused framework and drilling plan for advancing geological knowledge of the A-Zone and evaluating its potential to support a future MRE.
With drilling already underway and directly targeting these findings, LAURION is executing a clear path toward its maiden resource.
Quality Assurance / Quality Control
All drill core is transported and stored inside the core facility located at the Ishkōday Project in Greenstone, Ontario. LAURION employs an industry standard system of external standards, blanks and duplicates for all of its sampling, in addition to the QA/QC protocol employed by the laboratory. After logging, core samples were identified and then cut in half along core axis in the same building and then zip tied individually in plastic sample bags with a bar code. Approximately five or six of these individual bags were then stacked into a “rice” material bag for final shipment to the laboratory.
All core samples were shipped to the ALS facility in Thunder Bay, Ontario, which were then prepared by ALS Global Geochemistry in Thunder Bay and analyzed by ALS Global Analytical Lab in North Vancouver, British Columbia. Samples are processed by 4-acid digestion and analyzed by fire assay on 50 g pulps and ICP-AES (Inductively Coupled Plasma – Atomic Emission Spectroscopy). Over limit analyses are reprocessed with gravimetric finish.
A total of 5% blanks and 5% standard are inserted randomly within all samples. 5% of the best assay result pulps were sent for re-assays. All QA/QC were verified, and no contamination or bias have been observed. The remaining half of the core, as well as the unsampled core, is stored in temporary core racks at the core logging facility in Beardmore and moved to the core storage facility at the Ishkōday Project.
Note: QA/QC review of standards and duplicates indicates analytical results are reliable. One zinc standard adjacent to a high-grade zinc interval returned elevated values consistent with expected analytical behaviour following high-grade samples.
Qualified Person
The technical contents of this press release have been reviewed and approved by Dr. Trevor Boyd, Ph.D., P.Geo., a consultant to LAURION and a Qualified Person as defined by National Instrument 43-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (“NI 43-101”). Dr. Boyd is independent of the Company within the meaning of NI 43-101.
About LAURION
LAURION Mineral Exploration Inc. is listed on the TSX Venture Exchange (LME), OTCQB (LMEFF), and Frankfurt Stock Exchange (5YD), and is a mid-stage Canadian mineral exploration company, focused on advancing the 100%-owned Ishkōday Gold and Polymetallic Project in Northern Ontario.
The Ishkōday Project covers approximately 57 km² within the prolific Beardmore–Geraldton and Onaman–Tashota Greenstone Belts and hosts a single 6.0 km by 2.5 km mineralised corridor. Historical and modern exploration programs have completed over 98,000 metres of drilling, confirming a large and evolving gold-rich polymetallic mineral system.
LAURION's strategy emphasizes disciplined, data-driven exploration, systematic technical advancement, integrated geological modelling, and responsible capital allocation. The Company is focused on strengthening geological confidence, expanding the scale of the mineral system, and positioning the project for a future MRE. LAURION continues to evaluate opportunities that may enhance project development flexibility, including potential non-dilutive initiatives such as the evaluation of historical surface stockpile processing. The Company's objective is to build technical clarity, scale, and long-term project value before monetization, ensuring that future development decisions or strategic opportunities are supported by strong geological foundations and reduced execution risk.
Cynthia Le Sueur-Aquin, President and CEO of LAURION, is the Company's largest shareholder, holding 17,221,306 common shares, reflecting strong alignment between management and shareholders.
Follow us on: X (@LAURION_LME), Instagram (laurionmineral) and LinkedIn
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information
This press release contains forward-looking statements, which reflect the Company's current expectations regarding future events including with respect to LAURION's business, operations and condition, management's objectives, strategies, beliefs and intentions, the Company's ability to advance the Ishkōday Project and achieve the Company's strategic and technical objectives (within the above-stated timeframes, if at all), including with respect to the Company's expectations regarding the MRE, the nature, focus, timing and potential results of the Company's exploration, drilling and prospecting activities, including the Company's exploration program and planned exploration and drilling activities referenced in this press release, and the statements regarding the Company's exploration or consideration of any possible strategic alternatives and transactional opportunities, as well as the potential outcome(s) of this process, the possible impact of any potential transactions referenced herein on the Company or any of its stakeholders, and the ability of the Company to identify and complete any potential acquisitions, mergers, financings or other transactions referenced herein, and the timing of any such transactions.
The forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Actual events and future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements could differ materially from those projected herein including as a result of a change in the trading price of the common shares of LAURION, the failure to obtain the consents, permits and/or approvals from applicable governmental bodies, regulators and First Nations communities, required in connection with the Company's strategic and technical objectives, the TSX Venture Exchange or any other applicable regulator not providing its approval for any strategic alternatives or transactional opportunities, the interpretation and actual results of current exploration activities, changes in project parameters as plans continue to be refined, future prices of gold and/or other metals, possible variations in grade or recovery rates, failure of equipment or processes to operate as anticipated, the failure of contracted parties to perform, labor disputes and other risks of the mining industry, delays in obtaining governmental approvals or financing or in the completion of exploration, as well as those factors disclosed in the Company's publicly filed documents. Investors should consult the Company's ongoing quarterly and annual filings, as well as any other additional documentation comprising the Company's public disclosure record, for additional information on risks and uncertainties relating to these forward-looking statements. The reader is cautioned not to rely on these forward-looking statements. Subject to applicable law, the Company disclaims any obligation to update these forward-looking statements. All sample values disclosed in this press release are from grab samples, which by their nature, are not necessarily representative of overall grades of mineralised areas. Readers are cautioned to not place undue reliance on the assay values reported in this press release.
NEITHER THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE NOR ITS REGULATION SERVICE PROVIDER (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN THE POLICIES OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE) ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE CONTENT OF THIS NEWS RELEASE.
Anderson Hoagland & Co. ve 2. čtvrtletí snížila svůj podíl v Caterpillar o 24,9 % a po prodeji držela 12 314 akcií. Caterpillar zároveň oznámil čtvrtletní dividendu ve výši 1,63 USD na akcii, což je více než předchozích 1,51 USD.
Anderson Hoagland & Co. decreased its position in Caterpillar Inc. (NYSE:CAT – Free Report) by 24.9% in the 2nd quarter, according to its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 12,314 shares of the industrial products company’s stock after selling 4,090 shares during the quarter. Caterpillar accounts for about 1.0% of Anderson Hoagland & Co.’s investment portfolio, making the stock its 29th largest holding. Anderson Hoagland & Co.’s holdings in Caterpillar were worth $13,113,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
A number of other institutional investors have also made changes to their positions in CAT. Diamant Asset Management Inc. increased its holdings in Caterpillar by 68,427.2% during the 1st quarter. Diamant Asset Management Inc. now owns 3,140,603 shares of the industrial products company’s stock worth $2,224,992,000 after purchasing an additional 3,136,020 shares during the last quarter. Capital International Investors acquired a new stake in Caterpillar in the fourth quarter valued at $1,225,317,000. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. boosted its stake in Caterpillar by 573.1% during the 4th quarter. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. now owns 1,504,612 shares of the industrial products company’s stock valued at $861,947,000 after acquiring an additional 1,281,087 shares during the last quarter. Bank of America Corp DE grew its holdings in Caterpillar by 16.0% during the 4th quarter. Bank of America Corp DE now owns 6,738,802 shares of the industrial products company’s stock worth $3,860,457,000 after acquiring an additional 928,974 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Cynosure Group LLC grew its holdings in Caterpillar by 8,359.6% during the 4th quarter. Cynosure Group LLC now owns 513,754 shares of the industrial products company’s stock worth $294,314,000 after acquiring an additional 507,681 shares in the last quarter. 70.98% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Insider Activity In other news, insider Anthony D. Fassino sold 16,283 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Monday, May 11th. The shares were sold at an average price of $916.80, for a total transaction of $14,928,254.40. Following the completion of the transaction, the insider owned 46,041 shares in the company, valued at approximately $42,210,388.80. This represents a 26.13% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is accessible through the SEC website. Also, insider Denise C. Johnson sold 12,605 shares of Caterpillar stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, May 14th. The shares were sold at an average price of $907.91, for a total value of $11,444,205.55. Following the sale, the insider directly owned 49,825 shares in the company, valued at approximately $45,236,615.75. This trade represents a 20.19% decrease in their position. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. Over the last quarter, insiders sold 35,444 shares of company stock valued at $32,335,679. 0.33% of the stock is currently owned by company insiders.
Caterpillar Stock Performance Shares of NYSE CAT opened at $879.99 on Wednesday. The company has a quick ratio of 0.81, a current ratio of 1.35 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.64. The firm’s 50-day moving average price is $922.93 and its two-hundred day moving average price is $815.89. Caterpillar Inc. has a 52-week low of $405.46 and a 52-week high of $1,073.46. The stock has a market capitalization of $405.31 billion, a P/E ratio of 43.80, a P/E/G ratio of 1.62 and a beta of 1.60.
Caterpillar (NYSE:CAT – Get Free Report) last announced its quarterly earnings results on Tuesday, August 4th. The industrial products company reported $8.17 earnings per share for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $6.22 by $1.95. Caterpillar had a return on equity of 48.21% and a net margin of 13.33%.The business had revenue of $20.54 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $19.34 billion. During the same period in the prior year, the firm earned $4.72 EPS. The business’s quarterly revenue was up 23.7% on a year-over-year basis. As a group, sell-side analysts forecast that Caterpillar Inc. will post 24.87 earnings per share for the current year.
Caterpillar Increases Dividend The business also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Wednesday, August 19th. Shareholders of record on Monday, July 20th will be paid a $1.63 dividend. The ex-dividend date is Monday, July 20th. This is a positive change from Caterpillar’s previous quarterly dividend of $1.51. This represents a $6.52 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 0.7%. Caterpillar’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is 32.45%.
Trending Headlines about Caterpillar Here are the key news stories impacting Caterpillar this week:
Positive Sentiment: Record quarterly results: Second-quarter sales and revenues rose 24% year over year to $20.5 billion, Caterpillar’s first quarter above $20 billion. Adjusted profit per share was $8.17, well above the roughly $6.22 analyst consensus, while reported profit per share was $7.77 versus $4.62 a year earlier. Caterpillar Reports Second-Quarter 2026 Results Positive Sentiment: AI infrastructure demand remains a major catalyst: Strong orders for power-generation equipment, engines and generators supporting data centers helped drive earnings growth. Construction and mining equipment demand also contributed to higher volume and pricing. Caterpillar lifts 2026 sales growth target on strong data center demand after quarterly profit beat Positive Sentiment: Upgraded outlook and broadening momentum: Management now expects full-year revenue growth in the mid-to-high teens, improving on its previous low-double-digit forecast. The company also highlighted a record order backlog and strength across multiple end markets. Caterpillar Stock Jumps, Lifting Dow, as Company Sees Broadening Momentum Positive Sentiment: Shareholder returns support sentiment: Caterpillar deployed $2.2 billion for dividends and share repurchases during the quarter, underscoring strong cash generation. Neutral Sentiment: Investor considerations: CAT’s valuation is elevated after the rally, and future performance remains exposed to the cyclicality of construction and mining markets as well as the sustainability of AI data-center spending. The earnings call’s emphasis on “broadening momentum” helps offset, but does not eliminate, those risks. Caterpillar Q2 2026 Earnings Call Transcript Wall Street Analyst Weigh In CAT has been the topic of a number of recent analyst reports. Weiss Ratings restated a “buy (b-)” rating on shares of Caterpillar in a research note on Friday, May 8th. UBS Group reiterated a “neutral” rating and issued a $900.00 price target on shares of Caterpillar in a research note on Tuesday, June 2nd. Wells Fargo & Company boosted their price objective on Caterpillar from $1,050.00 to $1,155.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a report on Tuesday, June 23rd. Morgan Stanley set a $915.00 price objective on Caterpillar and gave the company an “equal weight” rating in a research note on Friday, May 1st. Finally, JPMorgan Chase & Co. lifted their target price on Caterpillar from $1,125.00 to $1,165.00 and gave the stock an “overweight” rating in a research report on Wednesday, June 17th. Thirteen research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and twelve have given a Hold rating to the company. According to data from MarketBeat.com, the company has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus target price of $966.90.
Check Out Our Latest Analysis on Caterpillar
Caterpillar Company Profile (Free Report)
Caterpillar Inc is a global manufacturer of construction and mining equipment, diesel and natural gas engines, industrial gas turbines and locomotives. The company’s product portfolio includes earthmoving machines such as excavators, bulldozers, wheel loaders and off‑highway trucks, as well as a range of power generation products including generator sets and power systems for industrial and commercial use. Caterpillar serves customers across heavy construction, mining, energy, transportation and related industries with both equipment and integrated technology solutions.
In addition to manufacturing, Caterpillar provides a broad range of aftermarket parts and support services, including maintenance, repair, remanufacturing and fleet management tools.
See Also Five stocks we like better than Caterpillar System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter
Receive News & Ratings for Caterpillar Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Caterpillar and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
Micron Technology oznámila rekordní výsledky za 3. fiskální čtvrtletí: tržby 41,5 miliardy USD, hrubá marže 84,6 % a silnější výhled. Poptávka po AI zároveň drží trh s pamětí napjatý.
SummaryMicron Technology, Inc. delivered record fiscal Q3 results with $41.5 billion in revenue, 84.6% gross margins, and stronger guidance ahead.Memory stocks crashed as investors questioned AI spending durability, supply expansion risks, China competition, and elevated market expectations.Micron is transforming memory economics through 16 strategic agreements representing $22 billion in customer commitments and take-or-pay structures.AI demand is reshaping memory markets, with HBM TAM exceeding $100 billion while supply remains structurally constrained through 2027. Vertigo3d/E+ via Getty Images
Introduction Micron Technology, Inc. (MU) has been one of the biggest beneficiaries of the surge in the AI infrastructure ecosystem, but the massive crash in memory stocks highlights the concerns surrounding the viability of
805 Followers
Analyst’s Disclosure: I/we have a beneficial long position in the shares of MU either through stock ownership, options, or other derivatives. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article.
Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.
SpaceX's earnings may have sent its shares sharply lower as investors fretted over the rise in AI spending, but CEO Elon Musk delivered a bullish message for one of the semiconductor industry's most volatile segments: memory chips.
Speaking during the company's earnings call, Musk argued that demand for memory chips is rising at a pace far exceeding global production, suggesting prices could remain elevated for years despite aggressive capacity expansion by manufacturers.
His comments reinforce the long-term investment case for companies such as Micron Technology, SK Hynix, and Samsung Electronics, all of which are racing to meet surging demand from artificial intelligence infrastructure.
The remarks also come as investors debate whether the current AI spending boom can sustain strong pricing for memory products, particularly high-bandwidth memory (HBM), which is essential for training and running advanced AI models.
Musk says memory remains the industry's biggest bottleneckMusk made the comments while responding to a question from JP Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth, who asked about supply-demand dynamics and whether SpaceX would be able to maintain its premium pricing.
"Look at the rate at which logic and memory is being produced. One must always consider the limiting factor here. The limiting factor currently is memory," Musk said.
"The memory output is increasing by around 20% per year. Now, normally, that would be fantastically fast and amazing for any large mature industry."
He contrasted that with the pace of demand growth.
"Ask yourself, is the demand increasing by 20% a year? No, the demand is increasing by 200% a year, maybe higher. If you have got demand increasing much faster than supply, Economics 101 would suggest that the price increases. It does not decrease."
The comments come as AI companies continue pouring billions of dollars into data centers equipped with graphics processors and advanced memory chips, creating sustained demand across the semiconductor supply chain.
Memory stocks remain volatile despite improving outlookMusk's statement comes at a time when memory stocks have experienced significant volatility in recent weeks.
Micron shares were down around 2% in premarket trading on Wednesday after gaining ground over the previous two sessions, while SK Hynix slipped roughly 3%.
Investor concerns have centred on whether hyperscale cloud providers could eventually slow their AI spending and whether Chinese memory producer CXMT could emerge as a stronger competitor.
Sentiment, however, has improved this week following stronger-than-expected earnings from Amazon, Microsoft, and Google, whose cloud businesses continued to report accelerating AI demand.
Broader market optimism surrounding easing tensions in the Middle East has also supported semiconductor stocks.
Industry forecasts continue to suggest that memory supply will struggle to keep pace with demand despite record investment.
According to Deloitte, the world's three largest memory manufacturers- Micron, Samsung, and SK Hynix- are expected to increase their combined capital expenditure by nearly 340% between 2024 and 2027 to expand production.
Memory-related investment could account for roughly half of total semiconductor industry capital expenditure by 2026.
Even so, Deloitte noted that additional capacity will take years to come online because new fabrication plants typically require three to five years to build and ramp up production.
The consulting firm expects hyperscale cloud providers to allocate around 30% of their 2026 data-centre investments to memory, with that share projected to rise to 36% in 2027.
Memory components also account for roughly one-quarter of the bill of materials for high-end AI server racks.
As a result, Deloitte forecasts global memory sales could exceed $1 trillion in 2027, compared with approximately $230 billion in 2025.
"The current memory supply tightness and elevated prices may persist until 2029 or even 2030, assuming continued demand among hyperscalers for memory chips. Other customers that need memory for devices such as PCs, smartphones, and other consumer electronics, as well as for non-AI data centres, will likely also need to contend with high memory prices," Deloitte said.
Musk's comments closely align with a bullish note issued by Bank of America this week, in which the brokerage reiterated its Buy rating on Micron and maintained a price target of $1,550, implying roughly 72% upside from Tuesday's closing price.
Analyst Vivek Arya acknowledged that memory pricing and margins would eventually normalise as new capacity enters the market between mid-2027 and 2028.
However, he argued that investors have become overly focused on a future downturn despite continued improvement in current industry fundamentals.
Bank of America also noted that GPU rental rates remain close to record highs and that none of the major cloud providers has indicated memory shortages are constraining AI deployments.
The brokerage further dismissed concerns over Chinese manufacturer CXMT, arguing the company remains focused on commodity DRAM and does not currently pose a significant competitive threat in high-bandwidth memory used for AI workloads.
CVS Health rozšiřuje přímý prodej léků na hubnutí GLP-1 a s Lilly nabídne oprávněným pacientům Zepbound a Foundayo za transparentní ceny v aplikaci CVS Health. Online návštěva MinuteClinic klesá na 29 USD za návštěvu.
CVS Pharmacy offers all FDA approved GLP-1s, whether through insurance or cash-pay options. New collaboration with Eli Lilly and Company will provide eligible Zepbound and Foundayo patients an additional access point at CVS Pharmacy through the CVS Health app MinuteClinic digital weight loss visits lowered to $29, the most affordable option in the market, available 24/7 Combines an online visit with a licensed clinician, same-day medication pickup at 9,000 local CVS Pharmacy locations, and in-person pharmacist support in one connected experience, with no membership or recurring monthly fee Connected businesses position CVS Health to address opportunities and deliver novel solutions in this rapidly growing category, regardless of how the prescription is reimbursed or how the consumer gets their medicine , /PRNewswire/ -- CVS Health® (NYSE: CVS) today announced a revamp of its weight management program, making it easier for eligible adults to access clinical care, navigate medication costs and get ongoing support for GLP-1 therapy.
Through CVS Health's connected care model, broader direct to consumer access to prescription drugs is easier to deliver. For GLP-1s, it's simple for eligible patients to use our scheduler technology to connect with licensed clinicians 24 hours a day through MinuteClinic®, access GLP-1 medications through CVS Pharmacy®, receive personalized pharmacist support, and use digital tools to identify available savings options. No separate memberships, no mail-order-only access, and no fragmented handoffs.
As part of this broader effort, CVS Health and Lilly are collaborating to help eligible Zepbound and Foundayo patients more easily access transparent pricing, inclusive of reimbursed and self-pay options, through the CVS Health app.
We're making it easier for patients to navigate and find the most affordable option available to them. By early fourth quarter of 2026, eligible Zepbound and Foundayo patients will be able to view transparent pricing, including cash-pay options, in the CVS Health app for as early as same-day pickup in one of our 9,000 locations. This is in addition to already having oral and injectable formulations of Wegovy available, making CVS Pharmacy a convenient, affordable destination for all FDA approved GLP-1s. CVS Health offers a comprehensive approach to GLP-1 support at CVS Pharmacy locations and MinuteClinic, available virtually in nearly all states.
New offerings include expanded pharmacy support designed to help patients access these treatments and stay on them, and a new $29 MinuteClinic online visit, with no membership or recurring monthly fee, that connects eligible patients with licensed clinicians who can evaluate and, where clinically appropriate, prescribe GLP-1 therapy. "Weight management is a deeply personal health journey, and too many people face barriers before they start treatment," said Sid Tenneti, Senior Vice President and Interim President, Pharmacy and Consumer Wellness. "CVS Health combines clinical care, pharmacy access, digital tools and trusted pharmacist support to make that journey simpler, more affordable, and more connected. Our collaboration with Lilly is one more way we're expanding direct to consumer access to help eligible patients find options that work best for them."
CVS Pharmacy offers a broad range of GLP-1 prescription medications, including both injectable and oral options from multiple manufacturers, along with new digital resources available on CVS.com.
Depending on how or whether a GLP-1 medication is covered, patients can face barriers such as prior authorization requirements, varying insurance coverage and confusion over the many ways to pay for prescriptions -- including insurance, cash-pay options, online portals, manufacturer coupons, vouchers and third-party discount cards.
CVS Pharmacy accepts a wide range of third-party prescription discount cards, manufacturer coupons and manufacturer vouchers to help reduce out-of-pocket costs. At CVS Pharmacy, the out-of-pocket cost for a GLP-1 medication can be as low as $25 a month through commercial insurance with a manufacturer coupon for eligible patients, or $149 for those without insurance who utilize a manufacturer voucher for qualifying medications and doses.
CVS Pharmacy also participates in the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Medicare GLP-1 Bridge program. The program runs through December 31, 2027, and eligible Medicare beneficiaries can access certain GLP-1 medications for $50 per month, offering more predictable and affordable pricing for patients who qualify.
Expanding access to clinical weight loss support
At $29 per visit with no recurring membership or monthly fee, MinuteClinic's care model is built to make a first step toward weight management straightforward and affordable. Patients begin with an online visit with a licensed clinician, who reviews their health history and weight-management goals before determining whether a GLP-1 therapy is the right fit. Those who start treatment can schedule follow-up visits as needed for dose adjustments, side-effect support and ongoing monitoring.
The program is available nationally in accordance with state-level regulations and is designed for self-paying adults ages 18 to 64 who are overweight or living with obesity and intend to pay out of pocket for clinical weight loss services. Patients seeking weight loss or metabolic health clinical support can visit MinuteClinic.com.
Putting pharmacists at the center of care
According to the CVS Health 2025 Rx Report, nearly half of consumers prioritize personalized care at the pharmacy and 80 percent of patients prefer face-to-face engagements over digital, highlighting the importance of providing options to consumers. As more patients turn to GLP-1 medications, a CVS pharmacist is available in person at 9,000 locations to help them start and stay on therapy, at no additional cost.
About CVS Health
CVS Health is a leading health solutions company simplifying health care one person, one family and one community at a time. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had approximately 9,000 retail pharmacy locations, more than 1,000 walk-in and primary care medical clinics and a leading pharmacy benefits manager with approximately 87 million plan members. The Company also serves an estimated 37 million people through a broad range of health insurance products and related services. The Company's integrated model uses personalized, technology driven services to connect people to simply better health, increasing access to quality care, delivering better outcomes, and lowering overall costs.
Media contact
Amy Thibault 401-318-2865
[email protected]
Second quarter total revenues increased to $106.1 billion, up 7.3% year-over-year Second quarter GAAP diluted EPS of $2.31 and Adjusted EPS of $2.58 Generated year-to-date cash flow from operations of $10.6 billion Raising full-year 2026 guidance: GAAP diluted EPS guidance range to $6.84 to $7.04 from $6.24 to $6.44 Adjusted EPS guidance range to $7.90 to $8.10 from $7.30 to $7.50 Cash flow from operations guidance to at least $11.5 billion from at least $9.5 billion , /PRNewswire/ -- CVS Health Corporation (NYSE: CVS) today announced operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2026.
CVS Health logo (PRNewsFoto/CVS Health) "Our CVS Health colleagues build trust every day in communities across our country by making healthcare easier for millions of customers, patients and members. As our businesses work together to deliver a technology-powered care engagement experience, we continue to deliver strong performance. We uniquely enable what our customers want the most: simple, connected and convenient access to affordable, quality healthcare, where, when, and how they want it."
- David Joyner, CVS Health Chairman and CEO
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Year Ending
December 31,
In billions, except per share amounts
2026
2025
2026 Projected
Total revenues
$ 106.1
$ 98.9
At least $414.0
Diluted earnings per share
$ 2.31
$ 0.80
$6.84-$7.04
Adjusted EPS (2)
$ 2.58
$ 1.81
$7.90-$8.10
Second quarter GAAP diluted EPS of $2.31 increased from $0.80 in the prior year. Adjusted EPS of $2.58 increased from $1.81 in the prior year, primarily due to improved adjusted operating income in the Health Care Benefits segment, reflecting continued execution on the Health Care Benefits segment margin recovery plan.
The Company is increasing its full-year 2026 GAAP diluted EPS, Adjusted EPS and cash flow from operations guidance to reflect increases in the Health Care Benefits and Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segments, while maintaining a cautious view for the remainder of the year in light of continued elevated cost trends and the potential for macro headwinds.
Consolidated second quarter results
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
In millions, except per share amounts
2026
2025
Change
2026
2025
Change
Total revenues
$ 106,096
$ 98,915
$ 7,181
$ 206,522
$ 193,503
$ 13,019
Operating income
4,703
2,381
2,322
9,383
5,755
3,628
Adjusted operating income (1)
5,157
3,808
1,349
10,307
8,387
1,920
Net income
2,995
1,013
1,982
5,952
2,795
3,157
Diluted earnings per share
$ 2.31
$ 0.80
$ 1.51
$ 4.61
$ 2.21
$ 2.40
Adjusted EPS (2)
$ 2.58
$ 1.81
$ 0.77
$ 5.16
$ 4.06
$ 1.10
For the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year:
Total revenues increased 7.3% driven by revenue growth across all operating segments. Operating income increased 97.5% primarily due to the increase in adjusted operating income described below and the absence of $833 million in legacy litigation charges recorded in the prior year. Adjusted operating income increased 35.4% driven by increases across all operating segments. See pages 3 through 5 for additional discussion of the adjusted operating income performance of the Company's segments. Operational Updates
CVS Health launched a comprehensive approach to GLP-1 support across its CVS Pharmacy® and MinuteClinic® locations. New offerings include expanded pharmacy support designed to help patients access these treatments and stay on them, and a new $29 MinuteClinic virtual visit that connects eligible adults with licensed clinicians who can evaluate and, where clinically appropriate, prescribe GLP-1 therapy. In addition, CVS Pharmacy participates in the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Medicare GLP-1 Bridge program, which runs through December 31, 2027. Eligible Medicare beneficiaries can access certain GLP-1 medications for $50 per month, offering more predictable and affordable pricing for patients who qualify. CVS Caremark updated its most common commercial formularies, expanding GLP-1 options for members, building on its industry-leading efforts to help patients get FDA-approved weight management medications at an affordable cost. CVS Health is deploying agentic AI to simplify and streamline call center interactions for members and providers engaging with Aetna® and CVS Caremark® businesses on a secure call center platform. Aetna launched its second generation Aetna Claims Assist Manager ("CAM"), an AI-powered agentic claims advisor platform designed to streamline claims processing and improve payment accuracy. CAM reduces processing time by over 20% for complex claims that require manual review, helping providers get paid faster and more consistently. Health Care Benefits segment
The Health Care Benefits segment offers a full range of insured and self-insured ("ASC") medical, pharmacy, dental and behavioral health products and services. The segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were as follows:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
In millions, except percentages
2026
2025
Change
2026
2025
Change
Total revenues
$ 37,538
$ 36,258
$ 1,280
$ 73,509
$ 71,068
$ 2,441
Adjusted operating income (1)
2,426
1,308
1,118
5,467
3,301
2,166
Medical benefit ratio ("MBR") (3)
87.4 %
89.9 %
(2.5) %
86.0 %
88.6 %
(2.6) %
Medical membership (4)
26.0
26.7
(0.7)
Total revenues increased 3.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by an increase in the Government business, partially offset by a decline as a result of the Company's exit of the individual exchange business in 2026. Adjusted operating income increased 85.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by improved underlying performance in the Government business and the absence of a $471 million premium deficiency reserve recorded within the Group Medicare Advantage product line in the prior year. The MBR decreased to 87.4% in the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to 89.9% in the prior year primarily driven by improved underlying performance in the Government business and the absence of the premium deficiency reserve recorded in the prior year. Medical membership as of June 30, 2026 of 26.0 million remained consistent compared with March 31, 2026. Prior years' health care costs payable estimates developed favorably by $1.2 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2026. Days claims payable were 41.7 days as of June 30, 2026, a decrease of 1.2 days compared to March 31, 2026. Health Services segment
The Health Services segment provides a full range of pharmacy benefit management solutions, delivers health care services in its medical clinics, virtually, and in the home, and offers provider enablement solutions. The segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were as follows:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
In millions
2026
2025
Change
2026
2025
Change
Total revenues
$ 51,795
$ 46,453
$ 5,342
$ 100,032
$ 89,915
$ 10,117
Adjusted operating income (1)
1,733
1,575
158
3,222
3,178
44
Pharmacy claims processed (5) (6)
473.0
469.0
4.0
937.7
933.2
4.5
Total revenues increased 11.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by pharmacy drug mix and brand inflation, partially offset by continued pharmacy client price improvements. Adjusted operating income increased 10.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by improved purchasing economics, pharmacy drug mix and modest improvement in the Company's health care delivery business. These increases were partially offset by continued pharmacy client price improvements. Pharmacy claims processed remained consistent on a 30-day equivalent basis for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year. Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segment
The Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segment dispenses prescriptions in its retail pharmacies and through its infusion operations, provides ancillary pharmacy services including pharmacy patient care programs and vaccination administration, and sells a wide assortment of health and wellness products and general merchandise. The segment also provides pharmacy fulfillment services to support the Health Services segment's specialty and mail order pharmacy offerings. The segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were as follows:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
In millions
2026
2025
Change
2026
2025
Change
Total revenues
$ 33,816
$ 33,581
$ 235
$ 65,805
$ 65,493
$ 312
Adjusted operating income (1)
1,475
1,338
137
2,672
2,651
21
Prescriptions filled (5) (6)
457.0
438.1
18.9
908.2
873.6
34.6
Total revenues increased slightly for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by pharmacy drug mix, increased prescription volume, including contributions from the Company's Rite Aid asset acquisitions which were completed during the third quarter of 2025, and brand inflation. These increases were largely offset by regulatory-related price reductions on certain drugs, the impact of recent generic drug introductions and pharmacy reimbursement pressure. Adjusted operating income increased 10.2% for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by core pharmacy strength and contributions from the Company's Rite Aid asset acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by continued business investments and the impact of consumer dynamics. Prescriptions filled increased 4.3% on a 30-day equivalent basis for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the prior year primarily driven by incremental volume resulting from the Company's Rite Aid prescription file acquisitions and increased utilization, partially offset by the absence of long-term care pharmacy prescription volume following the deconsolidation of Omnicare, LLC in September 2025. About CVS Health
CVS Health is a leading health solutions company simplifying health care one person, one family and one community at a time. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had approximately 9,000 retail pharmacy locations, more than 1,000 walk-in and primary care medical clinics and a leading pharmacy benefits manager with approximately 87 million plan members. The Company also serves an estimated 37 million people through a broad range of health insurance products and related services. The Company's integrated model uses personalized, technology driven services to connect people to simply better health, increasing access to quality care, delivering better outcomes, and lowering overall costs.
Teleconference and Webcast
The Company will be holding a conference call today for investors at 8:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) to discuss its second quarter results. An audio webcast of the call will be broadcast simultaneously for all interested parties through the Investor Relations section of the CVS Health website at http://investors.cvshealth.com. This webcast will be archived and available on the website for a one-year period following the conference call.
Non-GAAP Financial Information
The Company presents both GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures in this press release to assist in the comparison of the Company's past financial performance with its current financial performance. See "Non-GAAP Financial Information" beginning on page 10 and endnotes beginning on page 20 for explanations of non-GAAP financial measures presented in this press release. See pages 12 through 14 and page 19 for reconciliations of each non-GAAP financial measure used in this release to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of CVS Health Corporation. Statements in this press release that are forward-looking include, but are not limited to, the full-year 2026 guidance information, Mr. Joyner's quotation and the information included in the reconciliations and endnotes. By their nature, all forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or results and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and/or quantify. Actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements due to the risks and uncertainties described in our Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") filings, including those set forth in the Risk Factors section and under the heading "Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements" in our most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2026 and June 30, 2026 and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.
You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on CVS Health's forward-looking statements. CVS Health's forward-looking statements are and will be based upon management's then-current views and assumptions regarding future events and operating performance, and are applicable only as of the dates of such statements. CVS Health does not assume any duty to update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, uncertainties or otherwise.
- Tables Follow -
CVS HEALTH CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
In millions, except per share amounts
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues:
Products
$ 66,219
$ 60,607
$ 128,445
$ 118,276
Premiums
35,117
34,195
68,908
67,015
Services
4,119
3,626
7,954
7,205
Net investment income
641
487
1,215
1,007
Total revenues
106,096
98,915
206,522
193,503
Operating costs:
Cost of products sold
58,862
54,005
114,306
105,062
Health care costs
31,485
31,317
60,843
60,452
Operating expenses
11,046
11,212
21,990
22,234
Total operating costs
101,393
96,534
197,139
187,748
Operating income
4,703
2,381
9,383
5,755
Interest expense
(757)
(763)
(1,531)
(1,548)
Other income
31
29
63
57
Income before income tax provision
3,977
1,647
7,915
4,264
Income tax provision
982
634
1,963
1,469
Net income
2,995
1,013
5,952
2,795
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(16)
8
(30)
5
Net income attributable to CVS Health
$ 2,979
$ 1,021
$ 5,922
$ 2,800
Net income per share attributable to CVS Health:
Basic
$ 2.33
$ 0.81
$ 4.64
$ 2.22
Diluted
$ 2.31
$ 0.80
$ 4.61
$ 2.21
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
1,279
1,266
1,276
1,264
Diluted
1,287
1,270
1,283
1,267
CVS HEALTH CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
In millions
June 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 11,329
$ 8,453
Investments
2,629
2,145
Accounts receivable, net
40,309
39,779
Inventories
17,622
19,246
Other current assets
3,457
5,091
Total current assets
75,346
74,714
Long-term investments
33,247
32,669
Property and equipment, net
13,168
13,083
Operating lease right-of-use assets
14,451
14,973
Goodwill
85,478
85,478
Intangible assets, net
24,644
25,508
Other assets
7,434
7,113
Total assets
$ 253,768
$ 253,538
Liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 17,167
$ 17,641
Pharmacy claims and discounts payable
26,203
26,344
Health care costs payable
16,313
15,399
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
22,477
22,387
Other insurance liabilities
1,009
1,116
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
1,914
1,737
Current portion of long-term debt
1,958
4,068
Total current liabilities
87,041
88,692
Long-term operating lease liabilities
12,982
13,643
Long-term debt
59,452
60,502
Deferred income taxes
3,766
3,832
Other long-term insurance liabilities
4,516
4,716
Other long-term liabilities
6,112
6,771
Total liabilities
173,869
178,156
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock
—
—
Common stock and capital surplus
50,968
50,402
Treasury stock
(36,852)
(36,790)
Retained earnings
65,398
61,196
Accumulated other comprehensive income
188
406
Total CVS Health shareholders' equity
79,702
75,214
Noncontrolling interests
197
168
Total shareholders' equity
79,899
75,382
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 253,768
$ 253,538
CVS HEALTH CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,
In millions
2026
2025
Cash flows from operating activities:
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Net income
$ 5,952
$ 2,795
Adjustments required to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization
2,241
2,325
Stock-based compensation
442
262
Loss on sale of subsidiary
—
236
Deferred income taxes and other items
(241)
(283)
Change in operating assets and liabilities
2,200
1,118
Net cash provided by operating activities
10,594
6,453
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investments
7,483
6,866
Purchases of investments
(8,704)
(7,186)
Purchases of property and equipment
(1,540)
(1,350)
Acquisitions
(9)
(139)
Other
12
23
Net cash used in investing activities
(2,758)
(1,786)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Commercial paper borrowings (repayments), net
—
921
Repayments of long-term debt
(3,287)
(762)
Dividends paid
(1,725)
(1,706)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
217
191
Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards
(154)
(125)
Other
(62)
(45)
Net cash used in financing activities
(5,011)
(1,526)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
2,825
3,141
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period
8,712
8,884
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period
$ 11,537
$ 12,025
Non-GAAP Financial Information
The Company uses non-GAAP financial measures to analyze underlying business performance and trends. The Company believes that providing these non-GAAP financial measures enhances the Company's and investors' ability to compare the Company's past financial performance with its current and expected future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which are included in this press release and which may be referred to on the conference call discussing the Company's second quarter financial results, are provided as supplemental information to the financial measures presented in this press release and discussed on the conference call that are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures determined or calculated in accordance with GAAP. The Company's definitions of its non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
Non-GAAP financial measures such as consolidated adjusted operating income, adjusted earnings per share ("EPS") and adjusted income attributable to CVS Health exclude from the relevant GAAP metrics, as applicable: amortization of intangible assets, net realized capital gains or losses and other items, if any, that neither relate to the ordinary course of the Company's business nor reflect the Company's underlying business performance.
For the periods covered in this press release, the following items are excluded from the non-GAAP financial measures described above, as applicable, because the Company believes they neither relate to the ordinary course of the Company's business nor reflect the Company's underlying business performance:
The Company's acquisition activities have resulted in the recognition of intangible assets as required under the acquisition method of accounting which consist primarily of trademarks, customer contracts/relationships, covenants not to compete, technology, provider networks and value of business acquired. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment when events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The amortization of intangible assets is reflected in operating expenses within each segment. Although intangible assets contribute to the Company's revenue generation, the amortization of intangible assets does not directly relate to the underwriting of the Company's insurance products, the services performed for the Company's customers or the sale of the Company's products or services. Additionally, intangible asset amortization expense typically fluctuates based on the size and timing of the Company's acquisition activity. Accordingly, the Company believes excluding the amortization of intangible assets enhances the Company's and investors' ability to compare the Company's past financial performance with its current performance and to analyze underlying business performance and trends. Intangible asset amortization excluded from the related non-GAAP financial measure represents the entire amount recorded within the Company's GAAP financial statements, and the revenue generated by the associated intangible assets has not been excluded from the related non-GAAP financial measure. Intangible asset amortization is excluded from the related non-GAAP financial measure because the amortization, unlike the related revenue, is not affected by operations of any particular period unless an intangible asset becomes impaired or the estimated useful life of an intangible asset is revised. The Company's net realized capital gains and losses arise from various types of transactions, primarily in the course of managing a portfolio of assets that support the payment of insurance liabilities. Net realized capital gains and losses are reflected in net investment income (loss) within each segment. These capital gains and losses are the result of investment decisions, market conditions and other economic developments that are unrelated to the performance of the Company's business, and the amount and timing of these capital gains and losses do not directly relate to the underwriting of the Company's insurance products, the services performed for the Company's customers or the sale of the Company's products or services. Accordingly, the Company believes excluding net realized capital gains and losses enhances the Company's and investors' ability to compare the Company's past financial performance with its current performance and to analyze underlying business performance and trends. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the acquisition-related integration costs relate to the acquisitions of Signify Health, Inc. and Oak Street Health, Inc. The acquisition-related integration costs are reflected in operating expenses within the Corporate/Other segment. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company recorded legacy litigation charges related to two court decisions associated with its past business practices. The legacy litigation charges were reflected in operating expenses within the Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness and Health Services segments. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the loss on the wind down and sale of Accountable Care assets represents the pre-tax loss on the divestiture of the Company's Medicare Shared Savings Program ("MSSP") operations, as well as costs incurred in connection with the wind down of the Company's ACO REACH operations. The loss on Accountable Care assets was reflected in operating expenses within the Health Services segment. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the office real estate optimization charges primarily relate to the abandonment of leased real estate and the related right-of-use assets and property and equipment in connection with the Company's evaluation of corporate office real estate space. The office real estate optimization charges were reflected in operating expenses within each segment. The corresponding tax benefit or expense related to the items excluded from adjusted income attributable to CVS Health and Adjusted EPS above. The nature of each non-GAAP adjustment is evaluated to determine whether a discrete adjustment should be made to the adjusted income tax provision. See endnotes (1) and (2) on page 20 for definitions of non-GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure are presented on pages 12 through 14 and page 19.
Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to the Most Directly Comparable GAAP Financial
Measures
Adjusted Operating Income
(Unaudited)
The following are reconciliations of consolidated operating income (GAAP measure) to consolidated adjusted
operating income, as well as reconciliations of segment GAAP operating income (loss) to segment adjusted operating
income (loss):
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
In millions
Health Care
Benefits
Health
Services
Pharmacy &
Consumer
Wellness
Corporate/
Other
Consolidated
Totals
Operating income (loss) (GAAP measure)
$ 2,191
$ 1,603
$ 1,411
$ (502)
$ 4,703
Amortization of intangible assets
237
130
64
—
431
Net realized capital (gains) losses
(2)
—
—
15
13
Acquisition-related integration costs
—
—
—
10
10
Adjusted operating income (loss) (1)
$ 2,426
$ 1,733
$ 1,475
$ (477)
$ 5,157
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
In millions
Health Care
Benefits
Health
Services
Pharmacy &
Consumer
Wellness
Corporate/
Other
Consolidated
Totals
Operating income (loss) (GAAP measure)
$ 1,002
$ 1,102
$ 736
$ (459)
$ 2,381
Amortization of intangible assets
293
141
60
—
494
Net realized capital losses
13
—
—
14
27
Acquisition-related integration costs
—
—
—
28
28
Legacy litigation charges
—
291
542
—
833
Loss on Accountable Care assets
—
41
—
—
41
Office real estate optimization charges
—
—
—
4
4
Adjusted operating income (loss) (1)
$ 1,308
$ 1,575
$ 1,338
$ (413)
$ 3,808
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
In millions
Health Care
Benefits
Health
Services
Pharmacy &
Consumer
Wellness
Corporate/
Other
Consolidated
Totals
Operating income (loss) (GAAP measure)
$ 4,997
$ 2,950
$ 2,545
$ (1,109)
$ 9,383
Amortization of intangible assets
473
272
127
1
873
Net realized capital (gains) losses
(3)
—
—
32
29
Acquisition-related integration costs
—
—
—
22
22
Adjusted operating income (loss) (1)
$ 5,467
$ 3,222
$ 2,672
$ (1,054)
$ 10,307
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
In millions
Health Care
Benefits
Health
Services
Pharmacy &
Consumer
Wellness
Corporate/
Other
Consolidated
Totals
Operating income (loss) (GAAP measure)
$ 2,676
$ 2,329
$ 1,600
$ (850)
$ 5,755
Amortization of intangible assets
587
285
120
1
993
Net realized capital (gains) losses
34
(15)
—
29
48
Acquisition-related integration costs
—
—
—
73
73
Legacy litigation charges
—
291
929
—
1,220
Loss on Accountable Care assets
—
288
—
—
288
Office real estate optimization charges
4
—
2
4
10
Adjusted operating income (loss) (1)
$ 3,301
$ 3,178
$ 2,651
$ (743)
$ 8,387
Adjusted Earnings Per Share
(Unaudited)
The following are reconciliations of net income attributable to CVS Health to adjusted income attributable to CVS
Health and calculations of GAAP diluted EPS and Adjusted EPS:
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
In millions, except per share amounts
Total
Company
Per
Common
Share
Total
Company
Per
Common
Share
Net income attributable to CVS Health (GAAP measure)
$ 2,979
$ 2.31
$ 1,021
$ 0.80
Amortization of intangible assets
431
0.33
494
0.39
Net realized capital losses
13
0.01
27
0.02
Acquisition-related integration costs
10
0.01
28
0.02
Legacy litigation charges
—
—
833
0.66
Loss on Accountable Care assets
—
—
41
0.03
Office real estate optimization charges
—
—
4
—
Tax impact of non-GAAP adjustments
(109)
(0.08)
(144)
(0.11)
Adjusted income attributable to CVS Health (2)
$ 3,324
$ 2.58
$ 2,304
$ 1.81
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
1,287
1,270
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2025
In millions, except per share amounts
Total
Company
Per
Common
Share
Total
Company
Per
Common
Share
Net income attributable to CVS Health (GAAP measure)
$ 5,922
$ 4.61
$ 2,800
$ 2.21
Amortization of intangible assets
873
0.68
993
0.78
Net realized capital losses
29
0.02
48
0.04
Acquisition-related integration costs
22
0.02
73
0.06
Legacy litigation charges
—
—
1,220
0.96
Loss on Accountable Care assets
—
—
288
0.23
Office real estate optimization charges
—
—
10
0.01
Tax impact of non-GAAP adjustments
(230)
(0.17)
(284)
(0.23)
Adjusted income attributable to CVS Health (2)
$ 6,616
$ 5.16
$ 5,148
$ 4.06
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
1,283
1,267
Supplemental Information
(Unaudited)
The following are reconciliations of financial measures of the Company's segments to the consolidated totals:
In millions
Health Care
Benefits
Health
Services
Pharmacy &
Consumer
Wellness
Corporate/
Other
Intersegment
Eliminations (a)
Consolidated
Totals
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Total revenues
$ 37,538
$ 51,795
$ 33,816
$ 147
$ (17,200)
$ 106,096
Adjusted operating
income (loss) (1)
2,426
1,733
1,475
(477)
—
5,157
June 30, 2025
Total revenues
$ 36,258
$ 46,453
$ 33,581
$ 96
$ (17,473)
$ 98,915
Adjusted operating
income (loss) (1)
1,308
1,575
1,338
(413)
—
3,808
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Total revenues
$ 73,509
$ 100,032
$ 65,805
$ 273
$ (33,097)
$ 206,522
Adjusted operating
income (loss) (1)
5,467
3,222
2,672
(1,054)
—
10,307
June 30, 2025
Total revenues
$ 71,068
$ 89,915
$ 65,493
$ 229
$ (33,202)
$ 193,503
Adjusted operating
income (loss) (1)
3,301
3,178
2,651
(743)
—
8,387
(a)
Intersegment revenue eliminations relate to intersegment revenue generating activities that occur between the Health Care Benefits segment, the Health Services segment, and/or the Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segment.
Supplemental Information
(Unaudited)
Health Care Benefits segment
The following table summarizes the Health Care Benefits segment's performance for the respective periods:
Change
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Three Months Ended
June 30,
2026 vs 2025
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026 vs 2025
In millions, except percentages and
basis points ("bps")
2026
2025
2026
2025
$
%
$
%
Revenues:
Premiums
$ 35,119
$ 34,184
$ 68,911
$ 66,992
$ 935
2.7 %
$ 1,919
2.9 %
Services
1,911
1,667
3,628
3,282
244
14.6 %
346
10.5 %
Net investment income
508
407
970
794
101
24.8 %
176
22.2 %
Total revenues
37,538
36,258
73,509
71,068
1,280
3.5 %
2,441
3.4 %
Health care costs
30,692
30,740
59,271
59,377
(48)
(0.2) %
(106)
(0.2) %
MBR (Health care costs as a %
of premium revenues) (3)
87.4 %
89.9 %
86.0 %
88.6 %
(250)
bps
(260)
bps
Operating expenses
$ 4,655
$ 4,516
$ 9,241
$ 9,015
$ 139
3.1 %
$ 226
2.5 %
Operating expenses as a % of
total revenues
12.4 %
12.5 %
12.6 %
12.7 %
Operating income
$ 2,191
$ 1,002
$ 4,997
$ 2,676
$ 1,189
118.7 %
$ 2,321
86.7 %
Operating income as a % of
total revenues
5.8 %
2.8 %
6.8 %
3.8 %
Adjusted operating income (1)
$ 2,426
$ 1,308
$ 5,467
$ 3,301
$ 1,118
85.5 %
$ 2,166
65.6 %
Adjusted operating income as a
% of total revenues
6.5 %
3.6 %
7.4 %
4.6 %
Premium revenues (by business):
Government
$ 28,494
$ 25,930
$ 56,277
$ 50,832
$ 2,564
9.9 %
$ 5,445
10.7 %
Commercial
6,625
8,254
12,634
16,160
(1,629)
(19.7) %
(3,526)
(21.8) %
The following table summarizes the Health Care Benefits segment's medical membership for the respective periods:
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
December 31, 2025
June 30, 2025
In thousands
Insured
ASC
Total
Insured
ASC
Total
Insured
ASC
Total
Insured
ASC
Total
Medical membership: (4)
Commercial
2,487
15,833
18,320
2,462
15,872
18,334
3,447
15,350
18,797
3,608
15,251
18,859
Medicare Advantage
4,202
—
4,202
4,175
—
4,175
4,267
—
4,267
4,240
—
4,240
Medicare Supplement
1,176
—
1,176
1,192
—
1,192
1,202
—
1,202
1,236
—
1,236
Medicaid
1,964
361
2,325
1,938
366
2,304
1,952
373
2,325
1,985
401
2,386
Total medical membership
9,829
16,194
26,023
9,767
16,238
26,005
10,868
15,723
26,591
11,069
15,652
26,721
Supplemental membership information:
Medicare Prescription Drug Plan (stand-alone)
3,870
3,889
4,041
4,065
The following table summarizes the Health Care Benefits segment's days claims payable for the respective periods:
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
December 31, 2025
June 30, 2025
Days Claims Payable (7)
41.7
42.9
38.9
40.9
Supplemental Information
(Unaudited)
Health Services segment
The following table summarizes the Health Services segment's performance for the respective periods:
Change
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Three Months Ended
June 30,
2026 vs 2025
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026 vs 2025
In millions, except percentages
2026
2025
2026
2025
$
%
$
%
Revenues:
Products
$ 49,216
$ 44,223
$ 94,942
$ 85,358
$ 4,993
11.3 %
$ 9,584
11.2 %
Services
2,580
2,233
5,091
4,546
347
15.5 %
545
12.0 %
Net investment income (loss)
(1)
(3)
(1)
11
2
66.7 %
(12)
(109.1) %
Total revenues
51,795
46,453
100,032
89,915
5,342
11.5 %
10,117
11.3 %
Cost of products sold
47,908
43,080
92,627
83,195
4,828
11.2 %
9,432
11.3 %
Health care costs
1,350
1,101
2,652
2,148
249
22.6 %
504
23.5 %
Gross profit (8)
2,537
2,272
4,753
4,572
265
11.7 %
181
4.0 %
Gross margin (Gross profit as a
% of total revenues) (8)
4.9 %
4.9 %
4.8 %
5.1 %
Operating expenses
$ 934
$ 1,170
$ 1,803
$ 2,243
$ (236)
(20.2) %
$ (440)
(19.6) %
Operating expenses as a % of
total revenues
1.8 %
2.5 %
1.8 %
2.5 %
Operating income
$ 1,603
$ 1,102
$ 2,950
$ 2,329
$ 501
45.5 %
$ 621
26.7 %
Operating income as a % of
total revenues
3.1 %
2.4 %
2.9 %
2.6 %
Adjusted operating income (1)
$ 1,733
$ 1,575
$ 3,222
$ 3,178
$ 158
10.0 %
$ 44
1.4 %
Adjusted operating income as a
% of total revenues
3.3 %
3.4 %
3.2 %
3.5 %
Pharmacy claims processed (5) (6)
473.0
469.0
937.7
933.2
4.0
0.9 %
4.5
0.5 %
Supplemental Information
(Unaudited)
Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segment The following table summarizes the Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segment's performance for the respective periods:
Change
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Three Months Ended
June 30,
2026 vs 2025
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026 vs 2025
In millions, except percentages
2026
2025
2026
2025
$
%
$
%
Revenues:
Products
$ 33,152
$ 32,942
$ 64,491
$ 64,227
$ 210
0.6 %
$ 264
0.4 %
Services
664
639
1,314
1,266
25
3.9 %
48
3.8 %
Total revenues
33,816
33,581
65,805
65,493
235
0.7 %
312
0.5 %
Cost of products sold
27,282
27,554
53,072
53,358
(272)
(1.0) %
(286)
(0.5) %
Gross profit (8)
6,534
6,027
12,733
12,135
507
8.4 %
598
4.9 %
Gross margin (Gross profit as a
% of total revenues) (8)
19.3 %
17.9 %
19.3 %
18.5 %
Operating expenses
$ 5,123
$ 5,291
$ 10,188
$ 10,535
$ (168)
(3.2) %
$ (347)
(3.3) %
Operating expenses as a % of
total revenues
15.1 %
15.8 %
15.5 %
16.1 %
Operating income
$ 1,411
$ 736
$ 2,545
$ 1,600
$ 675
91.7 %
$ 945
59.1 %
Operating income as a % of
total revenues
4.2 %
2.2 %
3.9 %
2.4 %
Adjusted operating income (1)
$ 1,475
$ 1,338
$ 2,672
$ 2,651
$ 137
10.2 %
$ 21
0.8 %
Adjusted operating income as a
% of total revenues
4.4 %
4.0 %
4.1 %
4.0 %
Revenues (by major
goods/service lines):
Pharmacy
$ 27,781
$ 27,631
$ 53,904
$ 53,707
$ 150
0.5 %
$ 197
0.4 %
Front Store
5,407
5,368
10,666
10,611
39
0.7 %
55
0.5 %
Other
628
582
1,235
1,175
46
7.9 %
60
5.1 %
Prescriptions filled (5) (6)
457.0
438.1
908.2
873.6
18.9
4.3 %
34.6
4.0 %
Same store sales increase: (9)
Total
2.6 %
15.4 %
2.7 %
14.8 %
Pharmacy
2.9 %
18.1 %
3.0 %
17.9 %
Front Store
1.0 %
3.4 %
1.1 %
1.5 %
Prescription volume (6)
7.0 %
6.4 %
6.9 %
6.5 %
Adjusted Earnings Per Share Guidance
(Unaudited)
The following reconciliations of projected net income attributable to CVS Health to projected adjusted income
attributable to CVS Health and calculations of projected GAAP diluted EPS and projected Adjusted EPS contain
forward-looking information. All forward-looking information involves risks and uncertainties. Actual results may
differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking information for a number of reasons as described in
our SEC filings, including those set forth in the Risk Factors section and under the heading "Cautionary Statement
Concerning Forward-Looking Statements" in our most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K and our most
recently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. See "Non-GAAP Financial Information" earlier in this press release
and endnote (2) later in this press release for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EPS.
Year Ending
December 31, 2026
Low
High
In millions, except per share amounts
Total
Company
Per
Common
Share
Total
Company
Per
Common
Share
Net income attributable to CVS Health (GAAP measure)
$ 8,810
$ 6.84
$ 9,065
$ 7.04
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Amortization of intangible assets
1,730
1.34
1,730
1.34
Net realized capital losses
29
0.02
29
0.02
Acquisition-related integration costs
80
0.06
80
0.06
Tax impact of non-GAAP adjustments
(463)
(0.36)
(463)
(0.36)
Adjusted income attributable to CVS Health (2)
$ 10,186
$ 7.90
$ 10,441
$ 8.10
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
1,289
1,289
Endnotes
(1) The Company defines adjusted operating income as operating income (GAAP measure) excluding the impact of amortization of intangible assets, net realized capital gains or losses and other items, if any, that neither relate to the ordinary course of the Company's business nor reflect the Company's underlying business performance, such as acquisition-related integration costs, certain legacy litigation charges, losses on Accountable Care assets and office real estate optimization charges. The chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") uses adjusted operating income as its principal measure of segment performance as it enhances the CODM's ability to compare past financial performance with current performance and analyze underlying business performance and trends. The consolidated measure is not determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, consolidated operating income. See "Non-GAAP Financial Information" earlier in this press release for additional information regarding the items excluded from consolidated operating income in determining consolidated adjusted operating income.
(2) GAAP diluted earnings per share and Adjusted EPS, respectively, are calculated by dividing net income attributable to CVS Health and adjusted income attributable to CVS Health by the Company's weighted average diluted shares outstanding. The Company defines adjusted income attributable to CVS Health as net income attributable to CVS Health (GAAP measure) excluding the impact of amortization of intangible assets, net realized capital gains or losses and other items, if any, that neither relate to the ordinary course of the Company's business nor reflect the Company's underlying business performance, such as acquisition-related integration costs, certain legacy litigation charges, losses on Accountable Care assets, office real estate optimization charges, as well as the corresponding income tax benefit or expense related to the items excluded from adjusted income attributable to CVS Health. See "Non-GAAP Financial Information" earlier in this press release for additional information regarding the items excluded from net income attributable to CVS Health in determining adjusted income attributable to CVS Health.
(3) Medical benefit ratio is calculated by dividing the Health Care Benefits segment's health care costs by premium revenues and represents the percentage of premium revenues spent on medical benefits for the segment's insured members. Management uses MBR to assess the underlying business performance and underwriting of its insurance products, understand variances between actual results and expected results and identify trends in period-over-period results. MBR provides management and investors with information useful in assessing the operating results of the Health Care Benefits segment's insured products.
(4) Medical membership represents the number of members covered by the Health Care Benefits segment's insured and ASC medical products and related services at a specified point in time. Management uses this metric to understand variances between actual medical membership and expected amounts as well as trends in period-over-period results. This metric provides management and investors with information useful in understanding the impact of medical membership on the Health Care Benefits segment's total revenues and operating results.
(5) Pharmacy claims processed represents the number of prescription claims processed through the Company's pharmacy benefits manager and dispensed by either its retail network pharmacies or the Company's mail and specialty pharmacies. Prescriptions filled represents the number of prescriptions dispensed through the Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segment's retail pharmacies and infusion services operations, as well as through the Omnicare long-term care pharmacies prior to their deconsolidation in September 2025. Management uses these metrics to understand variances between actual claims processed and prescriptions dispensed, respectively, and expected amounts as well as trends in period-over-period results. These metrics provide management and investors with information useful in understanding the impact of pharmacy claim volume and prescription volume, respectively, on segment total revenues and operating results.
(6) Includes an adjustment to convert 90-day prescriptions to the equivalent of three 30-day prescriptions. This adjustment reflects the fact that these prescriptions include approximately three times the amount of product days supplied compared to a normal prescription.
(7) Days claims payable is calculated by dividing the Health Care Benefits segment's health care costs payable at the end of each quarter by its average health care costs per day during such quarter. Management and investors use this metric as one of the indicators of the adequacy of the health care costs payable liability at the end of each quarter.
(8) Gross profit is calculated as the segment's total revenues less its cost of products sold, and, for the Health Services segment, health care costs. Gross margin is calculated by dividing the segment's gross profit by its total revenues and represents the percentage of total revenues that remains after incurring direct costs associated with the segment's products sold and services provided. Gross margin provides investors with information that may be useful in assessing the operating results of the Company's Health Services and Pharmacy & Consumer Wellness segments.
(9) Same store sales and prescription volume represent the change in revenues and prescriptions filled in the Company's retail pharmacy stores that have been operating for greater than one year and digital sales initiated online or through mobile applications and fulfilled through the Company's distribution centers, expressed as a percentage that indicates the increase or decrease relative to the comparable prior period. Same store metrics exclude revenues and prescriptions from infusion services operations and long-term care pharmacies. Management uses these metrics to evaluate the performance of existing stores on a comparable basis and to inform future decisions regarding existing stores and new locations. Same-store metrics provide management and investors with information useful in understanding the portion of current revenues and prescriptions resulting from organic growth in existing locations versus the portion resulting from opening new stores.
Workiva Inc. (WK) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 4, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
Katie White - Senior Director of Investor Relations
Julie Iskow - CEO, President & Director
Barbara Larson - Executive VP, Treasurer & CFO
Conference Call Participants
Alexander Sklar - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Nicholas Dannewitz - BTIG, LLC, Research Division
Andrew DeGasperi - BNP Paribas, Research Division
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division
Steven Enders - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Patrick McIlwee - William Blair & Company L.L.C., Research Division
Robert Oliver - Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to Workiva's Q2 2026 Earnings Call. My name is Harmony, and I will be your host operator on this call. [Operator Instructions] Please note, this call is being recorded on August 4, 2026, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
I would now like to turn the meeting over to your host for today's call, Katie White, Senior Director of Investor Relations.
Katie White
Senior Director of Investor Relations
Good afternoon, and thank you for joining Workiva's Q2 2026 Conference Call. During today's call, we will review our second quarter results and discuss our guidance for the third quarter and full year 2026. Today's call will include comments from our Chief Executive Officer, Julie Iskow, followed by our Chief Financial Officer, Barbara Larson. We will then open up the call for a Q&A session.
After market close today, we issued a press release, which is available on our Investor Relations website, along with our quarterly investor presentation. This conference call is being webcast live, and following the call, an audio replay will be available on our website.
During today's call, we will be making forward-looking statements regarding future events and financial performance, including guidance for the third quarter and full fiscal year
Amundi lifted its stake in shares of Mohawk Industries, Inc. (NYSE:MHK – Free Report) by 120.2% during the first quarter, according to its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The firm owned 127,441 shares of the company’s stock after purchasing an additional 69,563 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned about 0.21% of Mohawk Industries worth $12,548,000 as of its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Other hedge funds have also made changes to their positions in the company. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP raised its holdings in Mohawk Industries by 2.6% during the first quarter. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP now owns 3,219,318 shares of the company’s stock worth $316,962,000 after purchasing an additional 80,761 shares in the last quarter. State Street Corp boosted its holdings in Mohawk Industries by 2.1% during the second quarter. State Street Corp now owns 1,915,831 shares of the company’s stock worth $200,856,000 after buying an additional 39,556 shares in the last quarter. AQR Capital Management LLC grew its holdings in shares of Mohawk Industries by 15.9% in the 4th quarter. AQR Capital Management LLC now owns 1,829,347 shares of the company’s stock worth $199,948,000 after acquiring an additional 251,012 shares during the last quarter. Pzena Investment Management LLC increased its stake in Mohawk Industries by 0.6% in the 4th quarter. Pzena Investment Management LLC now owns 1,186,400 shares of the company’s stock worth $129,674,000 after purchasing an additional 7,332 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Brandes Investment Partners LP raised its holdings in Mohawk Industries by 20.4% during the 4th quarter. Brandes Investment Partners LP now owns 1,102,574 shares of the company’s stock worth $120,513,000 after buying an additional 186,649 shares during the period. Institutional investors own 78.98% of the company’s stock.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades Several research analysts have commented on MHK shares. Wells Fargo & Company raised their target price on shares of Mohawk Industries from $115.00 to $125.00 and gave the stock an “equal weight” rating in a report on Monday. Evercore set a $110.00 price objective on shares of Mohawk Industries in a research report on Monday, May 4th. Barclays upped their target price on Mohawk Industries from $109.00 to $115.00 and gave the company an “equal weight” rating in a report on Monday. Zacks Research raised shares of Mohawk Industries from a “strong sell” rating to a “hold” rating in a research note on Friday, June 19th. Finally, Truist Financial increased their price objective on Mohawk Industries from $135.00 to $155.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a report on Tuesday. One research analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, three have issued a Buy rating and twelve have assigned a Hold rating to the company’s stock. According to data from MarketBeat, Mohawk Industries has a consensus rating of “Hold” and an average target price of $130.50.
Read Our Latest Report on MHK
Key Mohawk Industries News Here are the key news stories impacting Mohawk Industries this week:
Positive Sentiment: Truist raised its price target to $155 and maintained a Buy rating, implying further upside from the current trading level. The revision reflects confidence in Mohawk’s earnings recovery and improving operating performance. Benzinga analyst note Positive Sentiment: Mohawk’s second-quarter results exceeded expectations, with adjusted EPS of $3.67 versus the $2.58 consensus estimate and revenue of $2.99 billion versus $2.79 billion expected. Pricing, productivity and product execution helped offset weak residential flooring markets. Mohawk’s Q2 earnings analysis Positive Sentiment: The stock’s recent advance reflects visible margin progress, including productivity initiatives, pricing actions, restructuring benefits and stronger cash generation. These factors support the view that earnings may be recovering despite a challenging housing cycle. Why MHK has risen recently Neutral Sentiment: Margin durability remains the key question. Investors want to see whether wider margins can persist without the same level of tariff-refund support, particularly as residential flooring demand remains subdued. Margin durability analysis Negative Sentiment: Some analysts remain cautious at the current valuation. Wells Fargo raised its target to $125 with an Equal Weight rating, while Baird lifted its target to $132 but kept a Neutral rating; both targets remain below the recent share price. Benzinga analyst coverage Negative Sentiment: Chief Accounting Officer David Lee Repp sold 225 shares for approximately $29,383, reducing his direct ownership by 11.19%. The relatively small transaction is a modest negative signal but does not materially change the company’s outlook. SEC insider transaction filing Mohawk Industries Price Performance Shares of NYSE:MHK opened at $136.42 on Wednesday. The stock has a market capitalization of $9.24 billion, a P/E ratio of 18.07, a P/E/G ratio of 3.30 and a beta of 1.18. The business has a 50-day moving average of $112.51 and a two-hundred day moving average of $111.59. Mohawk Industries, Inc. has a fifty-two week low of $92.99 and a fifty-two week high of $143.13. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.14, a current ratio of 1.92 and a quick ratio of 1.13.
Mohawk Industries (NYSE:MHK – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings data on Thursday, July 30th. The company reported $3.67 EPS for the quarter, beating analysts’ consensus estimates of $2.58 by $1.09. The business had revenue of $2.99 billion for the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $2.79 billion. Mohawk Industries had a return on equity of 7.50% and a net margin of 4.15%.The firm’s revenue for the quarter was up 6.8% on a year-over-year basis. During the same quarter in the prior year, the firm posted $2.77 EPS. Mohawk Industries has set its Q3 2026 guidance at 2.380-2.480 EPS. On average, equities research analysts predict that Mohawk Industries, Inc. will post 8.67 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Insider Buying and Selling at Mohawk Industries In other Mohawk Industries news, insider Suzanne L. Helen sold 16,600 shares of the business’s stock in a transaction on Thursday, June 18th. The shares were sold at an average price of $112.97, for a total transaction of $1,875,302.00. Following the completion of the transaction, the insider owned 14,132 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $1,596,492.04. The trade was a 54.02% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at the SEC website. Also, CEO Jeffrey S. Lorberbaum sold 5,000 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Wednesday, May 27th. The shares were sold at an average price of $105.53, for a total transaction of $527,650.00. Following the sale, the chief executive officer owned 25,000 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $2,638,250. This trade represents a 16.67% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. Insiders sold a total of 40,411 shares of company stock worth $4,489,703 in the last quarter. Insiders own 17.90% of the company’s stock.
Mohawk Industries Company Profile (Free Report)
Mohawk Industries, Inc is a global flooring manufacturer that designs, produces and distributes a broad range of floor covering products for both residential and commercial applications. Headquartered in Calhoun, Georgia, the company traces its roots to 1878 and has expanded through a series of strategic acquisitions and organic growth initiatives. Over the decades, Mohawk has built a vertically integrated platform encompassing yarn manufacturing, fiber production, wood and laminate finishing, and ceramic tile fabrication, enabling tight control over product quality and supply chain efficiency.
The company’s product portfolio includes residential and commercial carpet, ceramic and porcelain tile, laminate, wood and natural stone flooring, luxury vinyl, and innovative surface solutions.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Mohawk Industries System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter
Receive News & Ratings for Mohawk Industries Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Mohawk Industries and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEDoubleVerify Holdings, Inc. $DV Shares Sold by Amundi
NEXT HEADLINE »Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership Purchases Shares of 72,287 Jefferies Financial Group Inc. $JEF
Novo Nordisk za 2Q překonal odhady tržeb i očištěného provozního zisku a zlepšil celoroční výhled. Investory ale zklamaly tržby pilulky Wegovy ve výši 3,22 mld. DKK a slabší hrubá marže.
Dánská farmaceutická společnost Novo Nordisk zveřejnila výsledky hospodaření za druhý kvartál roku 2026. Očištěné tržby i očištěný provozní zisk skončily nad odhady trhu a firma zúžila a zvýšila svůj celoroční výhled, přičemž nyní počítá s poklesem očištěných tržeb i očištěného provozního zisku o 0 až 6 % při konstantních měnových kurzech, zatímco dosud čekala pokles o 4 až 12 %. Investoři se ale soustředili na pilulku Wegovy, jejíž tržby ve výši 3,22 mld. DKK se s konsensem pouze vyrovnaly, a na slabší hrubou marži.
Výsledky společnosti Novo Nordisk (NVO) za 2Q 2026 2Q 2026 Konsensus 2Q 2026 2Q 2025 Očištěnné tržby (mld. DKK*) 78,49 71,62 76,86 Čistý zisk (mld. DKK*) 20,99 -- 26,50 Očištěný zisk na akcii (EPS, DKK*/akcie) 6,18 -- 5,89 *1 DKK (Dánská koruna) = 0,15 USD
Výsledky za 2Q 2026 Tržby vzrostly meziročně o 2 % (o 3 % při konstantních kurzech) na 78,49 mld. DKK. Na očištěné bázi vzrostly o 6 % resp. 7 %. Růst táhly objemy prodejů léků třídy GLP-1 v obou divizích, částečně kompenzované nižšími realizovanými cenami.
Za lék Ozempic (léčba diabetu 2. typu) společnost utržila 31,38 mld. DKK, meziročně o 5 % více při konstantních kurzech. Tabletová alternativa Rybelsus / Ozempic pill vygenerovala 5,23 mld. DKK (-4 %). Injekční Wegovy (léčba obezity) přineslo 19,48 mld. DKK, tedy mírný meziroční růst o 1 %, přičemž v USA tržby klesly o 22 % kvůli nižším realizovaným cenám, zatímco mimo USA vzrostly o 46 %.
Tržby nové pilulky Wegovy, uvedené v USA letos 5. ledna. dosáhly 3,22 mld. DKK v souladu s očekáváním, z toho 3,14 mld. DKK připadlo na USA a 77 mil. DKK na první dodávky velkoobchodníkům mimo USA.
Tržby Novo Nordisk podle segmentu ve 2Q 2026 (v mld. DKK) Segment Tržby Meziroční změna (CER) Léčba diabetu 50,43 +3 % Insulin 12,94 +6 % GLP-1 36,78 +2 % Léčba obezity 23,15 +16 % Léčba vzácných nemocí 4,91 +6 % Očištěná hrubá marže meziročně klesla o 4,5 p. b. na 78,2 % při konsensu 80,9 %. Za poklesem stojí nižší realizované ceny, jednorázové náklady zhruba 3 mld. DKK spojené s optimalizací smluv o výrobních kapacitách a negativní měnový vliv.
Očištěná provozní marže se naopak meziročně zlepšila o 1,0 p. b. na 42,5 %. Očištěný provozní zisk vzrostl meziročně o 8 % (o 11 % při konstantních kurzech) na 33,39 mld. DKK.
Náklady na prodej a distribuci činily 15,00 mld. DKK, meziročně o 14 % méně (konsensus 15,47 mld. DKK).
Na výzkum a vývoj společnost vynaložila vykázaných 17,79 mld. DKK, tato částka ale zahrnuje odpisy 6,33 mld. DKK. Trh očekával 12,06 mld. DKK.
Volný hotovostní tok (FCF) dosáhl ve 2Q 42,52 mld. DKK, meziročně o 57 % více.
Výhled Společnost navýšila celoroční výhled a pro rok 2026 nově očekává:
Meziroční vývoj očištěných tržeb při konstantních směnných kurzech v pásmu 0 až -6 %. Dosud čekal -4 až -12 %, konsensus trhu činil -5,9 %. Meziroční vývoj očištěného provozního zisku při konstantních směnných kurzech v pásmu 0 až -6 %. Dosud čekal -4 až -12 %, konsensus činil -9,09 %. Volný hotovostní tok (FCF) 45 až 55 mld. DKK (dosud 36 až 46 mld. DKK). Zlepšení výhledu podle firmy stojí na vyšších očekávaných tržbách z portfolia GLP-1.
Návrat kapitálu akcionářům Představenstvo schválilo mezitímní dividendu za rok 2026 ve výši 3,75 DKK na akcii. V prvním pololetí společnost vrátila akcionářům 41,2 mld. DKK, z toho 35,3 mld. DKK na dividendách a 5,9 mld. DKK prostřednictvím zpětných odkupů. Z probíhajícího programu odkupů v objemu až 15 mld. DKK bylo ke 3. srpnu realizováno 7,53 mld. DKK.
Komentář CEO „Produktové portfolio Wegovy zůstává v roce 2026 klíčovým tahounem růstu Novo Nordisku, v čele s pokračujícím rychlým rozšířením pilulky Wegovy v USA, která od uvedení na trh překonala hranici 5 milionů předepsaných receptů, spolu s povzbudivým počátečním náběhem na trzích mimo USA a zaváděním Wegovy HD (7,2 mg). Silnější dynamika GLP-1 v USA v kombinaci s pokračujícím růstem a novými uvedeními v mezinárodních operacích nás vedla k dalšímu zvýšení výhledu na rok 2026 pro očištěné tržby i očištěný provozní zisk," uvedl generální ředitel Mike Doustdar.
Pohled analytiků Analytik Graham Parry z Citi označil výsledky za rozkolísané. Účetní zisk na akcii podle IFRS skončil 6 % pod konsensem především kvůli odpisům ve výzkumu a vývoji a výkon klíčové pilulky Wegovy byl slabší, než se čekalo.
Analytik Thibault Boutherin z Morgan Stanley vyčíslil zaostání pilulky Wegovy na 49 mil. DKK, tedy 1,5 %, což odpovídá menšímu odbourávání zásob v USA. Investory podle něj nadále znepokojuje cenotvorba v USA a inovace.
Analytik Michael Leuchten z Jefferies uvedl, že překonání očekávání u očištěných čistých tržeb táhlo především výrazné překonání u Ozempicu, kterému sám pomohl jednorázový efekt gross-to-net. Dodává, že slabší hrubá marže (zasažená jednorázovým vlivem 3 mld. DKK spojeným s výrobou) a nižší podkladové provozní náklady (po očištění o zhruba 6 mld. DKK odpisů, převážně na monlunabantu) vedou k očištěnému provoznímu zisku 15 % nad očekáváním.
Akcie Novo Nordisk Akcie Novo Nordisk (NVO) zalistované na burze NYSE včera oslabily o 5,97 % na 44,28 USD, dnes v předburzovní fázi obchodování posilují o 2,03 % na 45,18 USD. Na burze v Kodani akcie oslabují o 3,9 % na 295,6 DKK.
Akcie Novo Nordisk (NOVOB) oslabují o 3,9 % na 295,6 DKK Ukazatel Ukazatel Kapitalizace (mld. DKK) 1320,1 P/E 11,3 Vývoj za letošní rok (%) -9,1 Očekávané P/E 13,6 52týdenní minimum (DKK) 224,3 Prům. cílová cena (DKK) 319,2 52týdenní maximum (DKK) 410,0 Dividendový výnos (%) 4,0 Zdroj: Novo Nordisk, Bloomberg
AI datová centra podle JLL budou do roku 2030 potřebovat 200 gigawattů elektřiny, a Bloom Energy se stává jedním z hlavních dodavatelů přes vodíkové palivové články. Minulý kvartál jí tržby vyskočily na více než 1,0 miliardy USD, meziročně o 165 %.
It's certainly no secret that artificial intelligence data centers are popping up everywhere, with plenty more left to build. In fact, real estate management firm JLL predicts that AI data centers will collectively need 200 gigawatts of electricity by 2030, up from just over 100 gigawatts today.
And it's fitting that this growth outlook is measured in power rather than footprint, since that's the bigger bottleneck now and for the foreseeable future. Utility companies just aren't ready to deliver the electricity that the artificial intelligence infrastructure industry increasingly needs.
Fortunately, there's a smart solution that's moving away from the fringes and into the mainstream. That's hydrogen fuel cell technology, like that offered by Bloom Energy (BE +4.48%).
Image source: The Motley Fool.
What's a fuel cell? Simply put, fuel cells turn hydrogen into electricity by passing it through an electrolyte membrane that separates negatively charged electrons and positively charged protons. No moving parts are needed, and the only output is heat and water. Although initially used for smaller equipment, larger-scale systems can now be used to power buildings, and yes, artificial intelligence data centers.
Today's Change
(
4.48
%) $
9.79
Current Price
$
228.11
Bloom Energy's fuel cells are different, or more to the point, superior in most regards. Its solid oxide fuel cell technology works with hydrogen, but can also be powered by readily available natural gas, or even biogas.
And almost needless to say, power-hungry data centers are embracing the option. Last quarter's top line of just over $1.0 billion was up 165% from Q2 2025, driven by customers like Honda, AT&T, and Walmart.
It's still only scratched the surface of its opportunity, though, now that the AI data center industry recognizes this once-unlikely source of electricity is up to the task. Indeed, earlier this year, the company expanded its initial agreement to provide artificial intelligence powerhouse Oracle (ORCL +2.74%) with 1.2 gigawatts of power to a 2.8 gigawatt deal. For perspective, that's enough electricity to power between 2 million and nearly 3 million homes, or several data centers, depending on their computing capacity.
Right place, right time, right business Great. Of all the options beyond ordinary institutional utility service, why Bloom Energy's solid oxide fuel cells? For a handful of reasons.
Chief among these reasons is that it's available, and soon. Whereas it can take months if not years to connect a new data center to the grid, Bloom can install its hardware in a matter of weeks.
Image source: Getty Images.
It's also more marketable. In an environment where communities are understandably concerned that data centers are straining water and power supplies, fuel cells sidestep both problems. They don't require any water or outside electricity. They're also quiet, unlike the natural gas turbines or diesel generators powering some AI data centers these days.
Whatever the reason(s), Bloom Energy promises to feature prominently in the future of artificial intelligence data centers, and even beyond data centers. A long-term projection from Precedence Research predicts the worldwide hydrogen fuel cell market is poised to grow at an average annual pace of more than 20% through 2034, when it will be worth more than $27 billion per year.
That's still only part of Bloom's opportunity, though. The company also sells electrolyzers that create usable hydrogen, and even offers managed electricity production services.
Amundi ve 1. čtvrtletí zvýšila podíl v Chemed o 6 982,7 % na 35 555 akcií. Chemed zároveň oznámila zisk na akcii 6,06 USD a tržby 673,25 milionu USD za čtvrtletí, obojí nad odhady.
Amundi grew its holdings in shares of Chemed Corporation (NYSE:CHE – Free Report) by 6,982.7% in the 1st quarter, according to its most recent 13F filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The fund owned 35,555 shares of the company’s stock after purchasing an additional 35,053 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned approximately 0.27% of Chemed worth $13,431,000 as of its most recent filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission.
Other hedge funds and other institutional investors also recently added to or reduced their stakes in the company. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. raised its holdings in Chemed by 2,444,879.3% during the 4th quarter. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. now owns 5,550,103 shares of the company’s stock valued at $2,374,667,000 after buying an additional 5,549,876 shares during the period. Norges Bank acquired a new position in shares of Chemed during the fourth quarter valued at about $76,067,000. AQR Capital Management LLC increased its holdings in shares of Chemed by 89.2% in the fourth quarter. AQR Capital Management LLC now owns 325,579 shares of the company’s stock valued at $139,302,000 after purchasing an additional 153,469 shares during the period. Victory Capital Management Inc. raised its holdings in shares of Chemed by 1,260.2% during the fourth quarter. Victory Capital Management Inc. now owns 117,685 shares of the company’s stock worth $50,353,000 after purchasing an additional 109,033 shares during the last quarter. Finally, M&T Bank Corp lifted its holdings in Chemed by 10,291.1% in the fourth quarter. M&T Bank Corp now owns 85,934 shares of the company’s stock valued at $36,768,000 after acquiring an additional 85,107 shares during the period. 95.85% of the stock is owned by hedge funds and other institutional investors.
Analyst Ratings Changes A number of brokerages recently weighed in on CHE. Weiss Ratings raised shares of Chemed from a “hold (c-)” rating to a “hold (c)” rating in a research note on Friday, July 17th. Zacks Research upgraded Chemed from a “strong sell” rating to a “hold” rating in a research note on Monday, April 27th. Bank of America reissued a “neutral” rating on shares of Chemed in a research note on Wednesday, July 29th. Wall Street Zen upgraded Chemed from a “hold” rating to a “strong-buy” rating in a report on Saturday. Finally, Royal Bank Of Canada boosted their price objective on Chemed from $436.00 to $548.00 and gave the company a “sector perform” rating in a research note on Thursday, July 30th. One analyst has rated the stock with a Buy rating and five have issued a Hold rating to the stock. Based on data from MarketBeat.com, the stock has a consensus rating of “Hold” and a consensus price target of $530.75.
View Our Latest Analysis on Chemed
Insider Activity at Chemed In other news, Director Patrick P. Grace sold 190 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction on Friday, July 31st. The shares were sold at an average price of $532.00, for a total value of $101,080.00. Following the completion of the transaction, the director directly owned 3,533 shares in the company, valued at approximately $1,879,556. This represents a 5.10% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The sale was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which can be accessed through this link. Also, CEO Kevin J. Mcnamara sold 2,000 shares of the stock in a transaction that occurred on Monday, August 3rd. The shares were sold at an average price of $539.51, for a total value of $1,079,020.00. Following the transaction, the chief executive officer owned 70,418 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $37,991,215.18. This trade represents a 2.76% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. Over the last quarter, insiders have sold 3,537 shares of company stock worth $1,782,654. Company insiders own 3.33% of the company’s stock.
Chemed Price Performance Shares of NYSE CHE opened at $539.13 on Wednesday. Chemed Corporation has a 52 week low of $365.20 and a 52 week high of $551.68. The company has a current ratio of 0.91, a quick ratio of 0.89 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.17. The company’s 50-day moving average price is $471.15 and its 200 day moving average price is $437.76. The stock has a market cap of $7.05 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 27.08, a PEG ratio of 2.05 and a beta of 0.51.
Chemed (NYSE:CHE – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Tuesday, July 28th. The company reported $6.06 EPS for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $5.60 by $0.46. Chemed had a return on equity of 31.77% and a net margin of 10.60%.The firm had revenue of $673.25 million during the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $665.04 million. During the same quarter last year, the business posted $4.27 EPS. The firm’s quarterly revenue was up 8.8% compared to the same quarter last year. Chemed has set its FY 2026 guidance at 25.000-25.750 EPS. As a group, research analysts forecast that Chemed Corporation will post 23.18 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.
Chemed Announces Dividend The company also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Tuesday, June 16th. Shareholders of record on Thursday, May 28th were paid a dividend of $0.60 per share. The ex-dividend date was Thursday, May 28th. This represents a $2.40 annualized dividend and a yield of 0.4%. Chemed’s dividend payout ratio is currently 12.05%.
Chemed Profile (Free Report)
Chemed Corporation is a diversified provider of essential home services and healthcare solutions in the United States. Headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, the company operates through two principal business segments—Roto-Rooter and Vitas Healthcare. Since its founding in 1974, Chemed has built a reputation for reliability and expertise, serving both residential and commercial customers across a broad range of markets.
The Roto-Rooter segment offers a comprehensive suite of plumbing, drain cleaning and water restoration services.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than Chemed System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter Want to see what other hedge funds are holding CHE? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Chemed Corporation (NYSE:CHE – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Chemed Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Chemed and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEArlington Trust Co LLC Has $72.53 Million Holdings in Vanguard Total Stock Market ETF $VTI
NEXT HEADLINE »Arlington Trust Co LLC Purchases 2,127 Shares of Vanguard S&P 500 ETF $VOO
Macerich vykázal ve 2. čtvrtletí upravené FFO 0,35 USD na akcii a NOI v klíčovém portfoliu vzrostl meziročně o 3,8 %. Firma zároveň potvrdila celoroční růst NOI nejméně o 3 %.
Macerich NYSE: MAC reported second-quarter funds from operations, as adjusted, of $0.35 per diluted share and said its go-forward portfolio net operating income increased 3.8% from a year earlier, as the mall operator continued to execute its “Path Forward” plan centered on leasing, portfolio simplification and debt reduction.
Get Macerich alerts:
President and Chief Executive Officer Jack Hsieh said the company is ahead of schedule on its strategic leasing program and is shifting more attention toward converting signed leases into operating stores. Macerich’s signed-not-open, or SNO, pipeline reached $124 million during the quarter, and the company said it has confidence in a total SNO opportunity of about $140 million.
“The plan is substantially de-risked,” Hsieh said, pointing to leasing progress, asset dispositions and balance-sheet initiatives. He said the company expects NOI growth to accelerate in 2027 and 2028 as tenants in the SNO pipeline open and begin paying rent.
Leasing, Occupancy and Tenant Openings Portfolio sales reached $919 per square foot at the end of the second quarter, a company high, while sales across the go-forward portfolio were $954 per square foot. Portfolio leased occupancy was 94%, up 60 basis points from the first quarter. Leased occupancy in the go-forward portfolio was 95.5%, also up 60 basis points sequentially and 270 basis points from a year earlier.
Doug Healey, senior executive vice president of leasing, said Macerich has commitments for about 93% of its 2026 expiring square footage to renew and remain open, with another 6% in the letter-of-intent stage. For 2027 expirations, the company is about 50% committed, with another 40% in letters of intent, he said.
The company opened nearly 350,000 square feet of new stores during the quarter, including a new and expanded 45,000-square-foot Zara store at Tysons Corner Center. Healey said the Zara location ranked first in U.S. sales and fifth globally during its opening weekend, and has remained first in its region and among the top 10 nationally.
Macerich signed 1.3 million square feet of new and renewal leases during the second quarter, including 645,000 square feet of new deals. Brands signing leases included Aerie, Old Navy, Eataly, Din Tai Fung, Zara, Sephora, Level99, Golf Galaxy, Alo Yoga, On Running, Vuori, Reformation and Cider, according to Healey.
The company’s five-year leasing plan calls for 1,000 new deals. Healey said 170 leases remain to achieve that target, with roughly two-thirds of the remaining leases in the letter-of-intent stage. Macerich’s leasing “speedometer,” which tracks new-deal completion under the plan, stood at 88%, above its 85% midyear target.
NOI Outlook and Transformation Efforts Chief Financial Officer Dan Swanstrom said go-forward portfolio NOI, excluding lease termination income, rose 2.5% for the first six months of 2026. The company reaffirmed its expectation for full-year go-forward NOI growth of at least 3%.
Based on the first-half results, Swanstrom said the guidance implies at least 3.5% NOI growth in the second half, potentially with a stronger fourth quarter as SNO contributions increase. Macerich expects SNO tenants to contribute about $30 million in 2026, with the contribution weighted toward the latter part of the year; $40 million to $45 million in 2027; and $45 million to $50 million in 2028.
The company’s Path Forward 3.0 plan targets a three-year NOI compound annual growth rate midpoint of 6.5% from 2026 through 2028. Swanstrom said that, assuming 3% growth in 2026, the plan implies NOI growth of more than 8% in both 2027 and 2028.
Hsieh said centers in later stages of Macerich’s transformation strategy have recorded stronger traffic, sales and NOI trends than the broader go-forward portfolio. He cited Fairfield Commons, Broadway Plaza, Scottsdale Fashion Square and Tysons Corner as examples, saying the four properties posted low-teens traffic gains and high-single-digit NOI growth year to date.
At Tysons Corner, Macerich is adding Eataly, Din Tai Fung and Cider to the historically weaker west wing. Hsieh said traffic at Tysons was up 10% through the first six months of the year as the company continued upgrading the tenant mix.
Acquisitions and Balance Sheet Macerich said it sees acquisitions as an increasingly important growth avenue and is evaluating a broad set of on- and off-market opportunities. Hsieh said the company’s pipeline is the largest it has had since beginning the Path Forward plan, with roughly half of the opportunities on market and half directly involving sellers.
The company said it remains focused on assets in strong trade areas where it can use its leasing and operating platform to create value, while financing transactions within its leverage targets. Hsieh said the company is underwriting potential acquisitions at stabilized yields in the 9% to 11% range.
Macerich highlighted progress at Annapolis Mall and Crabtree, two recent acquisitions. At Annapolis, Uniqlo has opened and Dick’s House of Sport is scheduled to open Aug. 14. At Crabtree, Macerich said it has commitments for 45 new and expansion leases and 35 renewal leases since the acquisition. Dick’s House of Sport is expected to open there in September.
In June, Macerich priced a common-stock offering at $23.90 per share through forward sale agreements. The company said it expects future net proceeds of about $372 million to fund acquisitions. Hsieh said the company expects to deploy the capital before the forward settlement deadline in June 2027.
Net debt to adjusted EBITDA stood at 7.3 times at the end of the second quarter, down nearly half a turn from the prior quarter and more than 1.5 turns from the start of the Path Forward plan. Swanstrom said the ratio falls below seven times when including unsettled forward equity proceeds. Macerich’s stated leverage target is in the range of six times, plus or minus.
The company has completed about $1.3 billion of dispositions, representing roughly two-thirds of its original target. It expects to sell or give back another $300 million to $400 million of assets, outparcels and land by year-end, which would bring total dispositions to approximately $1.7 billion. Macerich reported about $1.2 billion in liquidity, including $900 million of revolving-credit capacity, excluding the value of unsettled forward equity proceeds.
About Macerich (NYSE:MAC)The Macerich Company NYSE: MAC is a real estate investment trust (REIT) that specializes in the acquisition, development, ownership and management of regional shopping centers in the United States. Headquartered in Santa Monica, California, the company focuses on high-quality retail properties, including enclosed malls, open-air centers and mixed-use lifestyle destinations. Since its establishment as a REIT in 1994, Macerich has pursued a disciplined strategy of investing in properties that serve strong consumer demographics and offer long-term growth potential.
Macerich's core activities encompass property and asset management, leasing, marketing and redevelopment services.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Macerich Right Now?Before you consider Macerich, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Macerich wasn't on the list.
While Macerich currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
The space race is growing fast, and you don’t have to have gotten in early on SpaceX to profit. This report shows seven space stocks you can buy today that may grow as rockets, satellites, defense, space internet, and new space technology become more important.
Intapp, Inc. (INTA) Q4 2026 Earnings Call August 4, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
David Trone - Senior Vice President of Investor Relations
John Hall - Chairman & CEO
David Morton - Chief Financial Officer
Conference Call Participants
Kevin McVeigh - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division
Isabella Camaj - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
J. Lane - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Saket Kalia - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Connor Passarella - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Johnathan McCary - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining us, and welcome to the Intapp Fiscal Fourth Quarter 2026 webcast. [Operator Instructions]
I will now hand the conference over to David Trone, Senior Vice President, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
David Trone
Senior Vice President of Investor Relations
Thank you. Welcome to Intapp's Fiscal Fourth Quarter and Year-end 2026 Financial Results. On the call with me today are John Hall, Chairman and CEO of Intapp; and David Morton, Chief Financial Officer. During the course of this conference call, we may make forward-looking statements regarding trends, strategies and the anticipated performance of our business, including guidance provided for our fiscal first quarter and full year 2027.
These forward-looking statements are based on management's current views and expectations, entail certain assumptions made as of today's date and are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described in our SEC filings and other publicly available documents that are difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Intapp disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Further on today's call, we will also discuss non-GAAP metrics that we believe aid in the understanding of our financial results, including non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating
Enterprise Products zvýší dividendu vyplácenou 14. srpna o 2,8 % meziročně; akcie po 3. srpnu nesou výnos 5,8 %. Firma navíc drží 28 let po sobě rostoucí dividendy.
For the bulk of the 21st century, buybacks have been corporate America's preferred way of returning capital to shareholders, but S&P 500 dividend growth has been solid, if not awe-inspiring. Savvy equity income investors know that some segments deliver the dividend goods more than others. Those groups include energy stocks.
Taking things a step further, pipeline stocks are known for offering tempting yields and, in many cases, dependable payout growth. Enterprise Products Partners (EPD +0.66%) checks those boxes. Although the third quarter isn't even half over, it's already brought a spate of midstream dividend hikes, with Enterprise Products being one of the guests at that party.
Enterprise Products is one of the dividend leaders in the midstream segment. Image source: Getty Images.
On July 7, the pipeline operator told investors that the dividend it's delivering Aug. 14 represents a 2.8% year-over-year increase. As of Aug. 3, the stock yields 5.8%. That's more than 5x the dividend yield on the S&P 500, and more than double the yield of the largest energy exchange-traded fund (ETF). Fortunately, that's not the end of the good news when it comes to the Enterprise Products dividend.
A dependable pipeline payout Not all oil stocks are cut of the same dividend cloth. In the energy patch, there are low yields, alarmingly high yields, and a lack of dividend clarity. Enterprise Products doesn't wear any of those dubious labels. Twenty-eight consecutive years of increased distributions confirm that this is a dependable equity income name.
Fundamentals indicate that the streak can be extended over the long haul. Income investors assessing Enterprise Products today can benefit from valuable insight provided by the company when it delivered second-quarter earnings on July 30. For those who don't want to get "in the weeds," the dividend is safe. For investors demanding more detail, here goes.
In the June quarter, this pipeline operator generated a record $2.3 billion in operational distributable cash flow (DCF), resulting in coverage of 1.9x the distributions paid during that period. Enterprise Products also retained $1.1 billion of that DCF.
Today's Change
(
0.66
%) $
0.25
Current Price
$
38.12
Here are two more points that dividend investors will like. First, the midstream company repurchased $159 million worth of its stock during Q2. Fewer shares outstanding reduce a company's dividend obligations because dividends aren't paid on retired shares. Second, the 56% payout ratio isn't demanding given rising DCF and declining shares outstanding.
Long-term allure Pipeline stocks, including Enterprise Products, are often calmer than their integrated and exploration and production peers, implying it's advisable to approach midstream equities with long-term perspectives.
With Enterprise Products, investors should consider that approach because the true value of dividend growth is realized over longer holding periods. Additionally, the company is just beginning to realize benefits from new projects, including increased volumes in the pipeline and at marine terminals.
Those volume increases, combined with higher marketing volumes and margins, supported Q2 earnings and cash flow growth. Margin expansion was evident in Enterprise Products' natural gas liquids (NGLs) segment, where the company has industry-leading export infrastructure. That underpins Enterprise Products' status as a wide-moat midstream operator, potentially bolstering the stock's long-term bull case.
Amundi v 1. čtvrtletí zvýšila podíl v Axalta Coating Systems o 4 072,1 % na 637 497 akcií. Firma zároveň oznámila EPS 0,72 USD a tržby 1,35 miliardy USD, obojí nad odhady.
Amundi increased its stake in Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (NYSE:AXTA – Free Report) by 4,072.1% in the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent disclosure with the SEC. The institutional investor owned 637,497 shares of the specialty chemicals company’s stock after purchasing an additional 622,217 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned about 0.30% of Axalta Coating Systems worth $17,659,000 at the end of the most recent quarter.
Other hedge funds and other institutional investors also recently made changes to their positions in the company. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC raised its stake in Axalta Coating Systems by 49.7% in the first quarter. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC now owns 11,489 shares of the specialty chemicals company’s stock valued at $318,000 after purchasing an additional 3,816 shares in the last quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System increased its stake in Axalta Coating Systems by 24.0% in the first quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System now owns 252,309 shares of the specialty chemicals company’s stock valued at $6,989,000 after acquiring an additional 48,781 shares during the last quarter. Quantinno Capital Management LP raised its position in Axalta Coating Systems by 10.6% during the first quarter. Quantinno Capital Management LP now owns 1,063,450 shares of the specialty chemicals company’s stock valued at $29,458,000 after purchasing an additional 102,057 shares in the last quarter. Waverly Advisors LLC lifted its stake in Axalta Coating Systems by 32.9% during the first quarter. Waverly Advisors LLC now owns 12,424 shares of the specialty chemicals company’s stock worth $344,000 after purchasing an additional 3,074 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Entropy Technologies LP purchased a new position in shares of Axalta Coating Systems in the 1st quarter worth about $1,504,000. 98.28% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors.
Analysts Set New Price Targets AXTA has been the subject of several research reports. Citigroup started coverage on Axalta Coating Systems in a research note on Thursday, June 4th. They issued a “buy” rating and a $44.00 target price for the company. Mizuho boosted their price objective on shares of Axalta Coating Systems from $32.00 to $39.00 and gave the stock an “outperform” rating in a report on Wednesday, July 1st. Royal Bank Of Canada upped their price objective on shares of Axalta Coating Systems from $34.00 to $36.00 and gave the company a “sector perform” rating in a research note on Wednesday, July 8th. Robert W. Baird increased their target price on shares of Axalta Coating Systems from $35.00 to $37.00 and gave the company a “neutral” rating in a report on Wednesday, July 29th. Finally, Wells Fargo & Company downgraded shares of Axalta Coating Systems from an “overweight” rating to an “equal weight” rating and lowered their price target for the stock from $39.00 to $30.00 in a research note on Friday, April 10th. Four equities research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and eleven have given a Hold rating to the company. Based on data from MarketBeat.com, the company presently has an average rating of “Hold” and a consensus price target of $36.00.
Check Out Our Latest Stock Report on Axalta Coating Systems
Axalta Coating Systems Price Performance AXTA stock opened at $37.67 on Wednesday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.99, a current ratio of 1.53 and a quick ratio of 1.12. Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. has a 1 year low of $24.94 and a 1 year high of $37.70. The firm has a 50-day moving average of $33.32 and a 200 day moving average of $31.36. The company has a market cap of $8.06 billion, a P/E ratio of 23.25, a PEG ratio of 1.79 and a beta of 1.24.
Axalta Coating Systems (NYSE:AXTA – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings results on Tuesday, July 28th. The specialty chemicals company reported $0.72 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, beating analysts’ consensus estimates of $0.65 by $0.07. Axalta Coating Systems had a net margin of 6.78% and a return on equity of 22.35%. The company had revenue of $1.35 billion during the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $1.31 billion. During the same period last year, the company posted $0.64 EPS. Axalta Coating Systems’s revenue was up 3.1% on a year-over-year basis. Axalta Coating Systems has set its FY 2026 guidance at 2.550-2.700 EPS and its Q3 2026 guidance at 0.700-0.700 EPS. On average, sell-side analysts forecast that Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. will post 2.63 EPS for the current year.
About Axalta Coating Systems (Free Report)
Axalta Coating Systems is a global leader in the development, manufacture and sale of liquid and powder coatings. The company’s product portfolio spans refinish coatings for the automotive collision repair market, original equipment manufacturer (OEM) coatings for new vehicle production, and industrial coatings including electrodeposition (E-coat) and powder coatings for a variety of sectors such as architecture, heavy equipment and general industrial applications.
Tracing its roots to the 19th century and rebranded as Axalta following its separation from DuPont Performance Coatings in 2013, the company has built a presence in more than 100 countries.
Read More Five stocks we like better than Axalta Coating Systems System Upgrade: First Internet Bancorp Options Surge AI Security Breaches Raise New Risks for Microsoft and Amazon’s Agent Push The AI Chip Blockade Is Creating a Shadow Market Grab Holdings Stock Forms Bottom After Strong Beat-and-Raise Quarter
Receive News & Ratings for Axalta Coating Systems Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Axalta Coating Systems and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEMP Materials Corp. $MP Stock Position Raised by Amundi
NEXT HEADLINE »Sportradar Group’s (SRAD) Equal Weight Rating Reaffirmed at Wells Fargo & Company
Jacobs Solutions zvýšila svůj celoroční výhled už potřetí za sebou po růstu organických tržeb, marží a rekordním objemu zakázek 29 miliard USD. Upravený zisk na akcii vzrostl meziročně asi o 14 % na 1,84 USD.
Jersey Mike's Serves Fresh Gains After IPO StumbleJacobs Solutions NYSE: J reported fiscal third-quarter 2026 results marked by organic revenue growth, margin expansion and a record backlog, prompting the company to raise its full-year outlook for the third consecutive quarter.
Chair and CEO Bob Pragada said adjusted earnings per share increased approximately 14% year over year to $1.84, supported by more than 8% adjusted net revenue growth and more than 100 basis points of margin expansion. The company recorded its sixth consecutive quarter of double-digit adjusted EPS growth, he said.
Get Jacobs Solutions alerts:
The S&P 493 Are Staging a Comeback—This Value ETF Offers Broad ExposureAdjusted EBITDA rose 17% to $367 million, while adjusted EBITDA margin reached 15.2%, up 109 basis points from a year earlier, according to CFO Venk Nathamuni. Gross revenue increased more than 34%, while adjusted net revenue, excluding pass-through revenue, grew more than 8%.
Record Backlog and Higher Full-Year Outlook Consolidated backlog rose more than 27% year over year to a record $29 billion. Jacobs reported trailing-12-month book-to-bill ratios of 1.4x on gross revenue and 1.2x on net revenue. Net revenue and gross profit in backlog increased 11% and 14%, respectively, from the prior year.
Large Caps Across Planes, Tech and Oil Announce Over $10 Billion in BuybacksPragada said the company sees “convergence of backlog growth and overall revenue growth” and expects another strong bookings performance in the fiscal fourth quarter. Nathamuni said the backlog position provides confidence that fiscal 2027 growth can at least align with the company’s previously stated long-term average, though he deferred specific fiscal 2027 guidance until the next earnings call.
For fiscal 2026, Jacobs raised its outlook for adjusted net revenue growth to 9.5% to 10%. The company narrowed its adjusted EBITDA margin forecast to 14.7% to 14.8% and increased its adjusted EPS outlook to $7.20 to $7.30. The midpoint of the EPS range implies nearly 19% year-over-year adjusted EPS growth, Nathamuni said.
For the fourth quarter, Jacobs expects approximately 14% year-over-year net revenue growth, adjusted EBITDA margin of about 16%, a tax rate near 27.5%, and approximately $150 million in free cash flow.
Advanced Manufacturing and AI Infrastructure Drive Growth Infrastructure & Advanced Facilities, or I&AF, generated nearly $2.1 billion in net revenue, a quarterly record for the segment. Segment operating profit increased 14% on 10% net revenue growth.
Within I&AF, life sciences and advanced manufacturing net revenue climbed 24% year over year, the company’s highest reported growth rate in that end market since it began disclosing end-market results in late 2024. Data center and semiconductor activity were major contributors, and Jacobs expects the trend to continue in the fourth quarter.
Direct AI infrastructure build-out represented 11% of adjusted net revenue as of the third quarter, up about 100 basis points from the previous quarter. Pragada said Jacobs has expanded its data center scope from technical advisory and design to digital twins and full program delivery, while also applying water, environmental, power and digital capabilities to support both private-sector clients and utilities.
Among its awards, Jacobs received a sole-source engineering, procurement and construction management contract from Hut 8 for the Beacon Point AI data center campus in Texas. The multiphase site is designed to support 1 gigawatt of total capacity, with initial energization targeted for 2027. Jacobs is also leading program delivery for Hut 8’s River Bend campus in Louisiana.
In the semiconductor market, Pragada said customers are pushing the company to accelerate designs. He said Jacobs is working for the largest high-bandwidth memory chip manufacturer in the U.S. and is seeing its pipeline grow, including through its longstanding relationship with Intel.
Water, Environmental and Infrastructure Trends Critical infrastructure net revenue increased 9% in the quarter, led by transportation and energy and power activity. Nathamuni said Jacobs continues to expect the end market to grow at a mid-to-high single-digit rate over the medium term.
Pragada said transportation growth was led by aviation, rail, ports and maritime, with highways and bridges also contributing during the third quarter. Energy and power posted double-digit growth, primarily from U.S. transmission and distribution activity, while international growth was supported by generation and renewable-energy work.
Water and environmental net revenue grew slightly more than 1%, as strength in water was partly offset by continuing year-over-year environmental headwinds. The company expects sequential improvement in the fourth quarter following recent awards activity.
Jacobs was selected to provide program management and technical environmental services for the U.S. Navy’s Environmental Restoration Program across the Mid-Atlantic and Puerto Rico. The work includes contaminated-site restoration, including PFAS and munitions-related projects. The company also won the Central Utah Water Conservancy District’s Strawberry High Line Improvement Project, part of the broader approximately $1.5 billion Nebo Regional Water Project.
Pragada said environmental awards during the quarter included two sizable, unnamed private-sector industrial contracts, along with public-sector opportunities involving PFAS and Department of Defense regulatory work. He said the environmental business posted book-to-bill above 1.3x for the quarter and is expected to return to its prior growth levels in fiscal 2027.
Cash Flow, Repurchases and PA Consulting Jacobs generated $541 million in adjusted free cash flow in the third quarter, excluding $110 million of payments related to proceeds from the PA transaction. Year-to-date adjusted free cash flow totaled $633 million.
The company repurchased $614 million of shares through the third quarter, bringing total repurchases since the beginning of fiscal 2025 to $1.4 billion. Including dividends, Jacobs said it is on track to return more than 100% of free cash flow to shareholders for the second consecutive year. Net leverage declined to 1.8x, reaching the company’s below-2.0x target one quarter early. Jacobs still plans to reduce net leverage to about 1.5x by the end of fiscal 2027.
PA Consulting operating profit increased 2% on roughly flat revenue, while its operating margin remained above 22%. Nathamuni said a recent change in U.K. government leadership temporarily delayed project starts, but the company has seen a return toward normal conditions and expects solid sequential revenue growth in the fourth quarter.
Management said future margin expansion should be supported by operating leverage, greater use of global delivery and business mix. Pragada added that Jacobs expects margin improvement to be balanced between I&AF and PA Consulting as it advances cost synergies at PA.
About Jacobs Solutions (NYSE:J)Jacobs Solutions Inc, commonly known as Jacobs, is a global professional services firm that provides technical, engineering, scientific and project delivery expertise across a broad range of industries. Founded in 1947 by Joseph J. Jacobs in Pasadena, California, the company evolved from a regional engineering consultancy into a diversified provider of design, program and construction management, operations and maintenance, and scientific services for complex infrastructure and industrial programs.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Jacobs Solutions Right Now?Before you consider Jacobs Solutions, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Jacobs Solutions wasn't on the list.
While Jacobs Solutions currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Nuclear energy is entering a new growth cycle as rising power demand, expanding data centers, and renewed policy support bring the sector back into focus. After strong gains in recent years, the most impactful phase of nuclear investment may still be ahead. This report highlights seven nuclear energy stocks positioned across the value chain—combining near-term revenue with long-term upside as next-generation technologies scale. Click the link below to unlock the full list.
Gulfport Energy po výsledcích za 2. čtvrtletí uvedla, že se zaměří na provozní efektivitu, rozšíření zásob a disciplinovanou alokaci kapitálu. CEO zároveň čeká, že objem kapalin bude ve 2. pololetí o více než 50 % vyšší než v 1. pololetí 2026.
Gulfport Energy NYSE: GPOR outlined plans to emphasize operating efficiency, inventory expansion, disciplined capital allocation and downstream market access as President and CEO Nick Dell’Osso led his first earnings call in the role following the company’s second-quarter 2026 results.
Dell’Osso said Gulfport enters the second half with accelerating production following its first-half capital program, including liquids volumes expected to be more than 50% higher than first-half 2026 levels. He said the company’s asset base, balance sheet, cost structure and exposure to areas of growing natural-gas demand provide a foundation for long-term shareholder value creation.
Get Gulfport Energy alerts:
“Delivering better and more consistent results for shareholders will be our number one priority,” Dell’Osso said.
Inventory Expansion and Capital Allocation Gulfport said it has expanded its drilling inventory through leasing, delineation work and development of its Ohio Marcellus opportunities. Dell’Osso pointed to the company’s success in a state land auction and its announced $140 million 2026 budget for discretionary land purchases as key parts of that effort.
According to Dell’Osso, the state-land auction and planned discretionary leasing are expected to increase Gulfport’s net Appalachia location count by about 20%. He said the company has roughly 15 years of drilling inventory and cited an Enverus analysis showing Gulfport has one of the stronger weighted-average inventory breakevens among gas-focused companies.
The CEO said the company will remain selective on acreage purchases, prioritizing value rather than pursuing scale for its own sake. In response to analyst questions, Dell’Osso said Gulfport has a clear view of the opportunities included in its $140 million leasing budget and expects much of the multiyear leasing effort to come to fruition during 2026.
He added that leasing activity should continue beyond this year but likely will not reach the same scale in 2027. That could free up cash flow for other priorities, including share repurchases and debt reduction.
“We will define the terms of competition around creating the highest financial returns and advancing our strategic goals,” Dell’Osso said, listing operational improvements, inventory depth, lower breakevens, market access, financial strength and shareholder returns among those goals.
Dell’Osso said the company intends to maintain a conservative mid-cycle leverage ratio and use hedges to protect capital committed to its drilling program. He said Gulfport will remain active in its share-repurchase program during the second half of 2026, although he did not provide quarterly repurchase guidance.
Focus on More Consistent Execution A central theme of Dell’Osso’s comments was improving the consistency of Gulfport’s drilling and completion operations. He said some individual wells have performed at a level comparable with the industry’s best execution, but the company sees room to improve planning, data quality and processes across its operations.
Dell’Osso said he would like Gulfport to eventually operate a more consistent capital program rather than one that is heavily weighted toward the front part of the year. He said a steadier operating cadence could help lower well costs and improve execution, though he cautioned that the company may not fully achieve that objective in 2027.
“Consistent, continuous operations will drive our ability to lower our well costs and execute better wells every time that we turn the drill bit,” Dell’Osso said.
Matthew Rucker, Gulfport’s executive vice president and chief operating officer, discussed recent progress in the Marcellus. The company drilled four wells with average lateral lengths of 16,000 feet during the first quarter and completed the pad during the second quarter. Rucker said the completion work maintained drilling momentum, with more than 20 hours of pumping per day and stage placement meeting expectations.
The wells were brought online near the end of the quarter and have completed flowback. Rucker said Gulfport initially choked the wells back during ramp-up and cleanup, but the pad has since been turned up to its full initial-production potential. He said gas and liquids rates have been better than anticipated and that the wells have remained relatively flat.
On costs, Rucker said drilling and completion costs on a per-foot basis were about 25% lower than those of shorter Marcellus laterals drilled last year. He said the results have helped establish a development approach for lateral length and spacing across the remaining acreage.
Natural-Gas Demand and Market Access Dell’Osso said Gulfport sees potential benefits from growing in-basin natural-gas demand, including demand associated with AI data centers. He said the company already sells significant gas volumes in the basin and benefits from relatively attractive gathering, processing and transportation costs, as well as flexibility around sales destinations.
While Dell’Osso said Gulfport may not be the first choice for the largest 15- to 20-year contracts pursued by larger companies, he said it is positioned to serve projects being developed near its operations. He said Gulfport aims to work with customers on delivery requirements and to ensure its gas can reach available markets.
The company recently released 60,000 per day of firm transportation capacity, or roughly 10% of its takeaway capacity, according to an analyst’s question. Dell’Osso and Executive Vice President and CFO Michael Hodges characterized the move as an active management decision rather than a signal of a broader shift in strategy. Hodges said the company could reach a strong sales point without that transportation and saw an economic uplift from releasing it.
SCOOP Strategy and Executive Transition On potential larger-scale acquisitions, Dell’Osso said Gulfport will evaluate opportunities only where assets can improve the company at an appropriate valuation. He said the company does not intend to pursue deals simply to become larger and will seek a strategic advantage before bidding on assets.
Dell’Osso also said Gulfport’s SCOOP position remains strategically interesting. While the asset has received limited investment in recent years, he said production has remained relatively steady and the Mid-Continent could eventually provide valuable access to growing Gulf Coast demand. He said the company needs to do additional work to determine the appropriate investment and operating strategy for the asset.
Dell’Osso closed the call by recognizing Hodges, who is leaving the company after choosing to spend more time with his family. Dell’Osso said Hodges leaves Gulfport in a position of financial strength and thanked him for his leadership during the transition.
About Gulfport Energy (NYSE:GPOR)Gulfport Energy Corporation is an independent oil and gas exploration and production company based in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The company focuses on the development of onshore natural gas, natural gas liquids (NGLs) and crude oil properties in the United States. Gulfport utilizes horizontal drilling and multi-stage hydraulic fracturing techniques to maximize production and enhance recovery from its resource plays.
The company's primary operations are concentrated in two major U.S. resource basins.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Gulfport Energy Right Now?Before you consider Gulfport Energy, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Gulfport Energy wasn't on the list.
While Gulfport Energy currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Looking to profit from the electric vehicle mega-trend? Click the link to see our list of which EV stocks show the most long-term potential.
4imprint zvýšil výhled na celoroční tržby i zisk nad odhady, protože pokles nových zákaznických objednávek se ve druhém čtvrtletí zpomalil z 9 % na 5 %. Akcie po zprávě vyskočily o 9,2 %.
4imprint Group Plc (AQSE:FOUR) shares jumped 9.2% to 4,794.2p after the promotional products maker said it expects full-year revenue and profit above analysts’ current forecasts.
First-half revenue rose 1% to $666.4 million, while total orders slipped to 1.04 million from 1.05 million.
However, the decline in new customer acquisition moderated from 8% in the first quarter to 4% in the second, while the fall in new customer orders slowed from 9% to 5%.
The company expects revenue for the 2026 financial year to be "slightly above" last year’s $1.35 billion, with adjusted pre-tax profit of around $130 million.
New chairman Paul Forman said: "The board is encouraged by the group's first half performance, in particular the improvement in new customer orders through the period and the effective management of gross profit margin pressure resulting from tariff-related cost increases realised in the period."
Adjusted pre-tax profit declined 12% to $64.8 million as tariff-related supplier costs weighed on margins.
The interim dividend was held at 80 cents per share.
Broker Panmure Liberum said the profit guidance was 14% ahead of its estimate.
It was noted that gross margin narrowed to 31.5% from 32.8%, with a 3% increase in average order values only partly offsetting higher costs. Adjusted operating margin fell to 9.4% from 10.7%.
Panmure said this improvement was the "key feature" of the results, although it said the "key risk" is the US economic cycle, where a recent small business optimism survey showed an improvement in June from May.
"Industry data suggests 2.5% growth in Q2 26, which makes us question whether 4imprint is still gaining share."
SpaceX v prvním zveřejněném výsledku po vstupu na burzu vykázal ve druhém čtvrtletí tržby 7,8 miliardy USD, ale čistou ztrátu 541 milionů USD. Investoři se zároveň zaměřili na 15,8 miliardy USD kapitálových výdajů na umělou inteligenci.
SpaceX stock NASDAQ:SPCX reversed a 9.4% regular-session gain and fell 7.8% after hours on Tuesday, even after the rocket company delivered revenue above Wall Street forecasts in its first earnings report as a listed business.
Second-quarter sales nearly doubled to $7.8 billion, beating expectations near $6.8 billion, while the connectivity division led by Starlink generated $4.3 billion.
Yet SpaceX still posted a $541 million net loss, and investors focused on $15.8 billion of artificial-intelligence capital spending.
The results exposed a quieter tension, as Starlink is increasingly funding SpaceX’s ambitions, but its expanding orbital footprint may bring higher collision-avoidance, replacement, compliance and insurance costs.
Starlink ended the quarter with 12 million subscribers, slightly below the 12.19 million analyst forecast, while average revenue per user fell 22% from a year earlier.
Even so, connectivity revenue rose 66% and accounted for more than half of SpaceX’s total sales.
Morningstar equity analyst Nicolas Owens described Starlink as SpaceX’s current “earnings engine” in a July report, saying it could partially finance the company’s AI expansion.
Melissa Otto of S&P Global Market Intelligence made a similar point before earnings.
She said connectivity margins were SpaceX’s main profitability driver while the Space and AI divisions scaled. That makes any sustained increase in Starlink’s costs especially important.
Joel Shulman of ERShares called Starlink the “crown jewel” of SpaceX.
The phrase captures the contradiction that the company’s strongest business also carries its greatest exposure to crowded low-Earth orbit.
Starlink had about 10,860 operational satellites by July 30, making it the world’s largest active constellation.
Their limited working lives require a continuing cycle of launches, manoeuvres, replacement and deorbiting.
The immediate risk is orbital congestion rather than uncontrolled debris routinely reaching the ground.
Starlink satellites completed more than 355,000 collision-avoidance manoeuvres in the year to May 2026, according to Space.com, averaging more than 40 for each spacecraft.
Hugh Lewis, a space-sustainability expert at the University of Birmingham, told the publication that the industry was approaching a situation in which an operational constellation satellite would eventually be involved in a collision.
That does not mean an accident is imminent. The manoeuvres show SpaceX’s automated system is actively reducing danger.
The financial question is whether the workload can keep expanding without consuming more fuel, shortening satellite lives or requiring heavier investment in tracking.
SpaceX’s prospectus warns that orbital congestion and debris could cause satellite losses or degradation, increase collision-avoidance costs and force assets to be replaced or repositioned sooner than planned.
The disclosure does not quantify a liability or establish that debris costs are material to earnings.
It does show that SpaceX recognises orbital safety as a financial risk, not merely an engineering problem.
Future rules may also require additional mitigation spending or constrain licences.
A serious collision could interrupt service, damage customer confidence and create claims or insurance costs, although investors lack enough information to price those outcomes reliably.
AMD oznámila tržby 11,5 miliardy USD a upravený zisk 1,66 USD na akcii, což bylo nad odhady. Přesto akcie v prodlouženém obchodování klesly téměř o 9 %. Tahounem růstu je datacentrový byznys, ale poptávka stojí hlavně na úzké skupině velkých zákazníků.
Advanced Micro Devices Inc (NASDAQ:AMD, XETRA:AMD) delivered close to the quarter the bulls wanted, and the shares fell almost 9% anyway.
Revenue of $11.5 billion was up 50% year on year and ahead of the $11.28 billion consensus, while adjusted earnings of $1.66 a share beat forecasts of about $1.60.
Data centre revenue, the only line that really matters now, more than doubled to $6.7 billion.
Guidance for the current quarter of $12.7 billion to $13.3 billion was in line, and Lisa Su told analysts that data centre revenue would more than double again in 2027, with server sales growing more than 80%.
The stock had risen 7% during the session before reversing in extended trading.
Too few baskets
The discomfort is about who is doing the buying. AMD's accelerator growth rests on a very short list of names: OpenAI, Meta, Anthropic, Microsoft and Oracle, plus a handful of specialist GPU cloud providers.
Su acknowledged as much on the call, conceding that interest exists beyond the frontier model developers, but at a more ordinary scale rather than the gigawatt scale.
None of those largest customers has yet demonstrated that it can fund this level of spending out of its own profits.
That makes AMD's 2027 inflexion dependent on the willingness of capital markets to keep financing AI infrastructure, which is precisely the thing that has begun to wobble.
The Philadelphia semiconductor index has fallen roughly 20% from its late June peak, wiping more than $1 trillion from the value of chipmakers globally, with no deterioration in reported demand to explain it.
The circle
The structure of AMD's marquee deals sharpens the point. Meta's agreement to take up to six gigawatts of Instinct GPUs came with warrants over as much as 10% of AMD's equity, priced at a penny a share and vesting in full only if the stock reaches $600.
OpenAI holds a near-identical arrangement covering a similar six gigawatts.
Roughly a fifth of the company is therefore potentially owed to two of its largest customers, whose incentive to keep ordering is written directly into their own prospective shareholdings.
The Anthropic agreement, covering up to two gigawatts of MI450 series chips in Helios racks from the first half of 2027, goes a step further, because AMD is investing up to $5 billion into the customer.
Supporters read this as incentive alignment, while sceptics read it as revenue the supplier has partly funded itself.
Either way, the headline gigawatt numbers are "up to" commitments contingent on deployment milestones, and commitments are not shipments.
Little cushion elsewhere
The rest of the portfolio offers limited protection. Gaming revenue fell 31% to $779 million as the console cycle winds down, and although client sales rose 23% to $3.1 billion, AMD warned that surging memory prices will eat into personal computer demand over the coming quarters.
Embedded revenue grew 19% to $977 million.
Helios, the rack-scale system that takes on Nvidia's complete platforms rather than merely its chips, only begins shipping this quarter, with modest volumes before a step up in the fourth quarter and into 2027.
Valuation does the rest of the work, given the shares have risen nearly 130% this year and trade on roughly 69 times forward earnings.
At that multiple, meeting expectations is not enough, and a growth story resting on five customers and a 2027 acceleration invites investors to ask what happens if any one of them blinks.
Elon Musk says SpaceX is going all in on Nvidia's GPUs. Bloomberg/Getty Images SpaceX says it's ready to be a one-chip supplier company.
On SpaceX's highly anticipated earnings call on Wednesday, CEO Elon Musk said his company was committed to buying graphics processing units from only one place.
"Going forward, we've decided to build exclusively on Nvidia because we think the Vera Rubin architecture is the best architecture," Musk said on the call, talking about his company's compute capacity. "We think it's the best AI computer, and we greatly value our close cooperation and partnership on many levels with Nvidia. So we're exclusive to Nvidia."
He added that SpaceX will receive a significant percentage of Nvidia's GPUs next year, indicating that the space company could make up a notable share of Nvidia's revenue.
Nvidia has been a key technology partner for both of Musk's public companies, Tesla and SpaceX, supplying GPU platforms that support AI model training, simulation, and advanced computing. Although Tesla has invested heavily in custom AI chips, it continues to use Nvidia GPUs for various AI and data center workloads.
Following the call, Musk reiterated his commitment to Nvidia, announcing it again on X.
In a post on Wednesday night, he wrote: "SpaceX has committed to using Nvidia GPUs exclusively because they are the best."
An exclusive contract with Nvidia cuts out rival chipmakers like Intel, AMD, and Broadcom. The exclusive announcement also runs counter to the diversification strategy that large tech companies often employ to reduce the risk of supply bottlenecks and other challenges stemming from dependence on a single company.
'World class' productsMusk and his companies have received similar compliments from Nvidia in return.
Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang has repeatedly praised Musk as an "extraordinary engineer," and said that Nvidia does significant business with Tesla and SpaceX's xAI. He has also called Musk's work on xAI's Grok and Tesla products "world-class."
On Wednesday, the space company reported its first quarterly earnings as a listed company, topping revenue expectations. It reported that second-quarter sales rose 92% year on year to $7.8 billion, driven by growth in AI infrastructure and Starlink, its satellite internet network.
On the call, Musk said the company aims to reach a $100 billion annual revenue run rate by year-end, but Wall Street remained cautious over the pace of spending and its impact on near-term profitability.
"I think it may be higher than that," Musk said, adding that the $100 billion ARR is "if we did nothing."
Despite revenue, investors focused on the company's high AI spending and a $541 million loss, sending shares down more than 7% after hours.
Read next
Shubhangi Goel You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Caterpillar ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby o 24 % na 20,5 mld. USD, poprvé nad 20 mld. USD za čtvrtletí. Divize Power and energy už téměř dorovnala Construction industries a vydělala i vyšší zisk.
Caterpillar (CAT +5.60%) reported second-quarter results on Tuesday, and the headline number was a company first. Sales and revenues rose 24% year over year to $20.5 billion -- the first time Caterpillar has cleared $20 billion in a single quarter. Shares were up about 6% in Tuesday trading as of this writing, to around $880.
The more interesting story sits one layer down, in the segment results. Construction industries (the bulldozers, excavators, and loaders most investors picture when they hear the name) produced $8.3 billion of sales. Power and energy, the segment that sells generator engines and turbines, produced $8.2 billion -- with much of that demand now coming from data centers.
In other words, Caterpillar now sells nearly as much power equipment as construction equipment. And on the profit line, the power business has arguably already pulled ahead.
Image source: Getty Images.
The power business has nearly caught construction Power and energy sales grew 17% year over year in the second quarter, driven by data center applications, gas compression, and aftermarket parts. Power generation, the slice of the segment most directly tied to data centers, grew 29% to $3.1 billion. The demand comes from the large engines and turbines that can power artificial intelligence (AI) facilities when the grid can't, or before a grid connection arrives.
And that slice keeps getting bigger. Power generation sales were about $2.4 billion in the second quarter of 2025 and $2.8 billion in this year's first quarter.
Demand looks even stronger than the revenue line shows: power generation sales to users grew 72% during the quarter, up from 48% growth in the first quarter, an acceleration driven by those same large gensets and turbines.
To be fair, construction industries grew faster this quarter. Its sales rose 35% year over year, helped by a 50% jump in North American sales.
So the story isn't that power is overtaking construction. It's that a business many investors never think about now rivals the famous one in size.
The profit comparison is sharper still. Power and energy generated $2.0 billion of segment profit in the quarter at a 24.6% margin, up 2.5 percentage points from a year ago. Construction industries generated $1.9 billion at a 23.3% margin, up 3.2 points. Both improved. But the power business now earns a higher margin than the equipment business -- and this quarter, more total profit, too.
Companywide, the operating margin reached 20.9%, up from 17.3% a year ago. Non-GAAP (adjusted) earnings per share rose 73% to $8.17.
The quarter also produced $4.4 billion of operating cash flow, which helped fund $1.5 billion of share repurchases and $0.7 billion of dividends.
Today's Change
(
5.60
%) $
46.51
Current Price
$
876.54
A $72 billion order book, and a price to match The order backlog ended the quarter at about $72 billion, up from a record $63 billion three months earlier. Management also raised its full-year sales outlook, citing healthy demand across its primary segments. And it trimmed its estimate of this year's tariff costs to about $2.2 billion.
Visibility like that is rare for a cyclical manufacturer. It's also not a guarantee. Orders placed years ahead of delivery can slip, and big projects can be rescheduled. An order in the backlog isn't revenue until Caterpillar delivers it.
After Tuesday's jump, shares trade at about 38 times earnings, with the just-reported quarter folded into the count. That's a premium price for a machinery maker, even one growing this fast.
This is the quarter where Caterpillar's transformation stopped being a story about orders and started being one about delivered profit. I like the business more than I did a week ago. The power franchise is higher-margin than the construction franchise, demand for it is accelerating, and it's arguably still in its early innings given how far out customers are ordering.
Still, at about 38 times earnings, the price treats a cyclical manufacturer as if the power boom comes with a guarantee. It doesn't. Data center projects can pause, and spending that arrives in waves can leave in waves.
If I owned the stock, I'd keep holding it. But I'm not chasing it the day after a 6% pop. The business earned my respect this quarter. At about 38 times earnings, though, I'd be paying today for several more years of quarters like this one. I'd rather wait for a better price.
Neaktivní bitcoinová peněženka po sedmi měsících přesunula 16 400 BTC v hodnotě asi 1,04 miliardy dolarů do nové soukromé peněženky. Převod nešel na burzu, takže zatím nevypadá jako přímý prodej.
On August 3rd, a wallet that had been completely inactive for seven months transferred 16,400 bitcoins, nearly 1.04 billion dollars, reigniting speculation about the intentions of its holder. Indeed, this movement occurs while bitcoin is trading around 62,800 dollars, far from its all-time high of 126,198 dollars reached in October 2025. In a market where large fortunes quickly influence liquidity and investor sentiment, such an operation never goes unnoticed.
In Brief A crypto whale inactive for 7 months moved all of its 16,400 BTC, amounting to a total of 1.04 billion dollars. This movement occurs while Bitcoin oscillates around $62,800, down nearly 50% from its all-time high in October 2025. The operation represents about 0.0781% of the total Bitcoin supply and equals nearly 7% of the daily volume traded on the spot market. The funds were transferred to a brand new private wallet and not to a centralized exchange platform, dismissing the hypothesis of a direct sale deposit. A 1.04 billion dollar transfer in bitcoin While bitcoin could plunge to $40,000 according to Michael Terpin, the sending wallet is listed under the address “bc1qptc9cz269u2mc5yguun5a5d6yd5c7f7ne4qj26”. According to the data reported by the blockchain tracking platform Lookonchain, the entire accumulated reserve was moved in a single transaction to a new destination wallet. This massive transfer happens in a particularly gloomy market context, marked by limited spot trading volumes on major international exchange platforms.
To properly gauge the scale and statistical accuracy of this extraordinary operation, analysts extracted fundamental metrics characterizing this major movement. These data allow for a direct evaluation of the potential impact on the money supply in circulation as well as on overall market liquidity :
Total amount transferred : 16,400 BTC (the entire balance of the sending address) ; Estimated value at execution : approximately 1.04 billion dollars ; The bitcoin price at the time of transfer : $62,808 according to CryptoQuant (down 1.1 % over 24 hours and 3.8 % over 7 days) ; Proportion of total supply : 0.0781 % of the maximum total of 21 million BTC ; Proportion of daily spot volume: 6% to 7 % of the 15.7 billion dollars traded over 24 hours. According to the analysis firm Cypher Citadel, the operation spectacularly ranks “in the top 0.01 % of the largest crypto transactions over the past three months”.
Although the proportion relative to theoretical supply seems modest, it is considerably more colossal when compared to actual active liquidity, a major share of bitcoins being locked long-term.
The destination of the transaction The key element to retain does not solely lie in the volume moved but primarily in the nature of the final address that received the funds. The blockchain actually reveals that the 16,400 BTC were sent to a brand-new wallet created specifically for the occasion, not to an address belonging to a centralized exchange.
Thus, Cypher Citadel specialists confirm the transaction is classified as a transfer “from unknown address to unknown address”, a type generally associated with an internal custodian reshuffle or an over-the-counter (OTC) trade rather than a deposit prior to a sale on the spot market.
The analysis company underlines that “the 4 to 48-hour window ahead is a key observation period to detect potential secondary transfers to centralized exchange platforms”, where real selling pressure is expected to be exerted. This distinction is fundamental for market structure. A direct sale would have a devastating impact, while a simple migration to a new secure environment retains immediate neutrality on the price.
A historic precedent and perspectives for investors This dynamic fits into a historic pattern already observed several times by industry experts. Last July, a wallet inactive for over eight years moved 5,907.56 BTC, equivalent to 384 million dollars, to a new intermediate address without ever funding trading platforms.
As explained by the firm Glassnode, wallet-to-wallet movements frequently reflect “custody provider changes, transitions to cold storage solutions, or internal treasury management”, while only direct deposits to platforms translate the owners’ manifest intention to liquidate their positions. This phenomenon was even more marked earlier in the year, when an 80,000 BTC reserve inactive since Satoshi Nakamoto’s era and estimated at 8 billion dollars moved without any flow immediately impacting order books.
Ultimately, unless secondary movements contradict this data in the next hours, the hypothesis of a massive sale leading to a pending crash seems to be ruled out in favor of a technical migration of assets. Investors must nevertheless maintain nuanced vigilance. While the initial transfer remains neutral for the price situated around $62,800, the potential fragmentation of this sum towards OTC brokers or secondary platforms could subtly influence liquidity in a fragile spot market. Risk management therefore requires close monitoring of the evolution of this new wallet to anticipate any future repercussions on the ecosystem.
Maximize your Cointribune experience with our "Read to Earn" program! For every article you read, earn points and access exclusive rewards. Sign up now and start earning benefits.
Join the program
A
A
Lien copié
Luc Jose A.
Diplômé de Sciences Po Toulouse et titulaire d'une certification consultant blockchain délivrée par Alyra, j'ai rejoint l'aventure Cointribune en 2019. Convaincu du potentiel de la blockchain pour transformer de nombreux secteurs de l'économie, j'ai pris l'engagement de sensibiliser et d'informer le grand public sur cet écosystème en constante évolution. Mon objectif est de permettre à chacun de mieux comprendre la blockchain et de saisir les opportunités qu'elle offre. Je m'efforce chaque jour de fournir une analyse objective de l'actualité, de décrypter les tendances du marché, de relayer les dernières innovations technologiques et de mettre en perspective les enjeux économiques et sociétaux de cette révolution en marche.
DISCLAIMER
The views, thoughts, and opinions expressed in this article belong solely to the author, and should not be taken as investment advice. Do your own research before taking any investment decisions.
Tři muži z Missouri byli obviněni kvůli údajnému plánu unést držitele bitcoinu a vynutit si převod kryptoměny. Podle obžaloby měli jednat v srpnu 2024.
Three Missouri men were charged over an alleged August 2024 plot to kidnap a Bitcoin holder and steal his holdings.
Sedric Louis, John Davis and Martel Williams were allegedly hired to kidnap and force a Bitcoin holder to transfer cryptocurrency to accounts controlled by organizers, according to a Tuesday press release by the US Attorney’s Office. They traveled from St. Louis to Connecticut, where they rented vehicles and obtained air rifles to stake out the victim.
After staking out the intended target for two days, they abandoned the plan for fear of being caught on home security cameras. Shortly afterward, another crew from Florida arrived to carry out the plan.
The three were charged with conspiracy to interfere with commerce by robbery under the Hobbs Act, which carries a maximum sentence of 20 years. Louis and Davis have been detained since their arrest on June 25, 2026. Williams was released on bond. All three pleaded not guilty.
Home invasions were the most common type of physical attack targeting cryptocurrency investors in the first half of 2026, according to blockchain security company CertiK. Crypto home invasions rose to 20 reported incidents in H1, up from a single case a year earlier.
Magazine: Inside the ‘fake police raid’ that forced a $1M Bitcoin transfer
Cointelegraph is committed to independent, transparent journalism. This news article is produced in accordance with Cointelegraph’s Editorial Policy and aims to provide accurate and timely information. Readers are encouraged to verify information independently.
Pinterest zvýšil celoroční cíl marže EBITDA na zhruba 30 %, ale výhled tržeb na třetí čtvrtletí zklamal a akcie po výsledcích klesly o více než 8 % v after-hours.
Pinterest Inc (NYSE:PINS) beat on revenue, beat on earnings, beat on users, raised its margin target for the year and then watched its shares fall more than 8% in extended trading.
Revenue of $1.18 billion was up 18% year on year against expectations of $1.15 billion.
Adjusted earnings of 43 cents a share came in well ahead of the 36 cents forecast, while adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of $311 million beat a $270 million consensus.
Monthly active users hit a record 640 million, up 11%, with Gen Z now accounting for more than half the base.
The stock had climbed almost 6% during the session to $25.58 before sliding to around $23.45 after hours.
Guidance problem
The damage was done by the third-quarter outlook. Guidance of $1.19 billion to $1.21 billion implies growth of 13% to 15%, down from 18%, and lands almost exactly on consensus.
Management pointed to identifiable one-offs, since World Cup spending added nearly a percentage point in the second quarter and will not repeat, Amazon's Prime Day shifted out of the third quarter into the second, worth roughly half a point in each direction, and currency is a modest drag.
The explanation is credible, but it does not alter what the number says, which is that growth slows from here.
That matters more for Pinterest than for most, because the shares are down 17% over the past year and the average analyst price target has been cut from about $35 to below $24. Meeting expectations is no rescue when the story needed an inflexion.
Cheap AI bet
The more interesting disclosure was how Pinterest runs artificial intelligence. Rather than paying for access to the largest proprietary systems, it builds small task-specific models and post-trains open-weight models, which are freely downloadable, inside its own cloud environment.
Bill Ready, chief executive, said the cost per transaction is under 8% of comparable closed models, and went as far as arguing that any chief executive ignoring open models is wasting shareholders' money.
Julia Donnelly, finance chief, described routing infrastructure that sends complex work to expensive models and routine tasks to cheap ones.
The pay-off shows up in the full-year adjusted EBITDA margin target, lifted to roughly 30%.
That is the mirror image of the trade being struck across the rest of the sector, where companies are spending tens of billions on compute and asking investors for patience.
Why it does not rescue the stock
Cost discipline is simply not what the market is paying for at the moment. Pinterest generated $270 million of free cash flow in the quarter and has repurchased more than $2 billion of stock this year at an average price of $18, cutting net dilution by 12%.
It still reported a statutory loss of $47 million, against a $38.8 million profit a year earlier, largely on an inflated share-based compensation charge as the annual grant cycle was struck at a depressed share price.
There is an uncomfortable loop in that, because a weak stock makes the grants more dilutive, which makes the accounting look worse.
The strategic question is also unresolved, since more than 96% of Pinterest's text searches are unbranded, meaning its value rests on people browsing before they know what they want.
That is precisely the job general-purpose AI assistants are being built to do.
Open models keep the margins intact, but they do not settle who owns the search.
XRP se drží poblíž 1,07 USD a open interest spadl na šestiměsíční minimum, což ukazuje na ústup páky a slabou důvěru v odraz. Klíčová support zóna je mezi 1,05 a 1,06 USD.
XRP extended its decline on Aug. 5, 2026, trading near $1.07 as buyers struggled to move the token away from its lower range.
Summary
XRP trades near $1.07 as weak momentum keeps the token pinned above crucial technical support. CoinGlass data shows open interest near $2.25 billion after leveraged positions continued unwinding across exchanges. CryptoQuant sees balanced liquidations and neutral funding, suggesting positioning reset rather than forced capitulation currently. U.S. spot XRP ETFs reportedly logged four consecutive inflow days despite the token’s weak price. A sustained break below $1.05 could expose $1.00, while $1.10 remains the first recovery hurdle. crypto.news data showed XRP down about 0.9% over 24 hours, with trading volume near $911.7 million and market capitalization around $66.7 billion. XRP remained the sixth largest cryptocurrency.
The decline left XRP close to the $1.05 to $1.06 area that has repeatedly attracted buyers since late June. However, momentum indicators, spot flows and derivatives positioning offer little evidence of a confirmed recovery.
The current setup is not a typical liquidation collapse. Leverage has declined, funding remains close to neutral and liquidations have been relatively balanced. These conditions may reduce the risk of an immediate forced selloff, but they also show that traders have limited conviction in a rebound.
XRP price remains trapped near its lower range The supplied XRP/USDT daily chart shows a broad decline from above $2.50 to around $1.0676. Recent candles have formed a narrow consolidation close to the bottom of that move. XRP has not established a sustained recovery above $1.10, leaving the short term structure weak.
The relative strength index stood at 43.71, below both the neutral 50 level and its moving average of 44.87. The reading shows that buying momentum remains limited, although XRP has not entered deeply oversold territory on the daily chart.
XRP price chart, source: crypto.news MACD also remains mildly bearish. The MACD line was near negative 0.0110, below the signal line around negative 0.0101. The histogram remained slightly negative at about negative 0.0009. The small difference between the lines points to weak downside momentum rather than a sharp acceleration.
The immediate technical test sits between $1.05 and $1.06. A daily close below that range could expose the psychological $1 level and the late June lows around $1.01. XRP briefly broke the $1.05 area on July 28 before buyers returned. The earlier decline also pushed the four hour RSI into oversold territory, but that reading did not create a lasting reversal.
A recovery above $1.10 would provide the first evidence that buyers are regaining control. XRP would then need to clear the $1.13 to $1.15 region, which has repeatedly limited advances since June.
Analyst Ali Charts described $1.06 as the deciding level. His upside estimates of “$1.35 and $1.64” depend on XRP holding support and confirming a recovery. His downside levels of “$0.80 and potentially $0.62” require a clear breakdown. Neither path has been confirmed.
Other social media forecasts calling for “$23” or “$50+” are highly speculative. Those targets sit far above the current price and are not supported by present momentum, verified institutional forecasts or an established breakout structure.
Lower leverage points to a quiet positioning reset CoinGlass data showed XRP futures volume near $1.35 billion and total derivatives open interest around $2.25 billion at the time of reporting. The price on the platform stood near $1.067. The supplied data snapshot showed volume falling 10.27% and open interest declining 5.59% over 24 hours.
Falling price and falling open interest usually mean traders are closing positions rather than adding aggressive new shorts. This can reduce the fuel available for large liquidation driven moves. It does not, however, establish that spot buyers are ready to take control.
A separate CryptoQuant analysis found that its XRP open interest measure had fallen into a six month range low between 362 million and 369 million. The estimated leverage ratio also declined toward 0.139 to 0.142, close to the lowest reading during the same period.
CryptoQuant contributor CryptoOnchain also noted that funding remained between roughly negative 0.009 and positive 0.010 during the latest decline. Long and short liquidations alternated rather than producing a one sided cascade. The analyst interpreted the structure as a positioning reset rather than forced capitulation.
Network valuation also compressed faster than reported transaction activity. CryptoOnchain said the network value to transactions ratio fell 42.7% compared with its three month average, while transaction count declined 23.3%. This may indicate that market valuation weakened faster than ledger usage, but it does not provide a reliable timing signal for a price reversal.
The supplied CoinGlass spot flow chart recorded a net outflow of about $2.15 million on Aug. 5. Recent negative readings have been smaller than the large outflow spikes recorded in late 2025. Selling pressure appears less intense, but sustained positive flow would offer stronger evidence that demand is improving.
XRP Spot Inflow/Outflow, source: CoinGlass U.S. XRP demand has not produced a breakout U.S. spot XRP exchange traded funds have continued attracting capital despite weak price performance. Recent flow data reportedly showed four consecutive inflow sessions totaling about $15.4 million.
XRP nevertheless remained near $1.08 during that period, showing that the purchases were not large enough to overcome selling elsewhere in the market.
As crypto.news reported in an earlier analysis, five U.S. spot XRP funds launched between November and December 2025 and had attracted roughly $1.5 billion by mid 2026. The funds created a new regulated source of demand, but XRP remained confined to a range around $1.00 to $1.13.
This divergence suggests that ETF inflows alone have not been enough to change the wider trend. Fund purchases must compete with token sales, exchange activity, derivatives hedging and weaker demand across offshore spot markets.
Regulated derivatives activity provides another U.S. market signal. CME Group data showed activity across its standard XRP futures contracts, while the settlement page listed prior day open interest of 6,894 contracts. CME contract data cannot be compared directly with CoinGlass totals because the products use different contract sizes and reporting methods.
The legal risk surrounding Ripple has also changed. The SEC and Ripple dismissed their appeals in August 2025. The district court’s final judgment remained in force, including a $125.04 million penalty and an injunction concerning future registration violations. The dismissal removed the active appeal, but it did not erase the court’s findings involving Ripple’s institutional sales. The SEC litigation release confirms that status.
Wider U.S. legislation remains unresolved. The CLARITY Act has reached the Senate calendar, but it still requires sufficient floor support, reconciliation with other legislative text and presidential approval. Seven Democratic senators said in July that the Republican proposal still fell short on several matters, and no final Senate vote had been confirmed by Aug. 5.
A confirmed vote or renewed delay could influence sentiment toward XRP and other U.S. traded digital assets. It would not, by itself, guarantee a sustained price move.
Ripple developments have not changed near term momentum Ripple announced strategic investments in ZILO and Licuido on Aug. 3. The companies plan to add transfer agency, token issuance, trading and collateral tools to Ripple’s institutional infrastructure on the XRP Ledger. Ripple did not disclose the investment amounts or financial targets. The official company announcement described RLUSD as a settlement asset for tokenized fund transactions.
As crypto.news reported in related coverage, the investments support Ripple’s broader move into tokenized capital markets. They have not yet produced disclosed revenue, transaction volume or XRP demand that can be tied directly to the token’s price.
The XRP Ledger also faced a validator manifest flood in late July. Developers released xrpld version 3.2.1 to restrict the processing and storage of untrusted manifests. The ledger continued closing normally, and no confirmed loss of funds or altered transactions was reported. Node operators were urged to install the update.
The next price signal will likely come from the market itself. Traders will watch whether XRP can hold $1.05, reclaim $1.10 and build stronger volume above $1.15. Open interest should also stabilize without price making new lows. Continued ETF inflows would be more constructive if they coincide with positive spot flows and stronger momentum.
A break below $1.05 would keep $1.00 exposed. A confirmed daily recovery above $1.15 would weaken the immediate bearish structure. Until either event occurs, XRP remains in a low conviction range with reduced leverage and limited bullish confirmation.
FAQs Is XRP oversold? Not on the supplied daily chart. Its RSI near 43.71 remains below neutral but above the conventional oversold level of 30. Shorter time frames have reached oversold readings during recent declines, although those readings did not confirm a lasting bottom.
Does falling open interest support an XRP recovery? It can reduce liquidation risk because fewer leveraged positions remain open. A recovery still requires stronger spot demand, improving momentum and price confirmation above resistance.
Why have XRP ETF inflows not lifted the price? ETF demand represents only one part of the market. It can be offset by direct token selling, hedging, weak offshore demand and distributions from existing holders.
What are the main XRP levels to watch? The immediate support range is $1.05 to $1.06, followed by $1.00. Initial resistance sits near $1.10, with stronger confirmation required above $1.13 to $1.15.
Disclosure: This article does not represent investment advice. The content and materials featured on this page are for educational purposes only.
U.S. spot XRP exchange-traded funds (ETFs) have extended their streak of positive momentum.
Although Aug. 4 ended with flat flows, the broader trend points to steady institutional confidence.
According to the latest market data, U.S. spot XRP ETFs recorded $0 in net inflows on Aug. 4. Funds attracted $1.15 million on Aug. 3, $7.69 million on July 31, $5.98 million on July 30 and $584,710 on July 29.
HOT Stories
Taken together, those sessions brought in approximately $15.4 million before inflows paused. The latest flat session therefore extends the streak of trading days without outflows to four.
Despite the absence of new money on Aug. 4, cumulative net inflows across all U.S. spot XRP ETFs remained at a robust $1.51 billion.
Total net assets stood at approximately $1 billion, equivalent to about 1.49% of XRP's total market capitalization.
You Might Also Like
Total value traded across XRP ETFs came in at $7.49 million, down from $9.99 million on Aug. 3 and below the roughly $10.3 million recorded on July 29.
Even though the volumes eased, the lack of redemptions indicates that investors largely held their positions rather than exiting the market.
As reported by U.Today, XRP-focused ETFs stood out last week by attracting $15 million in net inflows. In comparison, Bitcoin ETFs saw $0.6 million in net outflows, Solana ETFs lost $17 million, and Ethereum ETFs posted a modest $0.4 million in inflows.
Largest funds continue to dominateBitwise's spot XRP ETF remains the largest fund by assets under management. It is followed by Franklin's XRPZ with roughly $258 million and Canary's XRPC with about $250.2 million.
21Shares' TOXR manages approximately $116.7 million, while Grayscale's GXRP oversees around $59.4 million. Combined, the five U.S. The recent streak follows a month marked by generally resilient investor demand. Since the start of July, XRP ETFs have experienced only a handful of outflow sessions, the largest being a $7.29 million withdrawal on July 8. Most other trading days either attracted fresh capital or finished with neutral flows.
BlackRockův ETHA provede 6. října reverzní split 1:3, který zvýší cenu na akcii bez změny hodnoty podílů. ETF se tento týden obchodoval kolem 14 USD a je zhruba 40 % v minusu od začátku roku.
BlackRock's iShares Ethereum Trust ETF (ETHA) will undergo a one-for-three reverse share split effective October 6, according to an 8-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Trust's sponsor, iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, approved the split on July 31. Every three ETHA shares outstanding as of the October 5 record date will be consolidated into one, raising the fund's per-share net asset value without changing the total value of any shareholder's holdings or the Trust's aggregate assets. No fractional shares will be issued; any fractional remainder will be redeemed and paid out in cash to the shareholder's brokerage account, a step the filing notes may carry tax consequences.
The filing does not explain BlackRock's rationale. Bloomberg Senior ETF Analyst Eric Balchunas offered one on X, noting the adjustment should cut trading costs, from roughly seven basis points to about two. A lower share price widens the relative size of the bid-ask spread on a percentage basis, and pushing the price higher via a reverse split is a standard way issuers shrink that gap.
BlackRock has announced a 1 for 3 reverse split for $ETHA so the price will go from $14 to $42 in Oct.. this will lower cost to trade from 7bps to 2bps ish. Gotta love how ETF issuers consider a 7bp spread a PROBLEM and is adjusting to cut it to 2bps, meanwhile the crypto… pic.twitter.com/ifcoj7DATh
— Eric Balchunas (@EricBalchunas) August 4, 2026 ETHA has fallen alongside Ether itself. The ETF was trading near $14 this week, down roughly 40% year-to-date, tracking Ether's own decline. Despite the drop, ETHA remains the largest spot Ether ETF by assets; Grayscale's ether funds rank next.
Reverse splits aren't new to crypto ETFs. Grayscale completed similar splits on its Bitcoin Mini Trust and Ethereum Mini Trust in November 2024, lifting per-share NAV by 5x and 10x respectively. BlackRock's ratio is more modest, consistent with a share price that, even after a steep decline, hasn't fallen as far as those funds' had.
The split is cosmetic rather than structural, but it comes at a moment when ETHA's flows have drawn more attention than its share mechanics. The fund has been a focal point of redemptions as institutional enthusiasm for Ether has cooled this year. BlackRock also runs the iShares Staked Ethereum Trust ETF, which began trading in March, giving the firm two ways to capture ETH ETF demand if it recovers. For now, the October adjustment changes how ETHA trades, not what it holds.
Vývojáři Etherea zvažují EIP-8363, nazvaný Tapered Issuance Burn, který by při vyšším stakingu spaloval část odměn validátorů a snižoval ředění držitelů. Návrh zatím není schválen a vyžadoval by hard fork.
5 August 2026 | 10:49 Ethereum researchers are considering a new reward-burn mechanism that would let validator issuance decline at high staking levels, aiming to reduce dilution and weaken incentives for excessive concentration.
Key Takeaways Draft requires approval and a future hard fork. Burn reaches 100% at 60.25 million ETH. Issuance peaks near 20% staking participation. Largest operators face weaker incentives to expand. Idealised deductions preserve validator performance incentives. Lower issuance may reduce unstaked holders’ dilution. Under draft EIP-8363, called Tapered Issuance Burn, a growing share of validator rewards would be burned as staking participation rises.
At 60.25 million ETH in active stake—a saturation balance designed to represent approximately half of ETH’s supply at activation, the burn would offset 100% of the idealised consensus rewards covered by the mechanism.
The proposal remains a Core EIP draft rather than an approved Ethereum upgrade. It would require a hard fork because it changes Ethereum’s consensus-layer state transition, although no changes to the execution layer or existing smart contracts would be needed. Its technical and economic details may still change, and discussion is continuing on the Ethereum Magicians forum.
The Proposal Would Let Yield Limit Staking Growth Ethereum’s current issuance curve reduces the return earned by individual validators as more ETH enters staking. However, it never completely removes the financial incentive to add more stake.
According to the proposal, the existing curve retains a yield floor of roughly 1.5% even at extremely high participation. The market can therefore reach an equilibrium only if the return demanded by the next potential validator remains above that floor.
That required return may continue falling as institutional custodians, liquid-staking protocols and professional infrastructure providers reduce the operational, liquidity and technical costs that previously discouraged holders from staking. The trend is already visible in proposed institutional products: Morgan Stanley’s planned Ether trust intends to stake between 50% and 80% of its ETH through external providers if the product launches.
Unstaked holders are also diluted when the protocol creates new ETH for validators. As staking becomes easier, accepting that dilution may become less attractive than moving ETH into a staking service or yield-bearing derivative.
EIP-8363 would allow net consensus yield to keep declining rather than stopping at a protocol-defined minimum. After rewards are calculated through the existing system, a growing portion would be deducted and burned.
Annual consensus issuance would stop rising continuously with the staking ratio. It would peak when approximately 19.8% of ETH is staked and decline as participation moved beyond that level.
60.25 Million ETH Is Not a Staking Cap The saturation balance is an economic reference point rather than a hard limit. The proposal would not reject new validators, force existing participants to exit or prevent more than 60.25 million ETH from entering staking.
At that balance, the consensus issuance earned by a correctly performing validator from the duties covered by the mechanism would be fully offset by the burn. Validators could still receive execution-layer income from priority fees and maximal extractable value, or MEV.
The proposed burn rises with staking participation and reaches 100% at the 60.25 million ETH saturation balance. Source: Draft EIP-8363. The authors do not expect the market to reach saturation under ordinary conditions. Validators generally require a positive return to compensate for infrastructure, maintenance, downtime, liquidity restrictions and slashing exposure.
As net yield declines, some participants would stop entering while others could exit. The expected equilibrium would therefore sit below 50%, where the remaining return matches the compensation demanded by the next validator.
High Staking Can Increase Concentration Risks More stake raises the nominal value exposed to slashing during an attack, but the proposal argues that the additional security benefit becomes progressively smaller as staking participation rises.
A high staking ratio can also move more ETH into exchanges, custodians, liquid-staking protocols and institutional products because many holders cannot or do not want to operate validators directly. Validator power may consequently become concentrated among a limited number of professional operators.
Concentration creates an operational risk beyond the issuance debate. If more than one-third of validators go offline together, Ethereum loses finality until the required two-thirds majority is restored. That makes the network’s 33.3% threshold especially important when validators cluster around the same clients, hosting providers or jurisdictions.
The authors are particularly concerned that a dominant provider could become systemically difficult to slash. If a large operator suffered a major slashing event, its customers could have enough financial and political influence to seek intervention rather than accept the losses.
High participation could also weaken Ethereum’s ability to coordinate against a colluding validator group. Social slashing depends on the wider economy supporting an alternative chain, which becomes harder when a large percentage of ETH is controlled through custodians and staking intermediaries.
The Curve Turns Scale Against Large Operators The current issuance system continually rewards expansion: an operator that adds validators increases its share of active stake while total issuance also grows with network participation. There is no operator size or staking ratio at which another validator reduces that operator’s consensus income. The tapered burn would change that relationship because, once issuance peaks near a 20% staking ratio, an expanding operator would claim a larger share of a shrinking reward pool.
For the largest operators, the decline in the total reward pool could eventually outweigh the benefit of controlling more validators. The EIP calculates that an operator holding half of all active stake would stop increasing its consensus income through expansion once approximately 31% of the ETH supply is staked.
Smaller operators would reach the same turning point closer to the 50% saturation balance. The mechanism would therefore weaken consensus-layer economies of scale sooner for entities that already control the largest share of stake.
The mechanism would not eliminate every advantage enjoyed by large operators because it would not affect MEV or priority-fee income.
Solo Stakers Face a Different Tax Equation The proposal’s authors argue that the existing curve creates a separate disadvantage for solo validators. Dilution reduces the real return earned by every staker, while individuals in jurisdictions that tax staking rewards as income may still owe tax on their full nominal rewards.
Some institutional investors and holders using accumulating exchange-traded products, non-rebasing liquid-staking tokens or wrapped tokens may not face the same immediate tax burden. Solo participants could therefore reach negative dilution-adjusted returns sooner, encouraging them to close validators or move their ETH into an intermediary and potentially increasing concentration.
By limiting issuance growth, EIP-8363 attempts to reduce that disadvantage. It would not change tax law or remove the operational benefits enjoyed by professional providers, but it could lower the dilution component that affects solo stakers earlier.
Critics See the Opposite Risk for Solo Stakers Not everyone accepts the proposal’s argument that lower issuance would reduce the disadvantages faced by solo stakers. Mike Silagadze, co-founder and CEO of ether.fi, argues that the mechanism could produce the opposite result.
In an August 4 post, Silagadze criticised what he described as a 48-hour comment window for a major change to Ethereum’s network economics. He argued that lower rewards could push independent validators out while leaving large centralised operators with lower capital and operating costs in a stronger position.
This is so disappointing on every level.
EIP released with 48 hours notice for comments. Realistically 4 months before it goes live. For a major network economics change with far reaching implications for all of DeFi.
Every builder on Ethereum opposes this. Why is this a focus?… https://t.co/qQbCui8aju
— Mike Silagadze🛡 (@MikeSilagadze) August 4, 2026
Silagadze also warned that declining staking returns could drive capital away from DeFi protocols built around staking and potentially encourage large amounts of ETH to be withdrawn. In his view, that could increase the amount of ETH available to enter the market rather than support its price through lower issuance.
Silagadze’s predictions remain unproven, but they expose the key question facing the proposal: whether lower rewards would weaken large staking operators or leave independent validators unable to compete with them.
Why the Burn Uses Idealised Rewards The deduction would be based on the reward attached to an assigned duty, regardless of whether the validator completed it successfully. An offline validator would therefore pay the burn alongside the normal penalty for failing to participate, preventing operators from avoiding the deduction by switching off.
If Ethereum instead burned only part of the reward actually earned, the financial difference between completing and missing a duty would shrink as the burn increased. At a burn fraction represented by b, the marginal reward for correct performance would fall to 1-b of its current level.
EIP-8363 avoids that problem by calculating the deduction from what a perfectly performing validator would have earned under the network’s actual participation conditions. Correct performance therefore retains the same advantage over failure.
The mechanism includes an exception for an inactivity leak, Ethereum’s recovery mode when the chain has failed to finalise for more than four epochs. Because attestation rewards are withheld during an inactivity leak, EIP-8363 would suspend the attestation portion of the burn, while proposer and sync committee deductions could continue where the corresponding rewards are still paid.
Lower Dilution Could Support ETH as Neutral Money By reducing net issuance, EIP-8363 would lessen the pressure to stake merely to preserve a holder’s share of the ETH supply. The proposal’s authors argue that this could support ETH’s role as neutral collateral, a settlement asset and a unit of account.
At high staking participation, liquid-staking tokens and other yield-bearing derivatives can become more attractive than unstaked ETH for savings, collateral and payments. Applications adopting them also inherit the smart-contract, governance and counterparty risks associated with their issuers.
Greater use of competing derivatives could fragment liquidity and increase the influence of the organisations that issue and govern them. Lower dilution would allow unstaked ETH to compete without requiring holders and applications to adopt an intermediated substitute.
The Transition Would Take About 18 Months Applying the permanent burn curve immediately would sharply reduce returns at the staking ratio used in the draft’s calculations.
At the roughly 34% staking level shown by ValidatorQueue, the draft’s model indicates that an immediate transition could cut net consensus yield from around 2.6% to 1.2%. A sudden decline of that size could trigger a substantial validator exit.
To reduce the shock, the effective base reward factor would begin at 128, twice its current value of 64, and gradually return to 64 over 123,300 epochs, or approximately 18 months.
The temporary increase would scale rewards, penalties and the burn together, allowing net yield to begin near its existing level before moving toward the permanent curve.
The reduction would occur through 65 small steps, with each level lasting approximately 1,927 epochs, or 8.6 days.
The transition would give validators approximately 18 months to reassess their costs and exit through the normal process before the permanent reward curve took full effect.
MEV Remains but Issuance Still Dominates Yield Execution-layer income from priority fees and maximal extractable value, or MEV, would remain outside EIP-8363. As consensus issuance declined, these rewards would account for a larger share of validator income.
According to the EIP authors’ calculation, payments to proposers recorded through MEV-Boost relays totalled approximately 72,600 ETH across 2.42 million blocks during the year ending July 31, 2026. That equals an average of roughly 0.030 ETH per block.
The authors then applied the same average to approximately 190,000 locally built blocks. They describe this as an upper-bound assumption because locally built blocks generally receive lower execution-layer rewards. The calculation places total execution-layer rewards below 78,300 ETH for the period.
Using approximately 40 million staked ETH as the calculation base, the proposal estimates that these execution-layer rewards represented a return of no more than 0.20%. Consensus issuance was substantially larger at approximately 1.054 million ETH annually, equivalent to a return of around 2.62%.
Based on those estimates, consensus issuance accounted for at least 93% of total staking yield. Even if the staking ratio settled at 40% under the proposed curve, the authors calculate that issuance would still represent at least 80% of validator yield.
MEV would nevertheless continue rewarding operator expansion because expected execution-layer income grows with an operator’s share of block proposals. EIP-8363 does not directly remove that incentive, which is why the draft presents MEV burn research as a complementary approach that could reduce validator income and shift equilibrium toward a lower staking ratio.
Lower Issuance Would Not Guarantee Deflation EIP-8363 would reduce net consensus issuance and permanently destroy ETH deducted from validators, but it would not automatically cause the total supply to decline.
The mechanism would complement the fee burn introduced by EIP-1559. EIP-1559 removes Ethereum’s base transaction fee from circulation, while EIP-8363 would burn part of the ETH calculated as consensus-layer rewards.
If staking settled below the saturation balance, validators would continue receiving positive consensus issuance. Whether Ethereum became inflationary or deflationary would depend on whether transaction-fee burning exceeded that remaining issuance.
Supply could therefore continue growing during periods of low network activity and contract when transaction demand was stronger. The proposal aims to limit consensus issuance, not guarantee permanent deflation.
The Proposal Still Has to Pass Review The authors have completed a draft implementation for the Prysm consensus client, although formal test vectors had not yet been included in the reviewed draft. Client code demonstrates technical progress but does not determine whether the EIP will enter a future hard fork.
The outcome would depend not only on technical review but also on validator operating costs, tax treatment, MEV income, liquidity preferences and the return investors demand for staking risk. Rather than selecting a fixed staking target, EIP-8363 attempts to remove the permanent yield floor and let those market conditions determine where participation settles.
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial, investment, legal or tax advice. EIP-8363 remains a draft proposal and has not been approved for inclusion in an Ethereum upgrade. Its design, parameters, calculations and implementation may change during technical and community review. Methodology: This article is based primarily on the draft EIP-8363 specification, its Ethereum EIPs pull request and the related Ethereum Magicians discussion. Supporting information comes from official Ethereum and Flashbots documentation, the draft Prysm implementation, published MEV burn research, current staking data, public information on proposed institutional staking products and statements from industry participants, including ether.fi co-founder Mike Silagadze. Issuance, staking-yield and execution-layer reward estimates are attributed to the EIP authors and were not independently reconstructed from on-chain data. Author
Kosta has reported on cryptocurrency markets and blockchain infrastructure since 2020, bringing over six years of hands-on experience in the crypto industry built through daily tracking of markets, trends, and emerging blockchain developments. Specializing in Bitcoin on-chain analysis, institutional ETF flows, and digital asset price action, his work at Coindoo has been cited by other news agencies and consistently covers market developments with a focus on data-driven reporting across Bitcoin, Ethereum, Solana, and XRP. Over the years, Kosta has contributed to multiple crypto media outlets in different regions, authoring over 6,000 articles across the sector. His reporting spans cryptocurrency markets and the broader fintech industry, tracking not only price action but also the technological and regulatory forces shaping the ecosystem. To support his analysis, Kosta actively leverages on-chain data and metrics from leading platforms such as Santiment, Glassnode, and CryptoQuant, enabling deeper, evidence-based market insights. He believes in the power of transparency and the data that underpins the blockchain ecosystem. His academic background in Marketing Management from Denmark further complements his analytical approach, adding a strong understanding of communication strategy and content positioning to his work.
Cloudflare (NYSE:NET) is expected to accelerate revenue growth in the second quarter and raise its full-year outlook, according to Jefferies, with investors likely looking for a path toward a mid-30% growth rate by the end of 2026 when the company reports results on August 6.
The company's Q2 revenue guide of $664.5 million at the midpoint implies year-over-year growth of about 30%, a four-percentage-point sequential deceleration despite a one-percentage-point tougher comparison.
Jefferies wrote that the target appears achievable, but investors are likely looking for growth of at least 34% and guidance that supports confidence in a mid-30% growth exit rate.
The firm expects Cloudflare to beat its second-quarter revenue guidance, based on the company’s recent performance, which would bring growth to about 33.6% year over year. Jefferies also expects Cloudflare to raise its full-year revenue guidance by more than the amount of any second-quarter beat.
Jefferies’ proprietary survey produced mixed results ahead of the report, with performance to plan declining to 0.6% in the second quarter from 2.1% in the first. On a seasonally adjusted basis, however, performance was solid at 0.8%, compared with the second quarter of 2025. The survey also indicated continued momentum in SASE, while 65% of respondents expected Cloudflare spending to accelerate in the second half compared with the first half.
Investors are also likely to focus on the impact of Cloudflare’s previously announced 20% workforce reduction and any updates on the search for a chief revenue officer. Jefferies wrote that management appears confident the workforce reduction will not disrupt operations, particularly given its limited expected impact on quota-carrying sales representatives, although the firm continues to see some near-term risk that could constrain growth acceleration.
Cloudflare’s full-year revenue guidance currently calls for 30% year-over-year growth. Jefferies expects the company to raise its outlook and wrote that investors will likely seek commentary supporting a path toward a mid-30% growth exit rate, while noting tougher second-half comparisons and the workforce reduction as potential constraints.
On profitability, Cloudflare’s Q2 guidance calls for a non-GAAP operating margin of 13.6% to 13.7%, representing about 220 basis points of sequential expansion and roughly 50 basis points of year-over-year contraction. Jefferies expects some operating margin upside, partly reflecting benefits from the workforce reduction, while continuing to expect pressure on gross margins.
Cloudflare’s full-year guidance calls for a non-GAAP operating margin of 14.9% to 15%. At its investor day, the company also raised its long-term operating margin target to more than 30%, citing AI-driven productivity gains and lower headcount as key drivers.
Jefferies wrote that Cloudflare remains well positioned to benefit from AI-related demand and cybersecurity vendor consolidation, but noted that the stock’s valuation, at about 29 times estimated 2027 enterprise value to revenue, remains elevated.
Shares of Cloudflare traded up 7% at $303 on Tuesday afternoon, having surged almost 54% so far this year.
Eastman Kodak Company (KODK) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 4, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
Denisse Goldbarg - Chief Marketing Officer & Head of EAMER Sales
James Continenza - Executive Chairman & CEO
David Bullwinkle - CFO & Senior VP
Presentation
Operator
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Eastman Kodak Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions].
Please be advised today's conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Denisse Goldbarg. Please go ahead.
Denisse Goldbarg
Chief Marketing Officer & Head of EAMER Sales
Thank you, and good afternoon, everyone. I am Denisse Goldbarg, Eastman Kodak's Chief Marketing Officer, and welcome to Eastman Kodak's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. At 4:15 this afternoon, Kodak filed its Form 10-Q and issued its release on financial results for the second quarter of 2026. You may access the presentation and webcast for today's call on our Investor Center at investor.kodak.com.
During today's conference call, we will be making certain forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend for these forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on forward-looking statements and such statements should not be read or understood as a guarantee of future performance or results.
All forward-looking statements are based on Kodak's expectations and various assumptions. Future events or results may differ from those anticipated or expressed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and other factors described in more detail in Kodak's
Chainlink ukončuje Build program a přechází od plateb v tokenech projektů k obchodním dohodám s poplatky v LINK nebo jiných likvidních aktivech. Nové příjmy mají být programově převáděny na LINK.
The Chainlink ecosystem is continually evolving how it supports the growth of early and mid-stage projects. As part of this work, Chainlink Labs periodically reassesses existing programs to ensure resources are optimized to achieve the greatest long-term impact for network growth.
Since its launch, the Chainlink Build program has helped accelerate the growth of more than 80 projects, providing teams with the technical support, strategic guidance, ecosystem connections, and visibility needed to get to market and grow. Through the Chainlink Rewards program, approximately $20 million worth of Build project tokens have been made available to eligible LINK stakers. We are grateful to every team and contributor who has been part of the program along the way.
As broader market conditions and project funding models have shifted, it has become clear that the Build program’s structure must also adapt to reflect the changing landscape. As such, Chainlink Labs is transitioning from payments made in project tokens to focusing on commercial agreements involving fees paid in LINK or other liquid assets that can be readily converted to LINK.
With this shift, existing arrangements under the Build program are being concluded, while new commercial agreements are being established based on historical participation in the Build program on a case-by-case basis. Proceeds from these new agreements are expected to be programmatically converted to LINK and used to support the growth of the network through programs such as the Chainlink Reserve. Going forward, ecosystem growth programs will take a new approach, with a focus on engaging with strategically aligned projects. As part of this transition, the most recent season of Chainlink Rewards will mark the conclusion of Build-related token rewards, with claims ending on July 7, 2026.
Product and engineering resources currently supporting the Rewards program will be redirected toward higher-priority economic initiatives that benefit the broader Chainlink community. We will continue to work with projects in refining how growth programs support early-stage builders in the Chainlink ecosystem.
—
Disclaimer: This post is for informational purposes only and contains statements about the future, including anticipated programs and features, developments, and timelines for the rollout of these programs and features. These statements are only predictions and reflect current beliefs and expectations with respect to future events; they are based on assumptions and are subject to risk, uncertainties, and change at any time, including the discontinuance of any announced program or feature without notice. There can be no guarantee that any of the contemplated programs or features will be implemented as specified nor any assurance that actual results will not differ materially from those expressed in these statements, although we believe them to be based on reasonable assumptions. All statements are valid only as of the date first posted. The statements in this post also may not reflect future developments due to user feedback or later events and we may not update this post in response. Please review the Chainlink Terms of Service and Chainlink Rewards Terms of Service, which provide important information and disclosures.